TW585889B - An extruded and drawn fiber and an extruded and drawn multicomponent fiber - Google Patents

An extruded and drawn fiber and an extruded and drawn multicomponent fiber Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW585889B
TW585889B TW090130141A TW90130141A TW585889B TW 585889 B TW585889 B TW 585889B TW 090130141 A TW090130141 A TW 090130141A TW 90130141 A TW90130141 A TW 90130141A TW 585889 B TW585889 B TW 585889B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
fiber
component
fibers
extruded
nylon
Prior art date
Application number
TW090130141A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
Bruce A Menning
Robert D Guenard
David E Henton
Thomas G Pressly
Ashish Sen
Original Assignee
Dow Global Technologies Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Dow Global Technologies Inc filed Critical Dow Global Technologies Inc
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TW585889B publication Critical patent/TW585889B/en

Links

Classifications

    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D01NATURAL OR MAN-MADE THREADS OR FIBRES; SPINNING
    • D01FCHEMICAL FEATURES IN THE MANUFACTURE OF ARTIFICIAL FILAMENTS, THREADS, FIBRES, BRISTLES OR RIBBONS; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR THE MANUFACTURE OF CARBON FILAMENTS
    • D01F8/00Conjugated, i.e. bi- or multicomponent, artificial filaments or the like; Manufacture thereof
    • D01F8/04Conjugated, i.e. bi- or multicomponent, artificial filaments or the like; Manufacture thereof from synthetic polymers
    • D01F8/12Conjugated, i.e. bi- or multicomponent, artificial filaments or the like; Manufacture thereof from synthetic polymers with at least one polyamide as constituent
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D01NATURAL OR MAN-MADE THREADS OR FIBRES; SPINNING
    • D01FCHEMICAL FEATURES IN THE MANUFACTURE OF ARTIFICIAL FILAMENTS, THREADS, FIBRES, BRISTLES OR RIBBONS; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR THE MANUFACTURE OF CARBON FILAMENTS
    • D01F6/00Monocomponent artificial filaments or the like of synthetic polymers; Manufacture thereof
    • D01F6/88Monocomponent artificial filaments or the like of synthetic polymers; Manufacture thereof from mixtures of polycondensation products as major constituent with other polymers or low-molecular-weight compounds
    • D01F6/90Monocomponent artificial filaments or the like of synthetic polymers; Manufacture thereof from mixtures of polycondensation products as major constituent with other polymers or low-molecular-weight compounds of polyamides
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L77/00Compositions of polyamides obtained by reactions forming a carboxylic amide link in the main chain; Compositions of derivatives of such polymers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L77/00Compositions of polyamides obtained by reactions forming a carboxylic amide link in the main chain; Compositions of derivatives of such polymers
    • C08L77/02Polyamides derived from omega-amino carboxylic acids or from lactams thereof
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L77/00Compositions of polyamides obtained by reactions forming a carboxylic amide link in the main chain; Compositions of derivatives of such polymers
    • C08L77/06Polyamides derived from polyamines and polycarboxylic acids
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D01NATURAL OR MAN-MADE THREADS OR FIBRES; SPINNING
    • D01FCHEMICAL FEATURES IN THE MANUFACTURE OF ARTIFICIAL FILAMENTS, THREADS, FIBRES, BRISTLES OR RIBBONS; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR THE MANUFACTURE OF CARBON FILAMENTS
    • D01F8/00Conjugated, i.e. bi- or multicomponent, artificial filaments or the like; Manufacture thereof
    • D01F8/04Conjugated, i.e. bi- or multicomponent, artificial filaments or the like; Manufacture thereof from synthetic polymers
    • D01F8/10Conjugated, i.e. bi- or multicomponent, artificial filaments or the like; Manufacture thereof from synthetic polymers with at least one other macromolecular compound obtained by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds as constituent
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L25/00Compositions of, homopolymers or copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and at least one being terminated by an aromatic carbocyclic ring; Compositions of derivatives of such polymers
    • C08L25/02Homopolymers or copolymers of hydrocarbons
    • C08L25/04Homopolymers or copolymers of styrene
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L25/00Compositions of, homopolymers or copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and at least one being terminated by an aromatic carbocyclic ring; Compositions of derivatives of such polymers
    • C08L25/02Homopolymers or copolymers of hydrocarbons
    • C08L25/04Homopolymers or copolymers of styrene
    • C08L25/06Polystyrene

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Textile Engineering (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Artificial Filaments (AREA)
  • Compositions Of Macromolecular Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

Thermoplastic compositions particularly adapted for use in preparing extruded fibers and films for carpets, rugs, woven fabrics, non-woven or spun-bonded fabrics, knit fabrics, garments, laminates, constructions, or other applications and a method for the formation thereof. An extruded and drawn fiber comprising a thermoplastic polymeric composition comprising: (a) from 76 to 97 percent by weight of a first thermoplastic polymer comprising a polyamide or copolyamide having a crystallization temperature, Tc, greater than 160 DEG C; (b) from 24 to 3 percent by weight of a second thermoplastic polymer comprising a polyvinylidene aromatic polymer having isotactic or syndiotactic stereostructure and a crystallization temperature, Tc', and (c) optionally, a compatibilizer for (a) and (b),wherein said percentages are based on the sum of (a) and (b), and wherein Tc is at least 5 DEG C less than Tc'.

Description

五、發明説明(1 ) 、本毛明係有關-種用於製備長絲、纖維、模製薄膜及/ 或其它成形組成物之熱塑性組成物,及其製備方法。本發 月另外係有關於包含此等長絲、纖維或薄膜之物件,包含 用於地%織物、粗紗、非機織物及其它應用之紗,及用 於織物、包線、黏著帶、包裝及其它應用之薄膜,但不限 於此。 天然纖維(諸如,羊毛、棉及絲)已長期發現用於以纖 、隹長4及紗為主之應用,諸如,地毯及織物應用。但是, 天然纖維之供應受限制。此外,由於天賴維之來源係活 的動物及植物,因此天然纖維之品f及特性係廣泛改變。 此等不規律性會負面影響纖維之觸感、外觀及性能,因此, 對併入此等纖維之形成物件之觸感、外觀及性能亦產生負 面影響。 、 、合成纖維(諸如,耐綸、聚酯及聚丙烯纖維)不具天然 纖維般之供應限制,且因此比天然纖維較不昂貴。此外, 若合成纖維係自受控制之化學反應及物理成形環境形成, 其於品質上係比天然纖維更均勻,因而產生諸如優於天然 ’截、’隹之改良耐用性之性能,優點。但是,消費者一般係視合 成纖維為比其天然對兆物較非所欲,因為合成合成纖維不 能匹配天然纖維之整體性能形廓,特別是天然纖維之柔軟 性、暖和性、顏色深度及手感。 合成纖維已知係藉由擠塑長絲或合成樹脂及使其拉伸 或紡絲、卷曲或其它成形方式形成具有所欲性質之產物(其 後稱“合成纖維”)而製備。熱塑性聚合物係用於此等方法之 585889 A7 B7 五、發明説明( 醯胺(特別是耐綸6及耐綸6,6)係高度期望用於形成纖維, 特別是用於製備地毯、室内裝飾織物及服裝織物。一般, 耐綸合成纖維具有比天然纖維(特別是羊毛及絲)顯著更高 之光澤度及較少之顏色深度。地毯產業傳統上係藉由使小 量(典型上係0.1至0.6重量%)之消光劑(諸如,二氧化鈦 (Ti〇2)併入熔融聚合物内而賦與耐綸纖維似羊棉般之光 澤。但是,消光劑之使用擁有數種缺點。首先,消光劑存 於熱塑性組成物中會降低纖維之顏色深度,造成自此纖維 製得之物件褪色或失去光澤之外觀。添加額外染色不會改 良顏色深度。其次,消光劑降低纖維紫外線耐牢性。Ti〇2 已知係造成耐綸降解。Ti〇2亦反射沖擊光,因而妨礙光線 以所欲深度穿入纖維内。此造成自消光合成樹脂製得之地 毯、織物及其它物件以比所欲者更快速地褪色。特別地, 因為光線被阻止深度穿入消光合成纖維内,纖維之較不褪 色之内部不能被見到,因此,不能補償褪色更嚴重之表面 部份。 合成纖維易擁有平滑表面,而使其缺乏天然纖維之質 地或“手感,,、柔軟性及暖和性。纖維產業已想出數種改良 及/或處理自熱塑性樹脂製得之纖維以賦與更自然或更柔 軟之質地或手感之方式。例如,已知使用特殊之星形或多 節點形狀之模具或噴絲板及特殊之纖維紡絲條件而賦與纖 維變化表面,造成較柔軟之更“像羊毛,,之感覺。不利地, 此等纖維設計一般降低纖維之機械性質,導致喪失耐用 性。已知形成較細丹尼之纖維產生改良之柔軟性,但再次 本紙張尺中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(21〇χ297公釐) (請先閲讀背面之注意事 裝. 項寫, 寫本頁) 、?τ— 585889 A7 B7 五、發明説明(4 地,耐用性及纖維紡絲之經濟性被犧牲。 耐論纖維特別擁有另外缺點。例如,耐綸纖維吸水, 且比其它纖維形成物料(諸如,聚酯)更易因以水為主之污 潰而受污。雖然耐綸纖維及其自製得之紗因其吸水性及因 其反應性胺端基對用於簇絨地毯產業之大部份一般染料之 容受性而可於水性介質中易輕染色,但此等反應性胺端·基 易使耐綸紗格外易受污。具改良端基濃度之特殊等級之耐 綸基於此原因而被製得。對於仍含有太多胺端基之樹脂, 昂貴之抗污劑一般被使用以使胺端基封蓋及賦與抗污性。 此額外處理對形成產物造成額外成本。再者,本身具抗污 性或被改良而賦與抗污性之樹脂一般係不利地具有差的染 色性質,特別是差的染色牢度。於需要重複清洗地毯之應 用(諸如,捻絲毯或浴室小地毯)中,改良之染色牢度係產 業所期望。有利地係能改良耐綸纖維之吸水性及污潰,以 改良抗污性但仍可染色。 此外,自耐論紗製得之地毯或織物易染色或光學條 紋。用於機織或針機織物内之經軸之耐綸纖維被小心選擇 以使染色均勻,且以比傳,統耐綸纖維更高之價格比售。合 成地毯之製造涉及數步驟,其間織物係於,例如,纖維或 紗被卷曲或捻合時被加熱及冷卻。即使藉由大量之品質控 制努力’組成特定耐綸地毯之纖維可能已進行不一致之熱 處理。因染色滲透及吸收係受耐綸纖維之形態及結晶性影 響,不均勻之熱處理會導致地毯纖維具不同程度之染色滲 透及吸收,其會因而導致於完成之地毯中之較淡或較深顏 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項寫本頁} * .訂- •••ίV. Description of the invention (1), the present invention relates to a thermoplastic composition for preparing filaments, fibers, molded films, and / or other forming compositions, and a method for preparing the same. This month there are also articles about filaments, fibers, or films, including yarns for ground fabrics, rovings, non-woven fabrics, and other applications, and for fabrics, covered wires, adhesive tapes, packaging, and Films for other applications, but not limited to them. Natural fibers (such as wool, cotton, and silk) have long been found in fiber, rayon 4 and yarn-based applications, such as carpet and fabric applications. However, the supply of natural fibers is limited. In addition, since the source of Tianlaiwei is living animals and plants, the quality and characteristics of natural fibers have changed widely. These irregularities can negatively affect the feel, appearance, and performance of the fibers, and therefore, have a negative impact on the feel, appearance, and performance of the formed objects that incorporate these fibers. Synthetic fibers (such as nylon, polyester, and polypropylene fibers) have no natural fiber-like supply restrictions and are therefore less expensive than natural fibers. In addition, if a synthetic fiber is formed from a controlled chemical reaction and a physical forming environment, it is more uniform in quality than natural fiber, and thus produces performances and advantages such as improved durability than natural ‘cut’ and ’隹. However, consumers generally regard synthetic fibers as less desirable than their natural counterparts, because synthetic synthetic fibers cannot match the overall performance profile of natural fibers, especially the softness, warmth, color depth and feel of natural fibers. . Synthetic fibers are known to be produced by extruding filaments or synthetic resins and stretching or spinning, crimping, or other forming methods to form products having desired properties (hereinafter referred to as "synthetic fibers"). Thermoplastic polymers are used in these methods 585889 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (ammonium amine (especially nylon 6 and nylon 6,6) is highly expected to be used to form fibers, especially for carpets, interior decoration Fabrics and apparel fabrics. In general, nylon synthetic fibers have significantly higher gloss and less color depth than natural fibers (especially wool and silk). The carpet industry traditionally uses small amounts (typically 0.1 To 0.6% by weight) of matting agents (such as titanium dioxide (Ti〇2) is incorporated into the molten polymer to impart nylon fiber-like luster to the fiber. However, the use of matting agents has several disadvantages. First, matting The presence of the agent in the thermoplastic composition will reduce the color depth of the fiber, resulting in the appearance of bleached or dull objects made from the fiber. Adding additional dyeing will not improve the color depth. Second, the matting agent reduces the fiber's UV fastness. Ti 〇2 It is known to cause degradation of nylon. Ti〇2 also reflects shock light, which prevents the light from penetrating into the fiber at the desired depth. This results in carpets and fabrics made of self-dull synthetic resin Other objects fade faster than desired. In particular, because light is prevented from penetrating deeply into the matte synthetic fiber, the less faded interior of the fiber cannot be seen, so it cannot compensate for more severely faded surface parts Synthetic fibers tend to have a smooth surface, which makes them lack the texture or "feel," softness and warmth of natural fibers. The fiber industry has come up with several improvements and / or treatments of fibers made from thermoplastic resins to impart More natural or softer texture or feel. For example, it is known to use special star-shaped or multi-node shaped molds or spinnerets and special fiber spinning conditions to impart variable surface to the fibers, resulting in softer and more "It feels like wool. Disadvantageously, these fiber designs generally reduce the mechanical properties of the fibers, leading to a loss of durability. It is known that forming finer denier fibers results in improved softness, but once again this paper rule is a Chinese national standard (CNS) A4 specification (21〇 × 297 mm) (Please read the caution on the back. Item written, write this page),? Τ- 585889 A7 B7 5. Invention theory (4) Durability and the economics of fiber spinning are sacrificed. Nylon fibers especially have another disadvantage. For example, nylon fibers absorb water and are more susceptible to water than other fiber-forming materials such as polyester. Fouling and fouling. Although nylon fibers and their homemade yarns can be used in aqueous media because of their water absorption and the tolerance of their reactive amine end groups to most common dyes used in the tufted carpet industry It is easy to dye lightly, but these reactive amine ends and bases make nylon yarns particularly vulnerable to staining. Special grades of nylon with improved end group concentration are made for this reason. For those that still contain too many amine ends Based resins, expensive antifouling agents are generally used to cap the amine end groups and impart antifouling properties. This additional treatment causes additional costs to the formed product. Furthermore, it has antifouling properties or is modified to impart Stain-resistant resins generally disadvantageously have poor dyeing properties, especially poor dyeing fastness. In applications where carpets need to be cleaned repeatedly, such as twisted carpets or bathroom rugs, improved dyeing fastness is desired by the industry. Advantageously, it can improve the water absorption and fouling of nylon fibers to improve the stain resistance but still be able to dye. In addition, carpets or fabrics made from self-resistance yarns are prone to dyeing or optical streaks. Nylon fibers used for warp beams in woven or needle woven fabrics are carefully selected to make the dyeing uniform, and sold at a higher price than conventional nylon fibers. The manufacture of synthetic carpets involves several steps during which the fabric is tied to, for example, fibers and yarns that are heated and cooled as they are curled or twisted. Even with extensive quality control efforts, the fibers that make up a particular nylon carpet may have undergone inconsistent heat treatment. Because dyeing penetration and absorption are affected by the morphology and crystallinity of nylon fibers, uneven heat treatment will cause carpet fibers to have different degrees of dyeing penetration and absorption, which will result in a lighter or darker color in the finished carpet. (Please read the notes on the back to write this page first) * .Order-••• ί

585889 A7 --- B7 五、發明説明(5 ) 色之不可接受之顏色條紋形成。此外,用於地毯製造之紗 可能具有變化之卷曲回復率,其導致地毯内之簇絨寬度及 高度之差異’其產生光學條紋及顏色條紋。有利地係能於 處理期間較佳地控制耐綸纖維之染色上色率及收縮率,以 降低染色條紋及光學條紋。 此外’現今等級之耐綸係難以用於商業上生產部份位 向化之紗(POY),特別是用於衣服織物之製造,其係因若 大量時間延遲一方面於紡絲及拉伸後及另一方面於拉伸及 織物變形前發生,纖維會進行鬆弛作用。此被認為係因結 晶形式改變’特別是聚合物之結晶形式從7型式變成α型 式。貫際上,自展現此性質之樹脂製得之纖維絡紗易產生 解絡紗,且對商業應用係不可接受。使安定ΡΟΥ紡絲之能 力係有利的,因為其使自拉伸及織物變形方法去偶合之紡 絲方法能對衣物用紗使用高紡絲速率。 对綸樹脂之最後已知缺點係其吸收不可接受含量之濕 氣之傾向,而需於自其熔融及擠塑長絲前由製造者小心乾 燥。再者,此性質亦造成伺服時差的地毯性能,諸如,非 所欲地吸收清潔溶液及灑,出之液體,及於形成物件中之差 的染色牢度。 已知添加小量之第二聚合物質至形成纖維之聚合物以 產生具天然羊毛狀之外觀及減低光譯之粗糙表面纖維。於 美國專利第4,518,744號案中揭示包含形成纖維之聚合物 (諸如,聚對苯二曱酸乙二酯、耐綸6,6或聚丙烯)之形成纖 維之熱塑性聚合摻合物,其含有0.1與1〇重量%間之另一聚 本紙張尺度翻中關家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) (請先閲讀背面之注意事項窝本頁) _裝| 項 .、\t— A7 ^----- -£7____ 五、發明說明(ό ) 口物,其於熔融物内不溶混,且於熔融物内具有〇.5至3微 米之主要顆粒尺寸’及於纖維内形成位向化微纖維。雖然 賦與改良之表面性質及手感,前述組成物未被證實改良之 熔融紡絲性質。此被認為係部份由於個別聚合物組份間之 不充分相容性之故。 於美國專利第4,806,299號案,具有於其間添加之〇1 至5重里%之低分子量(2〇〇_4〇〇〇〇)聚丙烯(其具有高於η。 C之熔點及於丨列艺之川^⑺…㈧厘泊之黏度丨之耐綸樹脂 摻合物被用於此目的。含有非結晶性聚合物、聚氧化乙烯 (ΡΕΟ)或聚乙二醇(PEG)之相似耐綸摻合物亦已被揭示。不 利地,此等摻合物需使纖維以少於聚丙烯軟化點之溫度 (5〇-120°C)紡絲溫度拉伸,且聚丙烯含量不能於超過5重量 %上限時而未損及纖維韌度。再者,聚丙烯及聚乙烯之氧 化物皆具有少於聚醯胺熔融(Tm)(220-260°C )之熔點(160°C Tm或66°CTm),因此,難以或不可能於典型之形成纖維之 條件下於主要組份基質(其係用以形成消光纖維之所欲形 態)内形成微組份之不連續吸著。最後,聚氧化乙烯之吸水 性使自其摻合物形成之纖維於商業使用上因缺乏染色牢 度、缺乏抗污性及染色易變性而不可被接受。 於美國專利弟5,399,306號案中揭示以增加之生產 (throughput)速率製備之耐綸地毯或織物紗,其含有第二組 份,諸如,共單體、金屬鹽或分子分散聚合物(例如,分散 於66内之耐綸6,或分散於耐綸66内之pEG)。 美國專利第6,024,556號案揭示一種藉由形成具受控 -_____ 本紙張尺度適财關家鮮(⑽A4規格(210X297公釐) ~9~--585889 A7 --- B7 V. Description of the Invention (5) Unacceptable color streaks are formed. In addition, yarns used in carpet manufacturing may have varying curl recovery rates, which results in differences in tuft width and height within the carpet ' which produces optical streaks and color streaks. It is advantageous to be able to better control the dyeing rate and shrinkage rate of nylon fibers during the treatment to reduce the dyeing stripes and optical stripes. In addition, 'the current grade of nylon is difficult to be used for the commercial production of partially oriented yarn (POY), especially for the manufacture of clothing fabrics. It is caused by a large amount of time delay after spinning and stretching. On the other hand, the fibers will relax before stretching and fabric deformation. This is considered to be due to the change of the crystalline form ', especially the crystalline form of the polymer from the 7 type to the α type. Traditionally, fiber windings made from resins exhibiting this property are prone to unwinding and are unacceptable for commercial applications. The ability to stabilize stable spinning is advantageous because it uses a spinning method that decouples the self-stretching and fabric deformation methods, allowing high spinning rates to be used on clothing yarns. The last known disadvantage of nylon resins is their tendency to absorb unacceptable levels of moisture, which need to be carefully dried by the manufacturer before melting and extruding filaments from them. Furthermore, this property also results in poor carpet performance such as, undesirably absorbing cleaning solutions and spilled liquids, and poor dyeing fastness in formed objects. It is known to add a small amount of a second polymeric substance to a fiber-forming polymer to produce a rough surface fiber with a natural wool-like appearance and reduced optical translation. U.S. Patent No. 4,518,744 discloses a fiber-forming thermoplastic polymer blend comprising a fiber-forming polymer, such as polyethylene terephthalate, nylon 6,6, or polypropylene, which contains 0.1 Another paper size between 10% and 10% by weight is translated into Chinese Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) (please read the precautions on the back page first) _ 装 | Item., \ T— A7 ^ ------£ 7 ____ 5. Description of the invention (ό) Mouthpiece, which is immiscible in the melt, and has a major particle size of 0.5 to 3 microns in the melt, and forms a position in the fiber Xianghua microfiber. Although imparted with improved surface properties and feel, the aforementioned composition has not been proven to have improved melt spinning properties. This is considered partly due to insufficient compatibility between the individual polymer components. In U.S. Patent No. 4,806,299, a low molecular weight (200-4000) polypropylene (which has a melting point higher than η. And a melting point of 0 to 5%) added in the range of 0 to 5% by weight was added in between. Nakagawa ^ ⑺ ... Nylon viscosity resin 丨 nylon resin blends are used for this purpose. Similar nylon blends containing amorphous polymers, polyethylene oxide (PEO) or polyethylene glycol (PEG) Compounds have also been revealed. Unfortunately, these blends require the fibers to be drawn at a spinning temperature that is less than the softening point of polypropylene (50-120 ° C), and the polypropylene content must not exceed 5 weights. % Upper limit without compromising the toughness of the fiber. Furthermore, the oxides of polypropylene and polyethylene have a melting point (160 ° C Tm or 66 °) that is less than the melting point (Tm) (220-260 ° C) of polyamide. CTm), so it is difficult or impossible to form discontinuous adsorption of micro-components in the main component matrix (which is used to form the desired form of matting fibers) under typical fiber-forming conditions. Finally, polyoxidation The water absorption of ethylene makes the fibers formed from its blends commercially lacking in dyeing fastness, stain resistance, and dyeing. Color variability is unacceptable. It is disclosed in US Patent No. 5,399,306 that a nylon carpet or fabric yarn prepared at an increased throughput rate contains a second component such as a comonomer, a metal salt, or Molecularly dispersed polymers (for example, nylon 6 dispersed in 66, or pEG dispersed in nylon 66). US Patent No. 6,024,556 discloses a method for controlling the formation of the paper by forming a controlled -_____ paper. Fresh (⑽A4 size (210X297mm) ~ 9 ~-

585889 A7 B7 五、發明説明(7 制之層光學準確性之多層纖維結構而形成具改良之光學性 λ (特別是增加之光澤及顏色深度)之多層之共同層合之複 合聚合物纖維。 某些苓考資料已提出含有間同立構聚苯乙烯(sps)及 耐“或其匕聚合化合物之組成物。於美國專利第$,91 *, $ 7 〇 唬案中,耐綸、SPS及各種含極性基之化合物(包含苯乙烯 與對-甲基苯乙烯之馬來酸酯間同立構共聚物)之低吸水性 摻合物被製備及測試模製應用。下至25%sps&5%馬來酸 酯共聚物之各種組份比例(參見範例8)被測試。於美國專利 第5,270,353號案中,揭示SPS與各種極性官能基聚合物(包 含耐綸及含極性基之可共容化合物,包含馬來酸酯聚苯撐 基鱗及笨乙烯/馬來酸酐共聚物)之摻合物。特別是範例5含 有85/15重量比例之聚醯胺及間同立構聚苯乙烯,及含有 1%馬來酸酐之5%之苯乙烯/馬來酸酐共聚物。此摻合物内 之共谷劑含量及其間之極性基之量被認為係不足以達成用 於纖維或膜之聚醯胺基質内之分散相顆粒之適當分散。 於研九揭示(Research Disclosures,1997年9月 20 出版) 中,揭示作為工業用織物(特別是製紙機器織物或其它高溫 應用)之自間同立構聚苯乙烯或其與耐綸或其它聚合物之 摻合物製得之紗。於TW 404965 A(1999年2月8日公告)中, 揭示一種抗衝擊之聚苯乙烯/聚醯胺組成物,其包含: (a) 50-100份重量之間同立構以苯乙烯為主之聚合物; (b) l-50份重量之聚醯胺;及(c)〇.〇卜20份重量之苯乙烯-馬 來酸酐共容劑,此組成物係具有改良之韌性及可撓強度。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 10 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項屬寫本頁) 裝丨 pi 訂— 發明説明(9 ) 及精製技術即能解決前述問題之解答。 A·因此,本發明提供一種組成物,包含: (a) 76至97(更佳係80至95,且最佳係86至92)重量%之 第一熱塑性聚合物,具有之結晶化溫度,Tc,係大於16〇 C (較佳係大於165t:,最佳係大於17〇。〇 ; (b) 24至3(更佳係2〇至5,且最佳係M至8)重量%之第二 熱塑性聚合物,其於化學性質上係不同於組份,具有結 晶化溫度,Tc,,及 (c) 選擇性之(a)及(b)之相容劑, 其中该百分率係以(a)及(b)之總和為基準,且其中tc 係少於tc,至少5°c(較佳係至少10。〇,最佳係至少20。〇。 較佳地,前述組成物具有少於丨〇之黃色指數,ΥΙ。 B·於另一具體例,本發明提供一種組成物,包含: (a) 76至97(更佳係80至95,且最佳係86至92)重量%之 第一熱塑性聚合物,具有之結晶化溫度,Tc,係大於16〇 C (較佳係大於165°C,最佳係大於170。〇; (b) 24至3(更佳係20至5,且最佳係14至8)重量%之第二 熱塑性聚合物,其於化學牲質上係不同於組份(a),具有結 晶化溫度,Tc’,其中該百分率係以(3)及(1^之重量為基準; 及 (C)選擇性之(a)及(b)之相容劑,及 (d) 0· 1至1 〇.〇(較佳係〇· 1至7_〇,更佳係〇·2至5 〇)%(以總 組成物重量為基準)之消光劑,且其中TC係少於TC,至少5°c (較佳係至少l〇°C,最佳係至少20。〇。 五、發明説明(10 ) 較佳地,前述組成物β亦具有少於10之黃色指數,YI。 C·於另一具體例,本發明提供一種包含前述組成物A 或B或其較佳具體例之組成物,其中該第一熱塑性聚合物 係聚醯胺,較佳係具有25至25〇之相對黏度之聚醯胺,且更 佳地,此聚醯胺係耐綸6。 D·於本發明之另一具體例,提供一種包含前述組成物 A、B或C之組成物,其中第二熱塑性聚合物係具有立體異 構之立體結構之亞乙烯基芳香族同聚物或共聚物,較佳係 亞乙烯基芳香族單體之同聚物、多於一種亞乙烯基芳香族 單體之共聚物,或其極性基改質之衍生物,該第二熱塑性 聚合物具有間同立構之立體結構,最佳係大於%%間同立 構之立體結構。 E·於另一具體例,本發明提供一種包含前述熱塑性組 成物A、B、C或D之擠塑及拉伸之纖維,或擠塑及伸展之 薄膜,其係較佳係一種拉伸纖維或位向化薄膜或包含此一 拉伸纖維之紗,較佳地,此長絲、纖維或薄膜具有粗糙表 面,或包含於組份(a)基質内之組份(b)包藏物,該包藏物具 有大於0.2// m(較佳係〇·3至2.0// m)之體積平均次要軸尺 寸或具有少於3·0 # m之D99次要軸尺寸,或具有大於〇 29 之雷射光散射比例(於其後定義),或具有4〇或更少之光亮 板0 F·於另一具體例,本發明提供一種製備纖維或薄膜之 方法’此方法之步驟包含: (1)以包含第一熱塑性聚合物之連續基質及包含第二 A7 ——__B7_ 五、發明説明(11 ) —— ----- 熱塑性聚合物包藏物之纖維或薄膜之形成擠塑此間之依據 A B、C或D之熱塑性組成物, 、()將乂驟(1)之長絲拉伸或將薄膜位向化而成拉伸纖 、隹或位向化薄膜,其特徵在於第二熱塑性聚合物包藏物係 tM枝伸出纖維或位向化薄膜之表面,或造成纖維或薄膜 表面内之微擾。 G·於另一具體例,本發明提供一種自前述長絲、纖維、 紗或擠塑薄膜_F)之任一者製得之地毯、厚毯、機織織 物非機熾或紡黏之織物、針織織物、衣服、層合物、結 構物或其它商業物件。 H.於另一具體例,本發明提供一種製備纖維或薄膜之 方法,此方法之步驟包含·· (1) 以纖維或薄膜之形式擠塑依據A、B、C*D之熱塑 性組成物,熱塑性組成物被擠塑之溫度係高於組份(a)及組 份(b)之熔點(Tm), (2) 使擠塑物冷卻至組份(a)及組份(1})之結晶化溫度間 之溫度;或使擠塑物冷卻至低於組份(a)及組份(b)之結晶化 溫度,且其後使擠塑物重新加熱至組份與組份(b)之結晶 化溫度,及 (3) 使步驟(1)之長絲或薄膜拉伸成拉伸纖維或位向化 薄膜。 I·於本發明之另一具體例,其提供一種製備厚毯或地 毯之方法,此方法之步驟包含: (1)使依據A、B、C或D之熱塑性組成物擠塑成多條纖 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公嫠) -14 -585889 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (7-layer optically accurate multilayer fiber structure to form a multilayered composite polymer fiber with improved optical λ (especially increased gloss and color depth). Some Lingkao materials have proposed compositions containing syndiotactic polystyrene (sps) and "resistant" or its polymer compounds. In the US patent No. 91, $ *, $ 70, nylon, SPS and Low-absorbent blends of various polar group-containing compounds (including syndiotactic copolymers of styrene and p-methylstyrene) are prepared and tested for molding applications. Down to 25% sps & The proportions of various components of the 5% maleate copolymer (see Example 8) were tested. In US Patent No. 5,270,353, SPS was disclosed with various polar functional polymers (including nylon and copolymers containing polar groups). Capacitive compounds, including blends of maleate polyphenylene scale and stupid ethylene / maleic anhydride copolymer). In particular, Example 5 contains 85/15 weight ratio of polyamidoamine and syndiotactic polystyrene. , And 5% styrene / male with 1% maleic anhydride Anhydride copolymer. The content of co-cereals in this blend and the amount of polar groups in between are considered to be insufficient to achieve proper dispersion of the dispersed phase particles in a polyamide matrix for fibers or films. Yu Yanjiu revealed (Research Disclosures, published September 20, 1997), discloses syndiotactic polystyrene or its blend with nylon or other polymers as industrial fabrics (especially papermaking machine fabrics or other high-temperature applications) Yarn made from materials. In TW 404965 A (announced February 8, 1999), an impact-resistant polystyrene / polyamide composition is disclosed, comprising: (a) 50-100 parts by weight Stereo-based polymers; (b) 1-50 parts by weight of polyamide; and (c) 20 parts by weight of 20 parts by weight of a styrene-maleic anhydride compatibilizer. The composition is It has improved toughness and flexible strength. This paper size is in accordance with Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) 10 (Please read the precautions on the back first to write this page) 9) and refined technology can solve the aforementioned problems. A · Therefore, the present Ming provides a composition comprising: (a) 76 to 97 (more preferably 80 to 95, and most preferably 86 to 92) by weight of a first thermoplastic polymer having a crystallization temperature, Tc, of greater than 16 〇C (preferably greater than 165 t :, optimally greater than 17.0); (b) 24 to 3 (more preferably 20 to 5, and most preferably M to 8) weight percent of the second thermoplastic polymer It is chemically different from the component and has compatibilizing agents (a) and (b) with crystallization temperature, Tc, and (c) selectivity, where the percentages are expressed as (a) and (b ) Is the standard, and tc is less than tc, at least 5 ° c (preferably at least 10). 〇, the best is at least 20. 〇. Preferably, the aforementioned composition has a yellow index of less than Υ0, ΥΙ. B. In another specific example, the present invention provides a composition comprising: (a) 76 to 97 (more preferably 80 to 95, and most preferably 86 to 92) a first thermoplastic polymer by weight, having Crystallization temperature, Tc, is greater than 16 ° C (preferably greater than 165 ° C, optimally greater than 170.); (b) 24 to 3 (more preferably 20 to 5, and most preferably 14 to 8) The second thermoplastic polymer, by weight, is different from component (a) in chemical quality and has a crystallization temperature, Tc ', wherein the percentage is based on the weight of (3) and (1 ^); and (C) Selective (a) and (b) compatibilizers, and (d) 0.1 to 10.0 (preferably 0.1 to 7_0, more preferably 0.2 to 5) 〇)% (based on the weight of the total composition) of the matting agent, and TC is less than TC, at least 5 ° c (preferably at least 10 ° C, and most preferably at least 20.0) V. Description of the invention (10) Preferably, the aforementioned composition β also has a yellow index of less than 10, YI. C. In another specific example, the present invention provides a composition comprising the aforementioned composition A or B or a preferred specific example thereof Wherein the first thermoplastic polymer is polyamide Polyamide having a relative viscosity of 25 to 25 is preferred, and more preferably, this polyamide is a nylon 6. D. In another embodiment of the present invention, a composition including the foregoing compositions A and B is provided. Or a composition of C, wherein the second thermoplastic polymer is a vinylidene aromatic homopolymer or copolymer having a stereoisomeric stereostructure, preferably a homopolymer of vinylidene aromatic monomer, more than A copolymer of a vinylidene aromatic monomer, or a derivative modified by a polar group thereof, and the second thermoplastic polymer has a syndiotactic stereo structure, preferably a greater than %% syndiotactic stereo structure E. In another specific example, the present invention provides an extruded and stretched fiber, or an extruded and stretched film comprising the aforementioned thermoplastic composition A, B, C or D, which is preferably a stretch A fiber or an oriented film or a yarn comprising the drawn fiber, preferably, the filament, fiber or film has a rough surface or the component (b) inclusions contained in the component (a) matrix, The inclusions have a volume average times greater than 0.2 // m (preferably 0.3 to 2.0 // m) Major axis size or D99 minor axis size with less than 3 · 0 # m, or laser light scattering ratio greater than 〇29 (defined later), or bright plate with 40 or less 0 F · at In another specific example, the present invention provides a method for preparing a fiber or a film. The steps of this method include: (1) a continuous matrix including a first thermoplastic polymer and a second A7 ——__ B7_ V. Description of the invention (11) —— ----- The formation of fibers or films of thermoplastic polymer inclusions. The thermoplastic composition based on AB, C or D is extruded here. () Stretch the filament of step (1) or stretch the film. Orientation into stretch fiber, rayon or orientation film, which is characterized in that the tM branch of the second thermoplastic polymer storage system protrudes from the surface of the fiber or orientation film, or causes perturbation in the surface of the fiber or film . G. In another specific example, the present invention provides a carpet, thick carpet, woven fabric non-organized or spunbonded fabric made from any of the aforementioned filaments, fibers, yarns or extruded films_F), Knitted fabrics, clothes, laminates, structures or other commercial items. H. In another specific example, the present invention provides a method for preparing fibers or films, the steps of this method include ... (1) extruding the thermoplastic composition according to A, B, C * D in the form of fibers or films, The temperature at which the thermoplastic composition is extruded is higher than the melting point (Tm) of component (a) and component (b). (2) The extruded material is cooled to the temperature of component (a) and component (1). The temperature between the crystallization temperature; or the extrudate is cooled below the crystallization temperature of component (a) and component (b), and thereafter the extrudate is reheated to component and component (b) The crystallization temperature, and (3) stretching the filament or film of step (1) into a drawn fiber or an oriented film. I. In another specific example of the present invention, it provides a method for preparing a thick carpet or carpet. The steps of the method include: (1) extruding a thermoplastic composition according to A, B, C or D into a plurality of fibers; This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 cm) -14-

(請先閱讀背面之注意事項寫本頁) im!(Please read the notes on the back to write this page) im!

、可I 五、 發明説明(l2 ) 維, (2) 拉伸此等纖維, (3) 璉擇性地紡絲、卷曲、染色或部分或完全地熱固化 此等纖維, 八(4)使(3)之纖維結合成一或更多之紗,選擇性地施以撿 5、染色、梳棉或疏鬆方法或進一步熱固化, (5)使紗插入襯墊内及使其固定於其上;選擇性地將紗 戈成形’猎此形成厚毯或地毯,及 勺八(6)選擇性地,使厚毯或地毯染色或精製,其中該精製 包含塗敷-或多種之抗污潰或抗污損之處理、沖洗、乾燥 或其它步驟。 J.於本發明之另一具體例,其提供一種使具有大於16〇 °c(+較佳係大於165。〇最佳係大於170t)之結晶化溫度(Tc) 之第一熱塑性聚合物(a)之纖維消光之方法,包含於此熱塑 性聚合物添加24至3(更佳係20至5,且最佳係14至8)重量% 之第一熱塑性聚合物(b)(其係不同於(a)具有結晶化溫度, Tc’)及(c)選擇性之(a)及(b)之相容劑, 其中該百分率係以(a)及(b)之總和為基準,且其中·· l)Tc係少於Tc’至少5°C (較佳係至少i〇°c,最佳係至少 2〇°C ),藉此形成聚合物混合物,及 自此聚合物混合物形成及拉伸纖維。 K.於本發明之另一具體例,其後將更詳細解釋,提供 一種擠塑及拉伸之多組份纖維或擠塑及位向化之多層薄膜 或此一多組份纖維或多組份薄膜之一或多種組份或層之形 585889 A7 I五^#明説明(13 ) ~ ~ ~— 式之熱塑性聚合物組成物,該組成物包含組成MU 或D之任意者,或包含·· (a) 99至51(更佳係97至76,更佳係外至肋,且最佳係 92至86)重量%之第一熱塑性聚合物,具有之結晶化溫度, I Tc,係大於 160°C ; (b) l至49(更佳係3至24,更佳係4至20,且最佳係§至 14)重量%之不同於⑷之第二熱塑性聚合物,其具有結晶化 溫度(Tc,),及 (c) 選擇性之(a)及(b)之相容劑, 其中该百分率係以(a)及(b)之總和為基準,且其中Tc 係少於Tc’至少5。(〕(較佳係至少1(rc,最佳係至少20〇c。 L·本發明之另一方面係一種用於製備擠塑纖維及薄膜 之熱塑性聚合物組成物,該組成物基本上係由下述所組成: (a) 65至97重量%之一或多種之第一熱塑性聚合物,具 有之結晶化溫度,Tc,係大於160°C ;及 (b) 35至3重量%之第二熱塑性聚合物,其於化學性質上 係不同於組份(a),具有結晶化溫度,TC,,及包含極性官 能基, 及選擇性之一或多種之非聚合物之添加劑。 Μ·於最後具體例,提供前述物件之任一者,其中聚合 物組成物係藉由熔融主要包含組份(a)之基本樹脂及使其 與主要包含組份(b)及選擇性之組份(c)及(d)及進一步之微 里組伤(a)之辰縮樹脂同時或於其後混合,及使形成之炫融 熱塑性聚合物組成物以拉伸纖維形式擠塑及選擇性拉伸, 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公爱) -16 -May I. Description of the invention (l2) dimension, (2) drawing these fibers, (3) selectively spinning, crimping, dyeing or partially or completely thermally curing these fibers, eight (4) make ( 3) The fibers are combined into one or more yarns, which are optionally applied by picking 5, dyeing, carding or loosening methods or further heat curing. (5) Insert the yarn into the pad and fix it on it; select Shape the sago into a thick blanket or rug, and scoop (6) selectively dye or refine the thick blanket or rug, wherein the refinement includes coating-or multiple anti-fouling or anti-fouling Damage, treatment, washing, drying or other steps. J. In another specific example of the present invention, it provides a first thermoplastic polymer (with a crystallization temperature (Tc) greater than 160 ° C (+ preferably greater than 165.0 °, more preferably greater than 170t)) a) A method for matting fibers, comprising adding 24 to 3 (more preferably 20 to 5, and most preferably 14 to 8) by weight of a first thermoplastic polymer (b) (which is different from (A) Compatibilizers of (a) and (b) with crystallization temperature, Tc ') and (c) selectivity, where the percentage is based on the sum of (a) and (b), and where · L) Tc is less than Tc 'by at least 5 ° C (preferably at least 10 ° C, most preferably at least 20 ° C), thereby forming a polymer mixture, and forming and stretching the polymer mixture from this fiber. K. In another specific example of the present invention, it will be explained in more detail later, providing an extruded and drawn multicomponent fiber or an extruded and oriented multilayer film or the multicomponent fiber or groups The shape of one or more components or layers of a component film 585889 A7 I 五 ^ # 明 解 (13) ~ ~ ~ — A thermoplastic polymer composition of the formula, which contains any one of the composition MU or D, or contains · (A) 99 to 51 (more preferably 97 to 76, more preferably outer to rib, and most preferably 92 to 86) weight percent of the first thermoplastic polymer having a crystallization temperature, I Tc, of greater than 160 ° C; (b) 1 to 49 (more preferably 3 to 24, more preferably 4 to 20, and most preferably § to 14) weight percent of a second thermoplastic polymer different from rhenium, which has crystallization Temperature (Tc,), and (c) selectivity of (a) and (b) compatibilizers, where the percentage is based on the sum of (a) and (b), and where Tc is less than Tc ' At least 5. (] (Preferably at least 1 (rc, most preferably at least 20 c). L. Another aspect of the present invention is a thermoplastic polymer composition for preparing extruded fibers and films, the composition is basically It consists of: (a) 65 to 97% by weight of the first thermoplastic polymer, having a crystallization temperature, Tc, greater than 160 ° C; and (b) 35 to 3% by weight of the first thermoplastic polymer. Two thermoplastic polymers, which are chemically different from component (a), have a crystallization temperature, TC, and non-polymeric additives containing polar functional groups and one or more selectivity. Μ · 于As a final specific example, any one of the aforementioned objects is provided, in which the polymer composition is prepared by melting a base resin mainly containing component (a) and combining it with a component (b) and a selective component (c) ) And (d) and further micro-injury (a), the aging shrinkage resin is mixed simultaneously or thereafter, and the formed thermoplastic polymer composition is extruded and selectively stretched in the form of drawn fibers, This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297). -16-

(請先閲讀背面之注意事项寫本頁) 0裝· 、一t- •m 585889 五、發明説明(l4 ) 選擇性地以伸展薄膜形式使形成之熱塑性聚合物組成物擠 塑及伸展。獲得前述良好混合之聚合物組成物之較佳方式 係併入混合裝置或元件,其於熔融混合或擠塑方法步驟期 間提供聚合熔融物靜式混合或擴張性之混合。 第10)圖係依據範例5 1之包含93 · 1重量%之耐綸_6、5 重里/〇之間同立構聚苯乙稀及1 · 9重量%之相容劑之熱塑性 組成物製得之纖維之電子掃猫顯微照像。 第1(b)圖係依據範例52之包含87·3重量〇/〇之耐綸-6、1〇 重里/〇之間同立構聚苯乙稀及2 · 7重量%之相容劑之熱塑性 組成物製得之纖維之電子掃瞄顯微照像。 第1(c)圖係依據範例53之包含81.9重量%之耐綸-6、15 重量%之間同立構聚苯乙烯及3 · 1重量%之相容劑之熱塑性 組成物製得之纖維之電子掃瞄顯微照像。 第2(a)圖係依據比較例K之包含耐綸·6及0.2重量%之 Ti〇2消光劑之熱塑性組成物製得之纖維之電子掃瞄顯微照 像。 第2(b)圖係依據比較例L之包含耐論-6及0.4重量%之 Ti〇2消光劑之熱塑性組成,物製得之纖維之電子掃瞄顯微照 像。 第2(c)圖係依據比較例Μ之包含89重量%之而ί綸-6、10 重量%之無規立構聚苯乙稀及1重量%之相容劑之熱塑性 組成物製得之纖維之電子掃瞒顯微照像。 第3圖係用以計算改良比例(Mod比例)之典型多葉狀 纖維之作圖。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公楚〉 -17 - )⑽89 A7 ------B7____ 五、發明説明(15 ) 第4圖係範例51c-53c、Kc及Lc之樣品地毯之外觀保留 分級之作圖。 第5圖含有自範例54、55及Me之紗製得之樣品地毯之 污潰分級。 第6圖係被併入作為諸如用於範例48之熔融混合及擠 塑裝置之一元件之延伸流混合器之作圖。 第7圖係適於與依據本發明之聚合物摻合組成物使用 之新穎模具設計,其擁有高模具膨脹。 第8圖係顯示用以測量纖維之雷射光散色比例之儀器 關係之示意圖。 第9圖係用以測量雷射光散色比例之單纖維架之等角 透視圖。 第10圖係用以測量雷射光散射比例之單纖維架之側視 圖。 第11圖係用以測量單纖維雷射光散射比例之架所示方 向自第10圖之線11之截面圖。 第12圖係藉由雷射光後散射器測量範例丨_3、a、b及 Cl-C5之纖維而決定之為散射比例(Rs)之函數之光澤作圖。 第13圖係藉由雷射光後散射測量決定之範例〇丨_d6之 各種纖維之為Ti〇2含量之函數之散射比例(Rs)之作圖。 第14圖係範例16-27之纖維之為板光澤之函數之體積 平均顆粒直徑之作圖。 第15圖係範例16-27之纖維之為散射比例之函數之體 積平均顆粒直徑之作圖。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公爱) -18 - (請先閲讀背面之注意事項$寫本頁) 訂- 585889 A7 B7 五、發明説明(i6 第16圖係範例16-27之纖維之為韌性之函數之包藏顆 粒之體積D99之第99百分位(percentile)之作圖。 第17圖係自範例25製得之纖維之組份(b)之包藏顆粒 之電子掃瞄顯微照像(SEM)。 第18圖係範例F、39a、41a、43a及44a決定之曝露於紫 外線後之未染色纖維之D65之10度顏色分級之作圖。 第19圖係範例48之纖維表面之電子掃瞄顯微照像 (SEM)。 為了美國專利實務,此間所參考之任何專利、專利申 請案或公告案在此被完全併入以供參考,特別是有關於分 析或合成之技術及業界之一般知識之揭示。“包含,,及其衍 生用辭非欲排除任何額外組份、步驟或程序之存在,無論 其等是否在此被揭示。為避免任何懷疑,經由使用“包含,, 一辭之此間所請求之所有組成物,除非相反陳述,可包含 任何額外之添加劑、輔助劑或化合物(無論係聚合物或其它 者)。特料’使用“包含,,一辭描述之本發明摻合物可ς組 份⑷、⑻及⑷内包含多於一種符合請求要件之熱塑性聚 Μ 0相本上由"組成”_辭係自任何後繼重述之 任何其它組份、步驟或程序之範圍排除,但對可操作性不 重要者係例外。最後’“由··組成,,一辭排除未被特別描述或 列示之任何組份、步驟或程序。 係 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項寫本頁)(Please read the precautions on the back first and write this page) 0 Pack · · · t- • m 585889 5. Description of the invention (l4) The thermoplastic polymer composition formed is extruded and stretched in the form of a stretch film. A preferred way to obtain the aforementioned well-mixed polymer composition is to incorporate a mixing device or element that provides static or expansive mixing of the polymer melt during the steps of the melt mixing or extrusion process steps. (10) The figure is based on a thermoplastic composition containing 93 · 1% by weight of nylon_6, 5% by weight / 0 isotactic polystyrene and 1.9% by weight of a compatibilizer according to Example 51. Electron scanning cat micrograph of the obtained fiber. Figure 1 (b) is based on Example 52, which contains 87 · 3 by weight of 0 / 〇 nylon-6, between 10% by weight / o isotactic polystyrene and 2.7% by weight of compatibilizer. Electronic scanning micrographs of fibers made from thermoplastic compositions. Figure 1 (c) is a fiber made from a thermoplastic composition of Example 53 containing 81.9% by weight of nylon-6, 15% by weight of syndiotactic polystyrene and 3.1% by weight of a compatibilizer. Electronic scanning micrograph. Figure 2 (a) is an electron scanning micrograph of a fiber made from a thermoplastic composition containing nylon-6 and 0.2% by weight of a Ti02 matting agent in Comparative Example K. Fig. 2 (b) is an electron scanning micrograph of a fiber prepared according to the thermoplastic composition of N-6 and 0.4% by weight of Ti02 matting agent in Comparative Example L. Figure 2 (c) is based on the thermoplastic composition of Comparative Example M, which contains 89% by weight of Polyamide-6, 10% by weight of atactic polystyrene and 1% by weight of a compatibilizer Electron swept micrographs of fibers. Figure 3 is a plot of a typical leafy fiber used to calculate the modified ratio (Mod ratio). This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210X297 Gongchu> -17-) ⑽89 A7 ------ B7____ V. Description of the invention (15) Figure 4 shows the examples 51c-53c, Kc and Lc. The appearance of the sample carpet was retained for grading. Figure 5 contains stain classification of sample carpets made from yarns of Examples 54, 55 and Me. Figure 6 is a drawing of an extension flow mixer incorporated as an element such as the melt mixing and extrusion device used in Example 48. Fig. 7 is a novel mold design suitable for use with the polymer blend composition according to the present invention, which has a high mold expansion. Figure 8 is a schematic diagram showing the relationship of the instruments used to measure the laser light dispersion ratio of a fiber. Fig. 9 is an isometric perspective view of a single fiber stand for measuring the dispersion ratio of laser light. Figure 10 is a side view of a single-fiber stand for measuring the laser light scattering ratio. Fig. 11 is a cross-sectional view taken from line 11 of Fig. 10 in a direction shown by a frame for measuring the scattering ratio of single fiber laser light. Fig. 12 is a gloss diagram as a function of the scattering ratio (Rs) determined by the laser light backscatter measurement example 丨 _3, a, b, and Cl-C5 fibers. Fig. 13 is a plot of the scattering ratio (Rs) of various fibers as a function of the content of Ti02 in an example determined by laser light backscattering. Figure 14 is a plot of the volume average fiber diameter of the fibers of Examples 16-27 as a function of board gloss. Figure 15 is a plot of the average particle diameter of the fibers of Examples 16-27 as a function of scattering ratio. This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210X297 public love) -18-(Please read the precautions on the back $ write this page) Order-585889 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (i6 Figure 16 is example 16 The -27 fiber is a function of toughness and the 99th percentile of the volume D99 of the enclosed particles is plotted. Figure 17 is the electrons of the enclosed particles of component (b) of the fiber made from Example 25 Scanning micrograph (SEM). Figure 18 is a sample of the 10-degree color grading of D65 of undyed fibers exposed to ultraviolet light, determined by examples F, 39a, 41a, 43a, and 44a. Figure 19 is an example Electron Scanning Micrograph (SEM) of the fiber surface of 48. For the purposes of US patent practice, any patents, patent applications, or publications referred to herein are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety, especially for analysis or Disclosure of synthetic technology and general knowledge of the industry. "Inclusion, and its derivative terms, are not intended to exclude the presence of any additional components, steps or procedures, whether or not they are disclosed here. To avoid any doubt, the use of "Include, here in a word All compositions requested, unless stated to the contrary, may include any additional additives, adjuvants, or compounds (whether polymers or otherwise). The ingredient 'use', the term "comprising," which describes the blend of the invention, may The components ⑷, ⑻, and 包含 contain more than one thermoplastic polymer M0 that meets the requirements and are composed of " '', which is excluded from the scope of any other components, steps, or procedures that are subsequently repeated, but Exceptions are those where operability is not important. Finally "" consisting of ... "excludes any component, step or procedure not specifically described or listed. Department (Please read the precautions on the back page first to write this page )

•、可I “聚合物”-辭於此間使用時係包含同聚物(即,自單一 反應性化合物製得之聚合物),及共聚物(自至少二種形成 聚合物之反應性單體化合物製得之聚合物)。“結晶”一辭 本紙張尺度適财_家鮮(CNS) 五、發明説明(Π ) 指於25 t時展現射線繞射圖案及擁有第一級轉化或結 晶炫點(Tm)之聚合物。此用辭可與“半結晶,,用辭相互交換 使用。“化學性不同,,一辭係#官能性上不同之二聚合物之 主要重複基,而非重複單元尺寸之差異。 纖維’’一辭係指具有相對較大之長度/厚度比例之熱 塑《料之單紗,包含連續纖維。纖維之截面可為任何所 欲密閉形,包含圓形或彎曲狀、多角形或多節形。此外, 截面積可包含連續或不連續之任何形狀之孔洞,藉此形成 中工、部份中空或含微孔之纖維。被包含者係連續及不連 續之單纖維或自其製得之紗。較佳地,纖維具有2 〇咖(更 佳係1.0mm,最佳係〇.5mm)之最大截面尺寸。較佳地,纖 維之特徵在於具有其直徑或最大截面尺寸之至少倍之 長度。為用於製備紗,纖維需具有至少5mm之長度,及用 於此應用之足夠強度及可撓性。拉伸纖維係自藉由拉伸或 紡絲前述纖維,藉此使其延長,及賦與其改良之抗張強度 或其它物理性質而形成之物件。—般,拉伸賦與纖維之一 或多種聚合物組份之結晶結構更大之位向性。較佳拉伸纖 維係以至少2/1(較佳係至少2.3/1,且最佳係至少2 6/i)之比 例拉伸。於前述定義,拉伸比例係指於拉伸方法之終點及 起始時測量之纖維之個多線性速率之比例。纖維可於與其 它纖維結合形成紗或絲束之前或之後被卷曲、染色或其它 物性或化學式改質。 “長絲”一辭於此間使用時一般係指具不定或最高長度 之纖維。相對較短長度之纖維係稱為“短纖維,,。“絲束,,係 五、發明説明(IS , 二=確:合或其它物理性改質之數纖維之結合物。個別 产纏繞或藉由卷曲纖維使其在—起。“紗,,一辭係 =:=或長絲之任何混合物,包含其 ;“τ生物’諸如,此等纖維或長絲之編結、 二固化衍生物。被包含者係絲束,其被稱為零撿合 ν δ —般賦與紗改良之強度、黏著劑及㈣性,i. 一 般係由於改良之纏繞。 /、 /薄膜’,-辭係指具少於或等於其平均寬度之鳩之平 :旱又及V於或等於1〇mm之平均厚度之固態自行支撐 (一般係平面)之結構。 —相谷4係一種增加多組份混合物之不同相間之界面 黏者劑、降低界面張力,或增加界面黏著劑及降低界面張 力之聚合物或其它化合物。聚合物相容劑可為數種型式之 一者: a) 相容劑可含有個別之具不同物理及化學性質之區域 或瓜/又聚合物可為具二或更多嵌段之線性嵌段共聚 物3有自中央芯部隆起之多臂之輻射狀共聚物,或含有 相似化學結構之個別區域之“星狀,,或樹狀物(“編州幾 何fl/狀物。-嵌段、臂或區域係可容混或具有對混合物組 伤之或多者之吸引力。一或多者之其它嵌段、臂或區域 係可容混或具有對混合物之剩餘組份之一或多者之吸引 力。 b) 相容劑係可容混或具有對混合物之組份之吸引力, 且含有忐與剩餘組份之一或多者反應及結合之官能性。 585889 A7 ----!L ____ 五、發明説明(20 ) 化衍生物,及前述之混合物。適當之乙烯基芳香族單體包 含苯乙烯、C〗_4環之烷基或齒基-取代之苯乙烯(特別是乙烯 基甲苯之所有異構物形式,包含此等異構物之混合物)及^ -曱基苯乙烯。較佳相容劑包含乙烯不飽和之含極性基之化 合物(特別是馬來酸酐或福馬酸)與預戊形聚苯撐醚之接枝 共聚物;極性共單體(特別是馬來酸酐、辐馬酸、N_甲基馬 來醯亞胺、甲基丙烯酸甲酯、丙烯腈或丙烯基醯胺)及乙烯 基芳香族聚合物或共聚物(特別是無規立構或間同立構之 聚苯乙烯)之接枝共聚物、包含苯乙烯及一或多種環烷基取 代苯乙烯之間同立構共聚物之共聚物,特別是苯乙烯及對_ 甲基苯乙烯、鄰_甲基苯乙烯、間-甲基苯乙烯或其混合物 之間同立構共聚物,或苯乙稀及共轭二稀之嵌段共聚物, 及前述極性共單體與乙烯基芳香族單體(特別是苯乙烯)之 共聚物。 為了澄清而重述於本發明之前示具體例A_M中,組份 (b)可相樣地為極性基改質之結晶聚合物,諸如,前示之作 為組份(c)之適當組份者,特別是反應性極性基改質之間同 立構之亞乙烯基芳香族同.聚物或共聚物。於本發明之此等 具體例中,個別之相容劑(組份(c))無需被包含於組成物 内。作為此一具體例之範例,包含作為僅有聚合物組份之 97至76%之組份(a)及3至24%之此一極性基改質之間同立 構亞乙烯基芳香族同聚物或共聚物之組成物係依據本發明 之特別佳。更佳地,此等組成物包含苯乙烯及一或多種之 環甲基化苯乙烯(特別是對-甲基苯乙烯)之極性基接枝改 —___ 本紙張尺度適财關家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) Γ^23 -'• I may be "polymer"-when used herein, it includes homopolymers (ie, polymers made from a single reactive compound), and copolymers (from at least two reactive monomers that form a polymer) Polymers made from compounds). The word "crystallization" This paper is suitable for scale_ 家 鲜 (CNS) V. Description of invention (Π) refers to a polymer that exhibits a ray diffraction pattern at 25 t and has a first-order transformation or crystal dazzling point (Tm). This term can be used interchangeably with "semi-crystalline, and the terms are used interchangeably." The chemistry is different, and the word # is the main repeating group of two polymers with different functionalities, not the difference in the size of repeating units. The term "fiber" means a thermoplastic yarn having a relatively large length / thickness ratio, including continuous fibers. The cross section of the fiber can be any desired closed shape, including round or curved, polygonal or multi-noded. In addition, the cross-sectional area may include holes of any shape, continuous or discontinuous, thereby forming fibers that are intermediate, partially hollow, or contain micropores. Included are continuous and discontinuous single fibers or yarns made from them. Preferably, the fiber has a maximum cross-sectional size of 20 cm (more preferably 1.0 mm, most preferably 0.5 mm). Preferably, the fiber is characterized by having a length that is at least twice the diameter or the largest cross-sectional dimension. For the preparation of yarns, the fibers must have a length of at least 5 mm and sufficient strength and flexibility for this application. A drawn fiber is an object formed by stretching or spinning the aforementioned fiber, thereby extending it, and giving it improved tensile strength or other physical properties. In general, stretching imparts greater orientality to the crystalline structure of one or more polymer components of the fiber. The preferred drawn fiber is drawn at a ratio of at least 2/1 (preferably at least 2.3 / 1, and most preferably at least 2 6 / i). In the foregoing definition, the draw ratio refers to the ratio of the multiple linear velocities of the fibers measured at the end and start of the draw method. Fibers can be crimped, dyed, or otherwise modified physically or chemically before or after being combined with other fibers to form a yarn or tow. The term "filament" as used herein generally refers to fibers of variable or maximum length. Relatively short length of fiber is called "short fiber,". Tow, is the fifth, the description of the invention (IS, two = true: a combination of other physically modified fibers. Individually produced entanglement or Bring them together by crimping the fiber. "Yarn, the word system =: = or any mixture of filaments, including it;" τ bio 'such as, these fibers or filaments are knitted, second curing derivatives. The included is a tow, which is called zero picking ν δ-generally imparts improved yarn strength, adhesives, and flexibility, i. Generally, it is entangled due to the improvement. /, / Film ',-word means Douzhiping with an average width of less than or equal to: Dry and solid self-supporting (generally flat) structure with an average thickness of V or equal to 10 mm.-Phase 4 is a type of multi-component mixture Different phase interfacial adhesion agents, polymers or other compounds that reduce interfacial tension, or increase interfacial adhesion agents and reduce interfacial tension. Polymer compatibilizers can be one of several types: a) Compatibilizers can contain individual Areas or melons / polymers with different physical and chemical properties Linear block copolymers with two or more blocks 3 Radial copolymers with dobby bulging from the central core, or "stars," or dendrimers (" Knitting geometry fl / objects.-Blocks, arms, or regions can be mixed or have an attraction to one or more of the mixture. One or more other blocks, arms, or regions can be mixed or Has an attractive force to one or more of the remaining components of the mixture b) a compatibilizer is miscible or has an attractive force to the components of the mixture and contains rhenium that reacts with one or more of the remaining components and Combined functionality. 585889 A7 ----! L ____ 5. Description of the invention (20) Derivatives, and mixtures of the foregoing. Suitable vinyl aromatic monomers include styrene, C4_4 alkyl or halo-substituted styrene (especially all isomers of vinyltoluene, including mixtures of these isomers), and ^ -Fluorenylstyrene. A preferred compatibilizer comprises a graft copolymer of an ethylenically unsaturated polar group-containing compound (especially maleic anhydride or fumaric acid) and a pre-pentyl polyphenylene ether; a polar comonomer (especially maleic anhydride, Fumaric acid, N-methylmaleimide, methyl methacrylate, acrylonitrile or acrylamide) and vinyl aromatic polymers or copolymers (especially atactic or syndiotactic Polystyrene) graft copolymers, copolymers containing styrene and one or more cycloalkyl-substituted styrene isotactic copolymers, especially styrene and p-methylstyrene, o-methyl Syndiotactic copolymers between styrene, m-methylstyrene, or mixtures thereof, or styrene and conjugated dilute block copolymers, and the aforementioned polar comonomers and vinyl aromatic monomers ( Especially styrene) copolymers. For clarification, in the specific examples A_M shown earlier in the present invention, component (b) can be similarly a crystalline polymer modified with a polar group, such as those shown above as appropriate components of component (c) In particular, reactive polar radicals are modified between isotactic vinylidene aromatic homopolymers or copolymers. In these specific examples of the present invention, the individual compatibilizer (component (c)) need not be included in the composition. As an example of this specific example, the component (a), which is only 97 to 76% of the polymer component, and 3 to 24% of this polar group modification are syndiotactic vinylidene aromatic homo The composition of the polymer or copolymer is particularly preferred according to the invention. More preferably, these compositions include styrene and one or more types of cyclic methylated styrene (especially p-methylstyrene) grafted with polar groups. ___ This paper is compliant with CNS standards (CNS ) A4 size (210X297 mm) Γ ^ 23-'

(請先閲讀背面之注意事項 585889 A7 B7 五、發明説明(21 --------*»—— (請先閲讀背面之注意事項\||^本頁) 貝之間同立構共聚物,該共聚物含有99.5至95 〇%之苯乙烯 及0.01至5.0%之該環甲基化苯乙稀(其係以聚合化苯乙稀 及甲基苯乙晞組份之混合重量為基準計);及G.G1至3重量 /〇(以總接枝聚合物重量為基準計)之接枝極性共單體殘質。 、^τ— 於此間使用時,“立體異構,,一辭係指具有大於9〇%全 同立構或間同立構(較佳係大於95%之全同立構或間同立 構)之外消旋三元組之立體規則結構,其係藉由nc核磁共 振光譜術決定。‘‘全同立構,,及“間同立構,,等辭係個別指具 全同立構或間同立構之立體結構之立體異構聚合物。“反應 性黏度,,值(RV),除非相反指示外,係無單位之值,且係以 於對耐綸係曱酸内或對其它聚合物係另一適當溶劑内之 8.5重1/。之聚合物溶液之黏度測量(於,否則係依據 ASTMD 2857測量)為基準。 汽色指數,YI,係以聚合物樣品及物件樣品(纖維)為 主決定,且係依據AstmE-313-OO決定之無單位數值。依據 •線丨 本發明之組成物及纖維之較佳扒等級係少於8,且最佳係 少於6。 纖維之光澤已長期被,量化測試,特別是於織物產業, 其係使用專門板使樣品與對無光澤或消光纖維係自羊毛製 得且對於明亮或高光澤標準物係自純耐綸製得之已知標準 物比較而測試。相似之光澤板方式被用於此專利,其間纖 維係以1(無光澤,羊毛)至5(明亮,未被消光)分級。不利地, 雖然測試反映藉由人眼決定之光澤,但此測試係主觀的。 為提供一種可被應用於纖維本身及比板測試更可量化之光(Please read the precautions on the back 585889 A7 B7 First, the description of the invention (21 -------- * »—— (Please read the precautions on the back first \ || ^ this page)) A copolymer containing 99.5 to 95.0% of styrene and 0.01 to 5.0% of the cyclomethylated styrene (which is based on the mixed weight of polymerized styrene and methylphenethylfluorene components as (Based on the basis); and G.G1 to 3 weight / 0 (based on the total weight of the grafted polymer as the basis) of the graft polar comonomer residue., ^ Τ— As used herein, "stereoisomers ,, The term refers to a three-dimensional regular structure with a racemic triplet that is greater than 90% isotactic or syndiotactic (preferably greater than 95% isotactic or syndiotactic). It is determined by nc nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy. "Isotactic," and "Syndiotactic," etc. refer to stereoisomeric polymers with isotactic or syndiotactic stereostructures. "Reactive viscosity, value (RV), unless indicated to the contrary, is a unitless value, and is based on 8.5 in nylon-based acetic acid or in another suitable solvent for other polymers. Viscosity measurement of polymer solutions with a weight of 1 / (otherwise, it is measured according to ASTMD 2857) as the basis. The vapor color index, YI, is determined mainly on polymer samples and object samples (fibers), and is based on AstmE Unitless value determined by 313-OO. According to the line, the preferred grade of the composition and fiber of the present invention is less than 8, and the best is less than 6. The gloss of the fiber has been tested for a long time, especially In the textile industry, it is tested by comparing a sample to a known standard made of pure nylon for matte or matte fibers based on a special board. Similar gloss The plate method is used in this patent, during which the fibers are graded from 1 (matte, wool) to 5 (bright, not matted). Unfortunately, although the test reflects gloss determined by the human eye, this test is subjective To provide a light that can be applied to the fiber itself and more quantifiable than board testing

24 A7 ^---_____B7 __ 五、發明說明(22 ) 澤>則試’本發明人已發展出一種以c· Luc^R· R· Bresee2 出版技術(以“藉由雷射後散射之纖維表面粗糙性之實驗研 九 Sci. Phys. Ed.,28,1771(1990)及“自纖維表 面之雷射後散射之電腦模擬’’,J. Polym. Sci. Phys. Ed., 28 ’ 1755)出版)為主之雷射光後散射分析技術,其被發展 用以決定織物纖維之表面結構。 上述技術利用具高光澤之纖維展現具高度方向性之發 射輻射(各向異性,低立體角)而具低光澤者發射較少方向 性之輻射(更具各向異性,更高之立體角)之事實。藉由使 用固定之立體角檢測光學及影像分析,散射輻射度可被測 量及量化。一種使纖維光學消光之已知方式係於纖維上賦 與表面粗糙性。(其它方式包含於纖維内添加内部裝置,諸 如,散射體或反射指數邊界)。無論消光機構,調節入射光 係以重大促進之立體角自纖維發射。自此發射形成之影像 可使用傅立葉轉化方法被轉化成用於其後分析之空間頻率 範疇。於前述技術,粗糙係數(RC)自此分析獲得且被用於 使各種纖維之光澤定量。 為使依據本發明之個.別纖維樣品上之光澤定量,下列 程序及技術(於此被稱為雷射光後散射技術)係以先前習知 技術之教示為主。用以測量自依據本發明之單纖維之散射 雷射輻射之裝置係於第8圖描述。其包含四主要組件:雷射 光源1〇(發射光束2)、纖維置放及位向化之裝置2〇、記錄/ 分析裝置30,諸如,結合至數位處理器或電腦之數位相機, 及後光選通單元40(用以藉由光束4同步測量散射雷射 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) 2524 A7 ^ ---_____ B7 __ 5. Description of the invention (22) Ze > then try 'The inventor has developed a publishing technology based on c. Luc ^ R · R · Bresee2 (" Experimental Research on the Roughness of Fiber Surfaces Sci. Phys. Ed., 28, 1771 (1990) and "Computer Simulation of Laser Post-Scattering from Fiber Surfaces", J. Polym. Sci. Phys. Ed., 28 ' 1755) published) laser light backscatter analysis technology, which was developed to determine the surface structure of fabric fibers. The above technology utilizes fibers with high gloss to exhibit highly directional radiation (anisotropy, low solid angle) while those with low gloss emit less directional radiation (more anisotropic, higher solid angle) Facts. By using fixed solid angle detection optics and image analysis, scattered radiosity can be measured and quantified. One known method of optically matting fibers is to impart surface roughness to the fibers. (Other methods include adding internal devices to the fiber, such as scatterers or reflection index boundaries). Regardless of the extinction mechanism, the incident light is adjusted to emit from the fiber at a substantially promoted solid angle. The images formed from this emission can be transformed into a spatial frequency category for subsequent analysis using the Fourier transform method. In the aforementioned technique, the Roughness Coefficient (RC) was obtained from this analysis and used to quantify the gloss of various fibers. In order to quantify the gloss on individual fiber samples according to the present invention, the following procedures and techniques (herein referred to as laser light backscattering techniques) are based on the teaching of previously known techniques. The device for measuring the scattered laser radiation from a single fiber according to the present invention is described in FIG. It contains four main components: a laser light source 10 (emission beam 2), a fiber placement and orientation device 20, and a recording / analysis device 30, such as a digital camera coupled to a digital processor or computer, and later Light gating unit 40 (for synchronous measurement of scattered laser by beam 4) The paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) 25

(請先閲讀背面之注意 •丨裝----- 事項寫本頁) 、一-T— 585889 A7 ___ B7_ 五、發明説明(23 ) 光)。較佳之雷射光源係632·8nm波長之氦-氖氣體雷射發射 TEMoo無規極性化光,其具有約0.78mm之l/e2光束直徑 (LSR2P型之雷射,可得自Aerotech Inc·)。此雷射被置於變 化減振可調整台(諸如,433調動台,可得自Newport, Inc., Irvine,C A)上,其能微調高度及粗調入射輻射角,0。入 射輻射角之微調係.藉由使用精密軌系統(PRC-3載具及 PRL-36執,可得自 Newport Inc.,Irvine,CA)提供。線性可 變式中性密度過濾器(3 lwo〇ML.l,Newport,Inc.)可被安裝 至雷射而調整入射雷射光束2之動力。 第9圖之等角透視圖、第10圖之端視圖及第11圖之線A 之截面圖顯示之纖維架使纖維位向及構造具可變化性。此 纖維架包含軛21(其包含支撐器21a及21b,其係藉由固著器 21d附接至基部21c,且含有用以接受嵌環22a及22b之環狀 開口。嵌環22a及22b係個別藉由鎖合裝置23a及23b而被個 別保持於支撐器2 la及2 lb内之位置。用以置放纖維1之個別 端部之纖維鎖合夾24a及24b係位於嵌環22a及22b之外表面 上。嵌環22a及22b可完全一致地或個別地繞著纖維主軸旋 轉。藉由放鬆之鎖合裝置23a及23b,嵌環因與嵌環支柱24 相互連接而一起旋轉。嵌環22a進一步包含内嵌環28,其包 含中央軸部份29,其係同圓心地被安裝至嵌環支撐器27, 且可相關於嵌環支撐器27沿著纖維軸旋轉。内嵌環28係藉 由個別之鎖合裝置23c(諸如,固定螺絲)係以與嵌環支撐物 27呈軸關係被支樓。於施行測量前’此纖維藉由鬆開個別 之鎖合裝置23c及旋轉内嵌環28,且同時藉由鎖合嵌環螺絲 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(®s) A4規格(210X297公爱) (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)(Please read the note on the back first, and install this item on this page), T-585889 A7 ___ B7_ V. Description of the invention (23) Light). A preferred laser light source is a helium-neon gas laser with a wavelength of 632.8 nm emitting TEMoo random polarized light, which has a l / e2 beam diameter of about 0.78 mm (type LSR2P laser, available from Aerotech Inc.) . This laser is placed on a variable vibration-damping adjustable table (such as a 433 mixer, available from Newport, Inc., Irvine, CA), which can finely adjust the height and coarsely adjust the incident radiation angle, 0. Fine-tuning of the incident radiation angle. By using a precision rail system (PRC-3 carrier and PRL-36, available from Newport Inc., Irvine, CA). A linear variable neutral density filter (3 lwoML.l, Newport, Inc.) can be mounted to the laser to adjust the power of the incident laser beam 2. The fiber frame shown in the isometric perspective view of Fig. 9, the end view of Fig. 10, and the cross-sectional view of line A of Fig. 11 makes the fiber orientation and structure variable. This fiber rack contains a yoke 21 (which includes supports 21a and 21b, which are attached to the base 21c by a holder 21d, and contains a ring-shaped opening for receiving the insert rings 22a and 22b. The insert rings 22a and 22b are Individually held by the locking devices 23a and 23b in the positions of the supporters 2a and 2lb. The fiber locking clips 24a and 24b for placing the individual ends of the fiber 1 are located in the embedded rings 22a and 22b. On the outer surface. The bezels 22a and 22b can be rotated around the main axis of the fiber completely or individually. With the relaxed locking devices 23a and 23b, the bezels are rotated together because they are interconnected with the bead stays 24. The bezels 22a further includes an embedded ring 28, which includes a central shaft portion 29, which is concentrically mounted to the embedded ring support 27 and can be rotated along the fiber axis in relation to the embedded ring support 27. The embedded ring 28 series The individual locking device 23c (such as a fixing screw) is supported by the building in an axial relationship with the embedded ring support 27. Before the measurement is performed, the fiber is loosened by releasing the individual locking device 23c and rotating the embedded device. Ring 28, and at the same time, the paper size applies the Chinese national standard ( ®s) A4 size (210X297 public love) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page)

、一t— i彳ϋ㈣度之測量㈣下述方程式正規化錢維直徑: H/Af ⑴ / 、其中Rs係散射比例,“係收集之散射光之強度,且& 係纖維面積。已發現散射比例(亦稱為雷射光後散射比例) 係可里化之數值,其係與光澤外觀性質呈反比關係。如範 ^ 1 3 A、B、C1-C5及D1-D6所揭示,光澤度測量之雷射 光政射技術已藉由實驗證明係與經由添加已知含量之消光 度(Τι〇2)而產生之光澤度板結果及光澤度值呈密切關係。 依據本發明之焉度期望地,藉由此雷射後散射技術測量之 纖維具有之散射比例(rs)係至少〇·29,較佳係至少〇.33。另 外,或此外,纖維擁有之相對應光澤度值係少於或等於4, 更佳係少於或等於3.5。 包藏係指藉由組份(a)(稱為基質)圍繞或部份圍繞之 、、且伤(b)之不連績或貫質上不連績之區域。組份(b)之固態包 藏之尺寸及分佈決定最終纖維性質,特別是光澤度及可紡 性。光澤度與體積平均次要軸直徑間之良好關係已被決定 係存在。較佳係具有大於〇.2# m(較佳係0·25至3.0“ m,更 佳係0.3至2.0 # m,且最佺係〇·4至1.6 // m)之組份(b)包藏之 體積平均次要軸直徑之纖維。此外,缺失大包藏顆粒係高 度期望,以改良纖維韌性及避免纖維破裂,其等性質共同 地指示可紡性。特別地,高度較佳者係具有少於3.0 “爪之 組份(b)包藏之99百分位之次要軸直徑(D99)之纖維。具有 窄顆粒直徑分佈係高度較佳,因最小光澤度及最大勤性可 對體積平均顆粒直徑達成。 五、發明説明(26 ) -顆粒直徑分散度(P)可使用組份⑻之包藏顆粒之 匕測1且使用下述方程式計算: P=D99/Dv, 粒八:交:之纖維具有少於2.7(最佳係、少於2.3)之組份㈦顆 ^岫述之DV&D99測量可藉由使纖維或薄膜樣品溶於基 貝之〆合劑(其係非包藏之溶劑或膨脹劑)内而決定。聚酿胺 之適當溶劑(其係非間同立構乙烯基芳香族聚合物包藏物 之溶劑或膨脹劑)係甲酸或甲酸水溶液。溶解基質後,形成 之包藏物料之分離顆粒係藉由過濾收集,以鉻作表面塗 覆,且以電子掃瞒顯微照相術照像。標準之電腦輔助之顆 粒尺寸分析技術被用以測量顆粒直徑。 控制組份(b)包藏物之顆粒尺寸及因而之形成纖維之 貝之技術包含所用相容劑(組份(c))之形式及含量(若 有);擠塑前於縣態料達成之混合度;於使組份⑻聚 結之條件下使炫融熱塑性摻合物完全混合與纖維擠塑間之 I滯衿間里,配方内存在之任何成核劑之含量及形式(若 有)’個別組份(a)及(b)之相對黏度及熔融黏度,及其它加 工處理變數。 本發明之益處被認為係由於在拉伸或紡絲纖維且同時 冷卻擠塑物或長絲時,相較於組份⑷,組份之包藏物係較 少受拉伸力影響。為了此專利,此被稱為差式可拉伸性。 依據本發明較佳地,於擠塑及形成纖維之條件下,組份 係比組份⑻包藏物更被拉伸。更佳地,基質聚合物(組份⑷) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(21〇><297^ 五、發明説明(27) 係以比聚合物組份⑻之包藏物大至少2(最佳係至少3)倍拉 伸。差式可拉伸性係藉由整個纖維或薄膜之拉伸對分散相 之拉伸之比例而決定。整個纖維或薄膜之拉伸係以未拉伸 纖維或未伸展薄膜與完全拉伸纖維或完全膜 積之比例而定義,其係假設顆粒質量之保存。分== 伸係以未拉伸纖維或未伸展薄膜與完全拉伸纖維或完全伸 展薄膜間之分散相之平均截面積之比例定義。因前述差式 可拉伸性’此包藏物部份係自形成之纖維或薄膜之表面突 出,或由於此等包藏物緊密接近纖維或薄膜表面,造成表 面之凸出、裂縫或其它不連續或不規則性,其係因當其被 拉伸至比包藏物更大程度時基質(組份⑷)之更大之向下拉 伸之故。此等粗梭表面纖維具有所欲之低光澤性、手感及 柔軟性;相似於天然纖維’且仍擁有改良之可紡性及拉伸 生貝’允6午南速率之纖維成形及於纖維成形方法期間之降 低之摩擦力或拖矣。降低之纖維對金屬之摩擦力另外能使 用較低含量之被使用之紡絲後處理潤滑劑。粗縫表面之薄 膜擁有相似之所欲性皙,唑1 貝堵如,抗阻塞、較佳灰塵形成及 於製備期間之降低摩擦。. 於本發明中證明之差式可拉伸性係受許多變數影響。 政相之粑π尺寸$大到足以能產生有效之粗链表面,但 非=使纖維韋刃性降至其間纖維難以紡絲之程度。分散相 之犯可尺寸於溶融相中需安定,以調節纖維纺絲生產線之 =器及歧管内發現之滞留時間,而且無過度聚結。分散 相與連續相間之界面之相容化有助於避免撕裂或破裂,其 585889 發明説明 係會戲劇性地降低纖維之可紡性。分散相及連續相之熔點 而足夠接近,以使此二相可被熔融,但對於分解或纖維紡 絲不會太熱。分散相及連續相之流變學需足夠相似,以使 所欲之顆粒直徑於熔融混合期間形成,但需不相似至足以 於纖維紡絲期間之允許差式拉伸。分散相及連續相之可拉 伸性係依個別相之黏度及結晶動力學而定。小量結晶化之 發現可戲劇性地增加任-相之黏度。結晶動力學可藉由結 晶化產生之溫度、最大結晶發現之溫度或結晶化對溫度之 比例量化。成核劑或結晶化抑制劑可被使用以改良結晶動 力學。任一相之黏度亦可藉由改變聚合物分子量或藉由添 加影響流動性質之物質(例如,塑化劑或流動促進物料)而 增加或降低。 連續相之分子量亦可改變以衝擊分散相之可拉伸性。 相似地,影響流動性質之添加劑可被添加至連續相。纖維 紡絲之拉伸力係藉由纖維紡絲設備之拉伸導絲輪加諸於連 續上相。拉伸力係經由連續相加諸於分散相上。當連續相 分子量被降低,其更易被拉伸且對分散相加諸更少之拉伸 力0 請 ! 先 , 閲 : 讀 : 意 -事 | 項 再 填 寫 本 頁 I r 之 丨丨1. Measurement of the degree of t—i 彳 ϋ㈣: The following equation normalizes the diameter of the money dimension: H / Af ⑴ /, where Rs is the scattering ratio, “is the intensity of the scattered light collected, and & is the fiber area. It has been found Scattering ratio (also called laser light scattering ratio) is a value that can be reduced, and it is inversely related to the appearance of the gloss. As shown by Fan ^ 1 3 A, B, C1-C5 and D1-D6, gloss The measured laser light technology has been experimentally proven to be closely related to the gloss board results and gloss values produced by adding a known amount of extinction (T2O2). According to the invention, it is expected that , The scattering ratio (rs) of the fiber measured by this laser scattering technology is at least -29, preferably at least 0.33. In addition, or in addition, the corresponding gloss value possessed by the fiber is less than or Equal to 4, and more preferably less than or equal to 3.5. Containment means that it is surrounded by or partially surrounded by component (a) (called the matrix), and is inconsistent or consistent in quality (b) The area of performance. The size and distribution of the solid storage of component (b) determines the final fiber properties. In particular, gloss and spinnability. A good relationship between gloss and volume-average secondary axis diameter has been determined to exist. Preferably, it has a size greater than 0.2 # m (preferably from 0.25 to 3.0 "m, More preferably, it is 0.3 to 2.0 # m, and most preferably, 0.4 to 1.6 // m) of component (b) is a fiber having a volume average secondary axis diameter. In addition, the lack of large entrapment particles is highly desirable to improve fiber toughness and avoid fiber breakage, and these properties collectively indicate spinnability. In particular, those with better heights are fibers having a minor axis diameter (D99) of less than 3.0 "claw component (b) storage. Those with narrow particle diameter distribution are highly preferred because of minimal gloss The degree and maximum serviceability can be achieved for the volume average particle diameter. V. Description of the invention (26)-The particle diameter dispersion (P) can be measured using the particle-containing dagger test 1 of component 且 and calculated using the following equation: P = D99 / Dv, grain eight: cross: the fiber has a composition of less than 2.7 (optimal system, less than 2.3). The DV & D99 measurement described above can be made by dissolving the fiber or film sample in the base. The mixture (which is a non-contained solvent or expansion agent) is determined. The appropriate solvent for polyamines (which is a solvent or expansion agent for non-syndiotactic vinyl aromatic polymer inclusions) is formic acid or aqueous formic acid. After dissolving the matrix, the separated particles of the storage material formed are collected by filtration, coated with chromium, and photographed with electron microscopy. Standard computer-aided particle size analysis techniques are used to measure the particles Diameter Control particle (b) The particle size and the resulting fiber-forming shellfish technology include the form and content (if any) of the compatibilizer (component (c)) used; the degree of mixing achieved at the county level before extrusion; The content and form (if any) of any nucleating agent present in the formula in the stagnant room of the blended thermoplastic blend and fiber extrusion under the conditions of 'individual components (a) and ( b) Relative viscosity and melt viscosity, and other processing variables. The benefits of the present invention are believed to be due to the fact that when drawing or spinning fibers while cooling the extrudate or filament at the same time, compared to component ⑷, component The contained material is less affected by the tensile force. For the sake of this patent, this is called differential stretchability. According to the present invention, the components are better than the components under the conditions of extrusion and fiber formation. ⑻The inclusions are more stretched. More preferably, the matrix polymer (component ⑷) This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (21〇 > < 297 ^ V. Description of the invention (27) is based on It is at least 2 (preferably at least 3) times more stretched than the inclusions of the polymer component ⑻. The property is determined by the ratio of the stretching of the entire fiber or film to the stretching of the dispersed phase. The stretching of the entire fiber or film is the ratio of unstretched fiber or unstretched film to fully stretched fiber or fully filmed product. The definition is based on the assumption of the preservation of the mass of the particles. The point == stretch is defined by the ratio of the average cross-sectional area of the dispersed phase between the unstretched fiber or unstretched film and the fully stretched fiber or fully stretched film. 'Stretchability' This part of the enclosure is protruded from the surface of the formed fiber or film, or due to the close proximity of these inclusions to the surface of the fiber or film, causing surface protrusions, cracks or other discontinuities or irregularities, It is because the substrate (component ⑷) has a larger downward pull when it is stretched to a greater extent than the contents. These coarse shuttle surface fibers have the desired low gloss, feel and softness Similar to natural fibers 'and still have improved spinnability and stretch scallops' allow for fiber formation at a rate of 6 South South and reduced friction or drag during the fiber forming process. Reduced fiber-to-metal friction can also use lower levels of the used post-spinning lubricant. The film on the rough surface has similar desirable properties, such as anti-blocking, better dust formation and reduced friction during preparation. The differential stretchability demonstrated in the present invention is affected by many variables. The size of the political phase 粑 $ is large enough to produce an effective rough chain surface, but it does not = reduce the fiber sharpness to the extent that the fiber is difficult to spin during. The disperse phase can be sized in the melt phase and needs to be stabilized to adjust the residence time found in the fiber spinning line and the manifold without excessive coalescence. Compatibility of the interface between the dispersed phase and the continuous phase helps to avoid tearing or cracking. 585889 Description of the invention will dramatically reduce the spinnability of the fiber. The melting points of the dispersed and continuous phases are close enough to allow the two phases to be melted, but not too hot for decomposition or fiber spinning. The rheology of the dispersed and continuous phases needs to be similar enough so that the desired particle diameter is formed during melt mixing, but it is not similar enough to allow differential drawing during fiber spinning. The extensibility of the dispersed and continuous phases depends on the viscosity and crystallization kinetics of the individual phases. The discovery of small amounts of crystallization can dramatically increase the viscosity of any phase. Crystallization kinetics can be quantified by the temperature at which crystallization occurs, the temperature at which maximum crystallization is found, or the ratio of crystallization to temperature. Nucleating agents or crystallization inhibitors can be used to improve the kinetics of crystallization. The viscosity of either phase can also be increased or decreased by changing the molecular weight of the polymer or by adding substances that affect flow properties (for example, plasticizers or flow-promoting materials). The molecular weight of the continuous phase can also be changed to impact the stretchability of the dispersed phase. Similarly, additives that affect flow properties can be added to the continuous phase. The drawing force of the fiber spinning is applied to the continuous phase by the drawing godet of the fiber spinning equipment. The tensile force is applied to the dispersed phase via the continuous phase. When the molecular weight of the continuous phase is reduced, it is more easily stretched and less tensile force is added to the dispersed phase. 0 Please! First, read: read: meaning-thing | item, then fill in this page I r 丨 丨

Order

於擠塑薄膜之形成及其單軸或雙軸位向化或拉幅中, 相似現像造成於形成薄膜之表面形成不規則性。此等薄膜 擁有較少之黏附’且更易藉由高速率薄膜形成設備處理, 而無所需之;t型劑之額外存在。此外,此等薄膜於高速率 處理及運送處理期間較不易形成灰塵。 雖然前述纖維性質益處在無需於熱塑性組成物内包含In the formation of extruded film and its uniaxial or biaxial orientation or tentering, similar phenomena cause irregularities on the surface where the film is formed. These films have less adhesion 'and are easier to handle by high-rate film-forming equipment without the need; the additional presence of t-type agents. In addition, these films are less likely to form dust during high-rate processing and shipping processes. Although the aforementioned fiber properties benefits need not be included in the thermoplastic composition

585889 A7 B7 五、發明説明(29 /肖特別氧化鈦)下被達成,需瞭解此等添加劑之 "』、、加亚不被排除。若存在,相較於習知技藝之以耐論為主 之配方戶斤用置可被顯著降低。若被使用,消光劑之量可 為〇·〇1至0.3重量%,且較佳係少於〇1重量%。最佳地,無 4光;=1]被使用’藉此有利地改良循環回收依據本發明之纖 、’隹薄膜及併入此等之物件(特別是諸如射出成型玻璃纖維 強化物件之物件,因諸如Tic>2之消光劑係會不利影響其物 理性質)之能力。 再者,疋製之模具或噴絲板設計,若要的話,可被使 用以產生多#長絲形狀,藉此造成擁有改良膨鬆度之纖維 之製備。由於相較於純耐綸樹脂之模具膨脹差異,特殊模 具設計較佳被使用以最佳利用本發明之聚合物摻合組成 物。此模具幾何形狀係於第7圖中例示,其間延長之三葉狀 模具開口設計70具有三個相等長度之構槽71,其一般具有 平行(如例示者)或些微集中之側邊,其係終結於半圓或弧 狀端部72,構槽71係具有〇·〇45英吋(1143mm)之總構槽長 度(自三葉片之每一中央軸交叉點沿著構槽之中央軸乃測 i ) 0.007奂忖(0.178mm)之構槽寬度,〇 〇4〇英卩寸(i 〇2mm) 之毛細管長度,具有11.2之Mod比例(MR)。較佳模具具有 至12之Μ 〇 d比例。 於此間使用之Mod比例係指多節纖維或模具之截面 二測量值之比例。特別地,其係二圓半徑之比例,較大者 係於截面形中心之中央且外接整個多節形,且較小者(分母) 内接多節狀之内區域。此係參考第3圖例示,其間多節形狀 9 之 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項mF寫本頁) ·、?τ— -線丨 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) 五、發明説明(3〇 ) 30具有三個節31,外接圓32(具有半徑叫,及内接圓33(具 半徑R2)。Mod比例係以R1/R2定義。_本發明之纖維之 較佳Mod比例係2.5至4。 進一步發現相較於自含有組份(a)作為唯一熱塑性聚 合物組份或聚合物摻合物之聚合物組成物(未符合前述要 件)製得之紗,包含依據本發明之纖維及長絲之紗一般證實 促進之顏色滲透性及抗褪色性、促進之染色保留性、改2 之抗5潰性、改良之抗污損性、改良之尺寸穩定性、改良 之染色勾度及減少之吸濕性。此被認為係自組份(b)之包藏 物降低纖維或薄膜之表面能量及降低表面受水性污潰濕化 之事貫造成,且此等包藏物不會如組份0)般受濕氣影響, 藉此,對外來物質(諸如,水性流體)提供更彎曲之滲入通 道,造成更大之抗污潰性及染色保留性。 進一步發現自㈣第一及第=熱塑性聚合物組份以依 據本發明之結晶化溫度而言係不同之熱塑性組成物之纖維 形成之紗展現良好之膨鬆度及良好之耐用性,其性質於產 業上而s係相互獨特。聚合物混合物組份間之結晶化溫度 差異提供一種簡單控制纖維内結晶性發展之方式。例如, 一相之結晶可被用以固化卷曲,而另一相之結晶性可被用 以固化捻合熱固化BCF紗内之捻合。自本發明熱塑性組成 物(特別是其間熱塑性組份(a)係聚醯胺者)製得之紗之另外 益處係組成物之形態及結晶性於整個纖維會更一致,因為 一組份(特別是組份(b))之結晶性可於處理步驟之一或多者 (諸如,拉伸期間或拉伸及卷曲期間)中被固化,同時保持 585889 A7 _____B7_ 五、發明説明(32 )~"" 一 二羧酸(特別是對苯二甲酸、酞酸或其混合物)之縮合共聚 物。較佳聚醋係聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯(PET)或聚乙二醇對笨 二曱酸酯(PEGT)。 作為熱塑性聚合物(a)之較佳聚合物係聚醯胺或共聚 醯胺(亦稱為耐綸),包含耐綸混合物。適當聚醯胺包含藉 由,例如,使具有4至12個碳原子之脂肪族或芳香族之二羧 酸與具2至12個碳原子之脂肪族或芳香族之二胺之縮合反 應製得之脂肪族及芳香族之聚醯胺。適於作為合成此間所 雨之聚醯胺之脂肪族二羧酸之代表性但非無遺漏之列示包 含己二酸、庚二酸、壬二酸、辛二酸、癸二酸及十二碳二 酸。代表性之芳香族二羧酸包含:酞酸、異酞酸、對苯二 甲酸及萘二羧酸。代表性之脂肪族二胺包含(舉例而言)垸 撐二胺(諸如,六曱撐二胺及八曱撐二胺)。適當之芳香族 一胺係如下所示·二胺基苯,諸如,1二胺基苯、1,3一 一胺基苯及1,2-二胺基苯);二胺基甲苯,諸如,2,4-二胺 基甲本、2,3- 一胺基甲苯、2,5-二胺基甲苯及2,6-二胺基甲 苯;鄰-、間-及對-二甲苯二胺;鄰-、間-及對_2,2,-二胺基 一乙基本,4,4’-二胺基聯苯;4,4’-二胺基二苯基甲燒;4,4,_ 一月女基'一本基鍵,4,4’-二胺基二苯基硫鱗 4,4 ’ -二胺基- 苯基酮;及4,4’-二胺基二苯基颯。前述脂肪族及芳香族之 二羧酸及二胺之混合物亦可被使用。亦可自酸衍生物及胺 衍生物(諸如,酸氯化物及胺鹽)且藉由内酸胺或ω-胺基竣 酸之自行縮合反應生產聚醯胺。此等内醯胺之例子包含ε _ 己内醯胺及ω -1,2,3,-三甲基環戊内醯胺。此等ω -胺基酸之 _ 11 .丨. 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) Α4規格(210X297公爱) _ 35 -585889 A7 B7 V. The invention description (29 / Xiao Special Titanium Oxide) was reached, it is necessary to understand the "quotation of these additives" and Gaya are not excluded. If it exists, it can be significantly reduced compared with the traditional technology based on resistance theory. If used, the amount of the matting agent may be from 0.001 to 0.3% by weight, and preferably less than 0.001% by weight. Optimally, there is no light; = 1] is used to advantageously improve the recycling of the fiber according to the present invention, the 隹 film, and objects incorporated therein (especially objects such as injection molded glass fiber reinforced objects, Due to the ability of matting agents such as Tic > 2 to adversely affect its physical properties). Furthermore, the die design or spinneret design, if desired, can be used to create a multi # filament shape, thereby resulting in the preparation of fibers with improved bulk. Due to the difference in mold expansion compared to pure nylon resin, special mold designs are preferably used to make the best use of the polymer blend composition of the present invention. This mold geometry is exemplified in Figure 7. The extended three-lobed mold opening design 70 has three grooves 71 of equal length, which generally have parallel (as illustrated) or slightly concentrated sides. Ending at a semicircular or arcuate end 72, the groove 71 has a total groove length of 0.045 inches (1143mm) (measured from the intersection of each central axis of the three blades along the central axis of the groove). ) 0.007 奂 忖 (0.178mm) groove width, 040 inch inch (i 02mm) capillary length, with a Mod ratio (MR) of 11.2. The preferred mold has a MOD ratio of 12 to 12. The Mod ratio used here refers to the ratio of the measured values of the cross section of the multi-fiber fiber or the mold. In particular, it is the ratio of the radius of the two circles. The larger one is at the center of the cross-section center and circumscribes the entire multinode. The smaller one (the denominator) is connected to the inner region of the multinode. This is exemplified with reference to Figure 3, in which the multi-section shape is 9 (please read the note on the back mF to write this page) ·,? Τ--line 丨 This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297) (%) 5. Description of the invention (30) 30 has three sections 31, outer circle 32 (with radius called, and inner circle 33 (with radius R2). Mod ratio is defined by R1 / R2. _ Fiber of the present invention The preferred Mod ratio is 2.5 to 4. It was further found that compared to yarns made from polymer compositions (not meeting the foregoing requirements) containing component (a) as the sole thermoplastic polymer component or polymer blend Yarns containing fibers and filaments according to the present invention generally have demonstrated improved color permeability and fade resistance, improved dye retention, improved resistance to 5 rupture, improved anti-offset properties, and improved dimensional stability 2. Improved dyeing degree and reduced hygroscopicity. This is considered to be caused by the reduction of the surface energy of the fiber or film from the contents of the component (b) and the reduction of the surface from being wetted by water pollution, and so on. The inclusions are not affected by moisture like component 0). Foreign substances (such as aqueous fluids) provide more curved infiltration channels, resulting in greater stain resistance and retention of staining. It was further found that the yarns formed from the fibers of the first and third thermoplastic polymer components which are different thermoplastic compositions according to the crystallization temperature according to the present invention exhibit good bulkiness and good durability, and their properties are Industry and s are unique to each other. The difference in crystallization temperature between the components of the polymer mixture provides a simple way to control the development of crystallinity within the fiber. For example, the crystals of one phase can be used to cure crimps, while the crystallinity of the other phase can be used to cure twists in heat-cured BCF yarns. Another benefit of yarns made from the thermoplastic composition of the present invention (especially those with thermoplastic component (a) being polyamide) is that the morphology and crystallinity of the composition will be more consistent throughout the fiber, because one component (particularly Is the crystallinity of component (b)) can be cured in one or more of the processing steps (such as during stretching or during stretching and crimping), while maintaining 585889 A7 _____B7_ V. Description of the invention (32) ~ " " A condensation copolymer of a dicarboxylic acid (particularly terephthalic acid, phthalic acid or a mixture thereof). Polyethylene terephthalate (PET) or polyethylene glycol terephthalate (PEGT) is preferred. As the preferred polymer of the thermoplastic polymer (a), polyamidoamine or copolyamide (also referred to as nylon) includes a nylon blend. Suitable polyamines are prepared, for example, by the condensation reaction of an aliphatic or aromatic dicarboxylic acid having 4 to 12 carbon atoms and an aliphatic or aromatic diamine having 2 to 12 carbon atoms. Aliphatic and aromatic polyamide. Representative, but not exhaustive, listings of aliphatic dicarboxylic acids suitable for the synthesis of polyamides here include adipic acid, pimelic acid, azelaic acid, suberic acid, sebacic acid, and twelve Carbonic acid. Representative aromatic dicarboxylic acids include phthalic acid, isophthalic acid, terephthalic acid, and naphthalenedicarboxylic acid. Representative aliphatic diamines include, for example, fluorenediamines (such as hexafluorenediamine and octafluorenediamine). Suitable aromatic monoamines are as follows: diaminobenzenes, such as 1 diaminobenzene, 1,3-monoaminobenzene, and 1,2-diaminobenzene); diamine toluene, such as, 2,4-diaminomethylbenzyl, 2,3-monoaminotoluene, 2,5-diaminotoluene, and 2,6-diaminotoluene; o-, m-, and p-xylylene diamine; O-, m- and p-_2,2, -diaminomonoethyl, 4,4'-diaminobiphenyl; 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl methane; 4,4, _ January feminine 'a base bond, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylthioscale 4,4'-diamino-phenyl ketone; and 4,4'-diaminodiphenylphosphonium. Mixtures of the aforementioned aliphatic and aromatic dicarboxylic acids and diamines can also be used. Polyamines can also be produced from acid and amine derivatives (such as acid chlorides and amine salts) and by self-condensation reactions of lactams or omega-amines. Examples of such lactams include ε-caprolactam and ω-1,2,3, -trimethylcyclopentamidine. Of these omega-amino acids _ 11. 丨. This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) Α4 specification (210X297 public love) _ 35-

.、一吁丨 (請先閲讀背面之注意事项再填寫本頁) 585889 A7 _____ B7 五、發明説明(33 ) 例子包含11-胺基十一碳酸、12-胺基十二碳酸、‘胺基苯 基羧基甲烷、1-(4-胺基苯基)-2-羧基乙烷、3-(4-胺基苯 基)-卜叛基丙烧及對-(3-胺基-3’-經基)二丙基苯。 適於作為組份(a)之代表性芳香族聚醯胺包含聚二甲 苯撐己二醯二胺;聚六甲撐對苯二甲醯胺;聚苯撐酞醯胺; 聚二甲苯撐己二醯胺/六甲撐己二醯胺;聚酯醯胺彈性體; 聚醚醯胺彈性體;聚醚酯醯胺彈性體;及二聚酸共聚醯胺。 作為熱塑性聚合物(a)之代表性脂肪族聚醯胺包含··聚 己内醯胺(耐綸-6),·聚(六甲撐己二醯二胺)(耐綸_6,6);耐 綸-3,4 ;耐綸-4 ;耐綸-4,6 ;耐綸-5,1〇 ;耐綸_6 ;耐綸-6,6 ; 耐綸-6,9 ;耐綸-6,10 ;耐綸-6,12 ;耐綸-η ;及耐綸-12。 較佳之組份(a)聚合物係脂肪族聚醯胺,特別是耐綸6或耐 論6,6 ’最佳係耐論6。 熱塑性聚合物(a)適合地係具任何分子量及分子量分 佈(MWD)。MWD係以Mw/Mn比例計算,其中…〜係重量平 均分子量,Μη係數平均分子量。較佳物料具有丨至2〇(較佳 係1.5至10)之MWD。耐綸-6熱塑性聚合物(a)之熔融流速率 (藉由ASTM D1238且於230°C/2.16公斤時測量)所欲地係 0.1至100克/10分鐘,更佳係02至50克/1〇分鐘且最佳係 0.3至10克/10分鐘,以便達成纖維及自其製得之薄膜之良 好處理性(其係藉由高輸出率證實)及良好之機械性質(藉 由抗張強度測量)。組份(a)之許多適合聚合物(特別是聚醯 胺)使用相對黏度作為分子量之測量。使用此測量方法,適 合之聚合物擁有之RV係25至250,較佳係30至8〇,更佳係 五、發明説明(34 ) 35至160。較佳地,熱塑性聚合物(a)將具有1〇%之結晶性, 較佳係至少15%結晶性,更佳係至少2〇%結晶性(最大結晶 性)’其係藉由25°C之寬角X-射線繞射決定)。相等期望地, 熱塑性聚合物(a)具有使具有適合結晶度之纖維及薄膜可 藉由使用典型成形及拉伸或成形及位向化處理條件形成之 、、、口曰曰率。用以增加或減少結晶形成率之添加劑(結晶促進劑) 若要的話可被併入組份(〇。 如前所揭示,作為組份(a)之較佳聚合物係耐綸6,其 以若然本發明改良時,相較於耐綸6,6,耐綸6 一般對於纖 維之形成係較差之此一事實而言係驚人的。如業界先前所 知,所用之聚醯胺可擁有不相稱含量之胺端基,藉此產生 更易被染色且擁有增加之染色牢度之聚合物。此等聚醯胺 化合物之特徵在於聚醯胺内之胺端基對羧酸端基之比例係 大於1。若要的話,胺端基之量可以已知方式(藉由與含有 羧酸官能基或其它能與一級胺端基反應之官能基之化合物 反應)改良。 再者,此間所用之較佳聚醯胺可依所欲纖維最終使用 性質而定。對於高消光纖維,低黏度聚醯胺係較佳,例如, 具有25至75(更佳係30至60)之RV之耐綸6樹脂。對於具增加 之紡絲簡易性(較少之纖維破裂)之纖維,較高黏度之耐綸6 或耐綸6,6係較佳,例如,具12〇至25〇(較佳係15〇至18〇)之 RV之樹脂。 考量熱塑性聚合物rh、 適於作為熱塑性聚合物(b)之聚合物係適當地選自亞 585889 A7 "-------—__B7 五、發明説日35 ) 一 "~ -〜 乙烯基芳香族單體之立體異構聚合物(包含全同立構或間 同立構之聚笨乙烯及全同立構或間同立構之笨乙烯與一或 多種共單體(諸如,画基-、Cl·4烷氧基_Ci_4烷基鹵烷 基-¾取代之苯乙烯,或極性基取代之苯乙烯)之共聚物, 南溫聚酯,諸如,聚環己烯對苯二甲酸酯,聚醯胺,液晶 聚合物·,前述者之極性共單體接枝衍生物,特別是馬來酉^ 酐,辐馬酸,或苯乙烯及環烷基取代之苯乙烯化合物之全 同立構或間同立構之共聚物;及前述者之混合物,但不限 於此’只要本發明之目的被獲得。 較佳地,熱塑性聚合物(b)將具有5(較佳係至少1〇,更 佳係至少15)%之結晶度,其係藉由25t之寬角射線繞射 决。用以增加結晶形成率之添加劑(結晶促進劑)若要的話 可被併入組份(b)内。此物料可與被併入組份(a)内之結晶促 進劑相同或相異。 更佳地,熱塑性聚合物(b)係亞乙烯基芳香族單體之間 同立構同聚物或多於一亞乙烯基芳香族單體之間同異構共 來物(包含立體嵌段共聚物),或可與含極性官能基之單體 (其後被稱為“極性基改質?,之聚合物)共聚物(包含接枝共聚 合)之前述聚合物之一或多者。於此間使用之“極性基,,或 ‘‘極性官能基,,係被定義為相較於缺乏此部份之此化合物, 賦與此化合物更大極性動量之任何基或取代基。較佳極性 基包含叛酸及羧酸衍生物(例如,酸驢胺,酸酐,酸疊氮化 物,酸酯,酸!|化物,及酸鹽,其係自魏酸基之氫原子或 .基取代而形成),續酸及續酸衍生物(例如,續酸醋,磺 - ------- - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(qjs) A4規格(21〇><297公楚) .38 -Yiwu 丨 (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) 585889 A7 _____ B7 V. Description of the invention (33) Examples include 11-aminoundecanoic acid, 12-aminododecanoic acid, 'amino group Phenylcarboxymethane, 1- (4-aminophenyl) -2-carboxyethane, 3- (4-aminophenyl) -propanyl propane, and p- (3-amino-3'- (Cyclo) dipropylbenzene. Representative aromatic polyamines suitable as component (a) include polyxylylenehexamethylenediamine; polyhexamethylene paraxylylenediamine; polyphenylenephthalimide; polyxylylenehexamethylene Polyamide / hexamethylene adipamide; polyester amide elastomer; polyether amide elastomer; polyetherester amide elastomer; and dimer acid copolymerized amide. Representative aliphatic polyamidoamines as thermoplastic polymers (a) include · polycaprolactam (Nylon-6), · poly (hexamethylenehexamethylenediamine) (Nylon_6,6); Nylon-3,4; nylon-4; nylon-4,6; nylon-5,10; nylon-6; nylon-6,6; nylon-6,9; nylon-6 , 10; nylon-6,12; nylon-η; and nylon-12. The preferred component (a) is a polymer-based aliphatic polyamidamine, particularly nylon 6 or Nylon 6,6 ', and most preferably Nylon 6. The thermoplastic polymer (a) suitably has any molecular weight and molecular weight distribution (MWD). MWD is calculated based on the ratio of Mw / Mn, where ... to the weight average molecular weight and Mη coefficient average molecular weight. Preferred materials have MWDs ranging from 1 to 20 (preferably 1.5 to 10). The melt flow rate of nylon-6 thermoplastic polymer (a) (as measured by ASTM D1238 at 230 ° C / 2.16 kg) is desirably 0.1 to 100 g / 10 minutes, more preferably 02 to 50 g / 10 minutes and optimally 0.3 to 10 g / 10 minutes in order to achieve good handling of the fibers and films made therefrom (which is confirmed by high output) and good mechanical properties (by tensile strength measuring). Many suitable polymers of component (a) (especially polyamides) use relative viscosity as a measure of molecular weight. Using this measurement method, suitable polymers possess 25 to 250 RVs, preferably 30 to 80, and more preferably V. Invention Description (34) 35 to 160. Preferably, the thermoplastic polymer (a) will have a crystallinity of 10%, preferably at least 15% crystallinity, and more preferably at least 20% crystallinity (maximum crystallinity). Wide-angle X-ray diffraction is determined). Equally desirably, the thermoplastic polymer (a) has a rate of fiber that allows fibers and films having suitable crystallinity to be formed by using typical forming and stretching or forming and orientation processing conditions. Additives (crystallization accelerators) for increasing or decreasing the rate of crystallization formation can be incorporated into the component if necessary (0. As previously disclosed, the preferred polymer is nylon 6 as component (a), which is based on If the present invention is improved, compared to nylon 6,6, nylon 6 is generally surprising for the fact that the fiber formation is poor. As previously known in the industry, the polyamide used can have different properties. Proportionate levels of amine end groups, thereby producing polymers that are more easily dyed and have increased color fastness. These polyamine compounds are characterized in that the ratio of amine end groups to carboxylic acid end groups in the polyamine is greater than 1. If desired, the amount of amine end groups can be improved in a known manner (by reacting with a compound containing a carboxylic acid functional group or other functional group capable of reacting with a primary amine end group). Furthermore, the better used here Polyamide can depend on the end-use properties of the desired fiber. For high-gloss fibers, low-viscosity polyamides are preferred, for example, nylon 6 resins with RV of 25 to 75 (more preferably 30 to 60). For increased spinning ease (less fiber breakage) Dimension, higher viscosity nylon 6 or nylon 6,6 is better, for example, resin with RV of 120 to 25 (preferably 15 to 18). Considering the thermoplastic polymer rh, suitable for The polymer as the thermoplastic polymer (b) is appropriately selected from sub-585889 A7 " --------__ B7 V. Invention Day 35) I " ~-~ Stereo of vinyl aromatic monomer Heteromeric polymers (including isotactic or syndiotactic polyethylene and isotactic or syndiotactic polyethylene and one or more comonomers (such as, Oxy_Ci_4 alkylhaloalkyl-¾ substituted styrene, or polar substituted styrene) copolymers, Southwind polyesters, such as polycyclohexene terephthalate, polyamide, Liquid crystal polymer ·, the aforementioned polar comonomer grafted derivatives, especially maleic anhydride, fumaric acid, or isotactic or syndiotactic styrene and cycloalkyl substituted styrene compounds Copolymers; and mixtures of the foregoing, but are not limited to this, as long as the object of the present invention is obtained. Preferably, the thermoplastic polymer (b) will have 5 (preferably 10% less, more preferably at least 15)% crystallinity, which is determined by 25t wide-angle ray diffraction. Additives (crystallization accelerators) to increase the crystal formation rate can be incorporated into the component if desired (B). This material may be the same as or different from the crystallization accelerator incorporated in component (a). More preferably, the thermoplastic polymer (b) is an isotactic group between vinylidene aromatic monomers. Homopolymers or homopolymers containing more than one vinylidene aromatic monomer (including stereoblock copolymers), or with polar functional monomers (hereinafter referred to as "polar groups" Modified polymer, polymer) copolymer (including graft copolymerization) of one or more of the aforementioned polymers. "Polar group," or "polar functional group," as used herein, is defined as compared to In the absence of this compound, any group or substituent that imparts greater polar momentum to this compound. Preferred polar groups include acid and carboxylic acid derivatives (e.g., acid donkey amine, anhydride, acid azide, acid ester, acid! |, And acid salt, which are hydrogen atoms or. Formed by substitution), dibasic acid and dibasic acid derivatives (for example, dibasic acid vinegar, sulphur---------This paper size applies to Chinese national standard (qjs) A4 specification (21〇 > < 297) Chu) .38-

訂- C請先閲讀背面之注意事项再填寫本頁)Order-C Please read the notes on the back before filling this page)

585889 A7 五、發明説明(36 ) 酸氣化物,磺酸醯胺,及磺酸鹽),環氧基,碳酸酯基,胺 基,醯亞胺基,及噁唑啉基。 適當之亞乙烯基芳香族單體係化學式H2C=CR-Ar之化 合物’其中R係氫或具1至4個碳原子之烷基,且Ar係6至18 個破原子之芳香族基或烷基_、鹵烷基_、烷氧基-或鹵基取 代之芳香族基。較佳之極性官能基係自與馬來酸酐或福.馬 酸反應而形成之極性殘餘。較佳之亞乙烯基芳香族單體係 苯乙烯及<^_4烷基-、Ci-4烷氧基-或_基-環取代苯乙烯衍生 物。 代表性之亞乙烯基芳香族聚合物包含··聚苯乙烯,聚 (甲基苯乙烯),聚(乙基苯乙烯),聚(異丙基苯乙烯),及聚 (對第三丁基苯乙烯);聚(甲氧基苯乙烯),聚(乙烯基萘), ♦ (/臭苯乙烯),聚(二溴苯乙烯),聚(氣苯乙烯),聚(氟苯 乙烯)’刖述聚合物之混合物,包含藉由聚合單體混合物(包 含單體異構物之混合物(例如,苯乙烯/對_甲基苯乙烯共聚 物))而製得者,及其氫化或極性基改質之衍生物。最佳者 係具有間同立構立體異構物結構之前述聚合物之形式。 作為熱塑性聚合物(b)之最佳熱塑性物係間同立構 之亞乙稀基芳香族聚合物及其極性基官能化衍生物。合 成間同立構亞乙晞基芳香族聚合物之聚合反應方法係: 述於 US-A-4,68G,353; US-A.5,〇66,741; Us.a.52()6,197; I 1^^5’294’685;.八-5,990,217;及其它。間同立構之乙烯 基芳族聚合物亦可輕易地自陶氏化學公司以如⑽一為 商品名者購得。作為熱塑性聚合物⑻之最佳聚合物係間同 ▲尺度適用中---------585889 A7 V. Description of the invention (36) Acid gaseous compounds, ammonium sulfonate, and sulfonate), epoxy groups, carbonate groups, amine groups, imidate groups, and oxazoline groups. Suitable vinylidene aromatic monosystem compounds of the formula H2C = CR-Ar 'wherein R is hydrogen or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and Ar is an aromatic group or alkyl group having 6 to 18 broken atoms Aryl, haloalkyl-, alkoxy- or halo-substituted aromatic groups. The preferred polar functional group is a polar residue formed by reaction with maleic anhydride or fumaric acid. Preferred vinylidene aromatic monosystems are styrene and < ^-4 alkyl-, Ci-4 alkoxy- or -yl-ring substituted styrene derivatives. Typical vinylidene aromatic polymers include polystyrene, poly (methylstyrene), poly (ethylstyrene), poly (isopropylstyrene), and poly (p-third butyl) Styrene); poly (methoxystyrene), poly (vinylnaphthalene), ♦ (/ styrenic styrene), poly (dibromostyrene), poly (gas styrene), poly (fluorostyrene) ' A polymer mixture, including those prepared by polymerizing a monomer mixture (a mixture containing monomer isomers (eg, styrene / p-methylstyrene copolymer)), and a hydrogenated or polar group thereof Modified derivative. The best is in the form of the aforementioned polymer having a syndiotactic stereoisomer structure. As the best thermoplastic material for the thermoplastic polymer (b), it is a syndiotactic ethylene vinyl aromatic polymer and a polar functionalized derivative thereof. The polymerization method for synthesizing syndiotactic ethylene fluorene aromatic polymers is described in US-A-4,68G, 353; US-A.5, 〇66,741; Us.a.52 () 6,197 I 1 ^^ 5'294'685;. Eight -5,990,217; and others. Syndiotactic vinyl aromatic polymers are also readily available from The Dow Chemical Company under the trade name Rugao. As the best polymer system for thermoplastic polymers, ▲ The scale is applicable ---------

(請先閲讀背面之注意事項寫本頁) 、可|(Please read the notes on the back to write this page)

585889 五、發明説明(37 ) 立構聚苯乙烯,間同立構之苯乙稀/對…間-或鄰·之甲基苯 乙烯共聚物(其含有0.005至15重量%,較佳係0.01至10重量 %,之對-、間·或鄰-甲基苯乙烯共單體,特別是對_甲基苯 乙烯)’及如述者之極性基官能化衍生物(含有〇 至5重 1 /〇之極性基官能性)。最高度較佳之聚合物係間同立構聚 苯乙烯或馬來酸酐或福馬酸之接枝或共聚合之苯乙烯/對· 甲基本乙稀共聚物(其含有〇·1至10重量〇/〇之對_甲基苯乙嫦 及0.01至1_5重量%之馬來酸酐或福馬酸)。後者之接枝共聚 物可與熱塑性聚合物(a)混合,且達成聚合物製備之良好聚 合物形態,而且無另外存在個別之相容劑(c)。 熱塑性聚合物⑻之重量平均分子量(Mw,藉由凝膠渗 透色譜法決定)係不重要,但典型上係5000至5〇〇〇〇〇〇,更 典型係10,000至1,000,000 ,且較佳係2〇 〇〇〇至5〇〇 〇〇〇。再 者’組份⑻之分子量分佈可於廣S圍變化,但適當者係 至20,較佳係1.5至10。 當組成物内之熱塑性聚合物(b)之量少於所欲量時,自 其製得之纖維不能證明所欲之手感或柔軟性。當熱塑性聚 合物⑻之量大於所欲時,.長絲或纖維於拉伸或纺絲時可能 遭受較高之破裂影響。於此間使用時,“料之形成,,係特 別指組份⑷及⑻,其於形成組成物中形成可鑑別之區域或 範嘴,即使被瞭解個別聚合物可至少部份彼此相容且能形 成均勾摻合物。但是,較佳地,此二聚合物係彼此實質上 不相容,如此,此二組份之均句摻合物不能形成,即使於 產生剪切之熔融混合裝置内大量混人。 本紙張尺度咖中國國家鮮(CNS) A4規格(210X297^ (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)585889 V. Description of the invention (37) Stereopolystyrene, syndiotactic styrene / p -... meta-ortho-methylstyrene copolymer (containing 0.005 to 15% by weight, preferably 0.01) To 10% by weight, p-, m-, or o-methylstyrene comonomers, especially p-methylstyrene) 'and polar functionalized derivatives as described above (containing 0 to 5 weight 1) / 〇 polar group functionality). The most highly preferred polymer is a grafted or copolymerized styrene / p-methyl ethylene copolymer of syndiotactic polystyrene or maleic anhydride or fumaric acid (which contains 0.1 to 10 wt. 〇-p-toluene and 0.01 to 1-5% by weight of maleic anhydride or fumaric acid). The latter graft copolymer can be mixed with the thermoplastic polymer (a) and achieve a good polymer morphology prepared by the polymer without the presence of a separate compatibilizer (c). The weight average molecular weight (Mw, determined by gel permeation chromatography) of the thermoplastic polymer ⑻ is not important, but is typically 5000 to 50000, more typically 10,000 to 1,000,000, and preferably 2 0.000 to 50,000. Furthermore, the molecular weight distribution of the 'component VII' can be varied over a wide range, but it is suitably 20, more preferably 1.5-10. When the amount of the thermoplastic polymer (b) in the composition is less than the desired amount, the fibers prepared therefrom cannot prove the desired feel or softness. When the amount of thermoplastic polymer ⑻ is greater than desired, the filament or fiber may be subject to higher rupture effects during drawing or spinning. As used herein, "the formation of materials" specifically refers to the components ⑷ and ⑻, which form identifiable areas or mouths in the forming composition, even if it is understood that the individual polymers are at least partially compatible with each other and capable of Homogeneous blends are formed. However, preferably, the two polymers are substantially incompatible with each other, so that a homogeneous blend of the two components cannot be formed, even in a melt-mixing device that produces shear Lots of mixed people. This paper size is China National Fresh (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 ^ (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page)

訂|Order |

585889 五、發明説明(38 考量組伦585889 V. Description of the invention (38

組份(C)係於本發明組成物之形成聚合物範疇間之改 良之界面黏著性及/或減少之界面張力為所欲時使用。此 外,相容劑之型式及含量有助於在聚合物基質内形成小尺 寸顆粒、完全分散之組份(b)包藏物,導致具有改良之熔融 強度及可紡性與增加之纖維韌性之組成物。適當之小尺.寸 範嚀之包藏聚合物(b)產生形成之纖維或薄膜之改良之光 學性質及表面粗糙性。較佳之相容劑係於其間具芳香族官 能基及極性基之聚合物,其係物理性地混入組成物内或與 熱塑性組份(a)或(b)之一或多者反應(諸如,藉由接枝或異 種共聚合),但其不會造成形成摻合物變黃。 訂 適當相容劑包含諸如亞乙烯基芳香族之同聚物及共聚 物(包含亞乙烯基芳香族單體之無規立構、間同立構及全同 立構之同聚物及共聚物,及亞乙烯基芳香族單體與丙烯 腈、馬來酸酐或馬來醯亞胺之共聚物)、聚苯撐醚、聚(乙Component (C) is used when the improved interfacial adhesion and / or reduced interfacial tension between the polymer-forming domains of the composition of the present invention is desired. In addition, the type and content of the compatibilizer help to form small-sized particles in the polymer matrix and completely disperse the component (b) inclusions, resulting in a composition with improved melt strength and spinnability and increased fiber toughness Thing. Appropriate small size. Inch Fan's encapsulated polymer (b) produces improved optical properties and surface roughness of the fiber or film formed. Preferred compatibilizers are polymers with aromatic functional groups and polar groups in between, which are physically mixed into the composition or react with one or more of the thermoplastic components (a) or (b) (such as, (By grafting or heterogeneous copolymerization), but it does not cause the formation of the blend to turn yellow. Appropriate compatibilizers include homopolymers and copolymers such as vinylidene aromatics (atactic, syndiotactic and isotactic homopolymers and copolymers containing vinylidene aromatic monomers , And copolymers of vinylidene aromatic monomers and acrylonitrile, maleic anhydride or maleimide), polyphenylene ether, poly (ethyl

烯基醚)、聚(乙烯基甲基丙烯酸酯)、聚烯烴、聚(二烯)及 具有超過組份(c)之與組份(b)之相互容混性、部份可溶性或 較佳之吸引力之任何聚合,物之聚合物之接枝或其它官能1 衍生物。亦包含於此等物料内係嵌段共聚物(其係由二^更 多種不同之重複單U段所構成之聚合物)。適當之嵌段共 聚物含有具有超過組份0之與組份13之相互容浯 力又 作匕I王、部份可 溶性或較佳之吸引力之片段。額外之片段可符合或不符人 與組份C之相互容混性、可溶性或吸引力之標準。此等 之例子係諸如亞乙烯基芳香族聚合物與其它 ; 、 至设早元之歲 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) 585889 五、發明説明(39 ) 段共聚物(例如,氫化之聚(苯乙烯-嵌段_乙烯-丁二烯-嵌段 -苯乙烯)-接枝·馬來酸酐)及下列任一者之嵌段共聚物(亞 乙烯基芳香族單體之無規立構、間同立構及全同立構之同 ♦物及共聚物,及亞乙烯基芳香族單體與丙烯賸、馬來酸 酐或馬來醯亞胺之共聚物)、聚苯撐醚、聚(乙烯基醚)、聚 (乙烯基甲基丙烯酸、聚烯烴及聚(二烯)之聚合物之揍枝 或其它官能化衍生物。 相容劑(C)之聚合物鏈結構較佳係以能與第一熱塑性 聚合物(a)之官能基反應之反應性官能基改質。較佳之含反 應性極性基之反應物係含有不飽和基(諸如,乙烯不飽和基) 與所欲之極性官能基(如前定義者)之化合物。適當之反應 性極性基之例子包含羧酸、二羧酸及二羧酸衍生物(例如, 酸醯胺,酸酐,酸疊氮化物,酸函化物,及酸鹽,其係自 羧酸基之氫原子或羥基取代而形成),磺酸及磺酸衍生物 (例如,磺酸酯,磺酸氯化物,磺酸醯胺,及磺酸鹽),環 氧基’碳酸酯基,胺基,醯亞胺基,及噁唑啉基。 較佳之含反應性極性基之不飽和反應物係含有不飽和 羧酸及二羧酸、不飽和羧酸及二羧酸之衍生物、不飽和環 氧化物、不飽和醇、不飽和胺及不飽和異氰酸酯者。含反 應性極性基之不飽和反應物之特殊例子包含馬來酸酐、福 馬酸、馬來醯亞胺、馬來醯肼及馬來酸酐與二胺之反應產 物、1 -甲基馬來酸酐、二氯馬來酸酐、馬來酸醯胺、衣康 酸、衣康酸酐、天然脂肪及油(諸如,黃豆油、桐油、葱麻 油、亞麻仁油、大麻籽油、棉花籽油、芝蔴油、油菜籽油、 42 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) 585889Alkenyl ether), poly (vinyl methacrylate), polyolefin, poly (diene), and having mutual compatibility, partial solubility, or better than component (c) and component (b) Any polymer of attraction, grafting of polymers or other functional 1 derivatives. Also included in these materials are block copolymers (which are polymers composed of two or more different repeating single U segments). Appropriate block copolymers contain fragments having a mutual capacity exceeding component 0 and component 13 that are also kings, partially soluble or better attractive. The additional fragments may meet or not meet the criteria for mutual compatibility, solubility or attractiveness between human and component C. Examples of these are such as vinylidene aromatic polymers and others; Chinese paper standard to CNS A4 (210X297 mm) is applicable to the age of the early Yuan 585889 5. Co-polymerization of paragraph (39) of the invention description (Eg, hydrogenated poly (styrene-block_ethylene-butadiene-block-styrene) -graft · maleic anhydride) and block copolymers (vinylidene aromatic) Atactic, syndiotactic and isotactic isotactic monomers and copolymers of monomers, and copolymers of vinylidene aromatic monomers with propylene residues, maleic anhydride or maleimide) , Or other functionalized derivatives of polymers of polyphenylene ether, poly (vinyl ether), poly (vinyl methacrylic acid, polyolefin, and poly (diene). Polymerization of compatibilizer (C) The chain structure is preferably modified with a reactive functional group capable of reacting with the functional group of the first thermoplastic polymer (a). A preferred reactive polar group-containing reactant contains an unsaturated group such as ethylene unsaturated Compound) with the desired polar functional group (as defined above). Appropriate Examples of the reactive polar group include carboxylic acids, dicarboxylic acids, and dicarboxylic acid derivatives (for example, acid amines, anhydrides, acid azides, acid hydration compounds, and acid salts, which are hydrogen atoms from carboxylic acid groups Or hydroxy substitution), sulfonic acid and sulfonic acid derivatives (for example, sulfonate, sulfonate chloride, ammonium sulfonate, and sulfonate), epoxy 'carbonate groups, amine groups, amidines Amine groups and oxazoline groups. Preferred unsaturated reactants containing reactive polar groups include unsaturated carboxylic acids and dicarboxylic acids, unsaturated carboxylic acids and dicarboxylic acid derivatives, unsaturated epoxides, Unsaturated alcohols, unsaturated amines, and unsaturated isocyanates. Specific examples of unsaturated reactants containing reactive polar groups include maleic anhydride, fumaric acid, maleimide, maleic hydrazine, and maleic anhydride and two Amine reaction products, 1-methylmaleic anhydride, dichloromaleic anhydride, ammonium maleate, itaconic acid, itaconic anhydride, natural fats and oils such as soybean oil, tung oil, shallot oil, linseed Oil, hemp seed oil, cotton seed oil, sesame oil, rapeseed oil, 42 sheets The scale is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) 585889

五、發明説明(4〇 ) C請先閱讀背面之注意事項寫本頁) -、1T— #- 花生油、茶花油、橄欖油.椰子油及沙丁魚油)之酸;不德 和叛酸,諸如,丙稀酸、丁稀酸、順至酉文6稀基乙 甲基丙烯酸、戊烯酸、當歸酸、2_戍烯酸、3_戊烯酸、 乙基丙烯酸、/3-甲基順芷酸、4_戊烯酸、2_己烯酸、2_甲 基-2-戊婦酸、3-甲基-2-戊烯酸、乙基順足酸、2_2_二: 基-3-丁烯酸、2-庚g、2-辛烯酸、4-癸稀酸、9-十一碳 烯酸、10-十一碳烯酸、十二碳烯酸、5-十二碳烯酸、4_ 十四碳烯酸、9-十四碳烯酸、9_十六碳烯酸、2_十八碳烯 酸、9-十八碳烯酸、二十碳烯酸、二十二嫉烯酸、芥酉义 二十四碳烯酸、2,4-戊二烯酸、2,4-己二烯酸、二烯丙基乙 酸酯、香葉天竺葵酸、2,4-癸二烯酸、2,4-十二碳二烯酸、 9,12-十六破二烯酸、9,12-十八碳二烯酸、十六碳二烯酸、 亞油酸、亞麻仁油酸、十八碳三烯酸、二十碳二烯酸、一 十破三稀酸、二十破四烯酸、蓖麻油酸、桐酸、油酸、一 十碳五嫦酸、二十二碳二嫦酸、二十二碳三稀酸、一十一 碳四稀酸、二十二碳五稀酸、二十四礙烯酸、二十六碳稀 酸、二十六碳二烯酸、二十八碳烯酸及此等不飽和羧酸之 酯、酸醯胺及酐;不飽和·醇,諸如,烯丙基醇、甲基乙烯 基甲醇、甲基丙烯基甲醇、4-戊烯-1-醇、10-十一碳烷-1-醇、炔丙醇、1,4-戊二烯-3·醇、1,4-己二烯-3-醇、3,5-己二 細-2-醇、2,4 -己二婦-1-醇、以通式CnH2n-5〇H、CnH2n-7〇H、 CnH2n_9OH(n係正整數)表示之醇、3-丁烯-1,2-二醇、2,5-二 曱基-3-己烯-2,5-二醇、1,5-己二烯·3,4-二醇及2,6-辛二烯 -4,5-二醇,及自此等不飽和醇之〇Η基以ΝΗ2取代而形成之 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) Α4規格(210X297公楚) 585889 A7 B7 五、發明説明(41 ) 不飽和胺。 相容劑(C)之酸極性基可以鋅、鎂、錳、鋰或其它金屬 對兆離子或金屬對兆離子之組合物完全或部份中和。亦可 能於接枝聚合反應或官能化反應中使用中和化酸單體(例 如,丙稀酸鋅)以形成相容劑(C)。 具有環氧基之乙烯基化合物之例子係甲基丙烯酸縮水 甘油酯、丙烯酸縮水甘油酯、乙烯基縮水甘油基醚、經基 烷基(甲基)丙烯酸酯之縮水甘油醚、聚烷撐二醇(甲基)丙婦 酸醋之縮水甘油_及縮水甘油基衣康酸酯,其間甲基丙烯 酸縮水甘油酯係特別佳。相容劑(C)可包含二或更多之不飽 和基及一或更多之極性基(相同或相異),及二或更多之呈 有極性基或數個極性基之化合物。 適當相容劑(C)係具有極性官能基之聚芳撐醚及具極 性官能基之聚(亞乙烯基芳香族)同聚物及共聚物。亦包含 者係具極性官能基及含有聚芳撐醚片段之嵌段共聚物及聚 (亞乙烯基或亞乙烯基)同聚物及共聚物。此等相容劑係藉 由以前述含極性基改質劑之一者改質傳統聚合物而獲得。 改負方法不受限’只要改.質產物可依據本發明目的使用。 適當地,基本樹脂及含極性基之反應物係於熔融、擠塑器 或相似混合裝置内混合,其係選擇性地於自由基產生劑或 其它起始劑(諸如,過氧化苯甲醯、二_第三丁基過氧化物、 二枯基過氧化物、第三丁基過氧苯甲酸酯、偶氮雙異丁腈、 偶氮雙異戊腈或2,3-二苯基-2,3-二甲基丁烷)存在中為之。 聚苯撐醚一般可藉由氧化偶合一或更多之酚(其較佳 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項本頁) 太 .訂· 44 585889 A7 _____B7_ 五、發明説明(42 ) 係於二或三個位置取代)而製造。較佳地,催化劑(諸如, 銅·胺錯合物,特別是自一級、二級或三級胺衍生之銅_胺 錯合物)被使用。適當之聚苯撐醚之例子包含聚(2,3-二曱基 -6-乙基-1,4-苯撐醚)、聚(2-甲基-6-氯甲基-1,4-苯撐醚)、聚 (2_甲基-6-羥基乙基-1,4-苯撐醚)、聚(2-甲基-6-正丁基-1,4-苯撐醚)、聚(2-乙基-6-異丙基·ΐ,4-苯撐醚)、聚(2-乙基-6-正丙基-1,4-苯撐醚)、聚(2,3,6_三甲基],苯撐醚)、聚 [2-(4’_甲基苯基)-1,4-苯撐醚]、聚(2_溴_6_苯基“,‘苯撐 醚)、聚(2-曱基-6-苯基-1,4-苯撐醚)、聚(2-苯基-1,4-苯撐 _)、聚(2-氯-1,4-苯撐醚)、聚(2-甲基-i,4-苯撐醚)、聚(2-氣-6-乙基-l,4-苯撐醚)、聚(2_氯-6-溴-1,4·苯撐醚)、聚(2,6· 二-正丙基-1,4-苯撐醚)、聚(2_甲基-6·異丙基苯撐 醚)、聚(2-氯-6-甲基-1,4-苯撐醚)、聚(2-曱基-6-乙基-1,4-苯撐醚、聚(2,6-二溴-1,4·苯撐醚)、聚(2,6-二氯-1,4-苯撐 醚)、聚(2,6-二乙基-1,4-苯撐醚)及聚(2,6-二甲基·1,4·苯撐 趟)。製造聚苯撐醚之適當方法揭示於US-A-3,306,874; US-A-3,306,875; US-A-3,257,357; US-A-3,257,358 及其 它。此等聚合物亦可輕易購得。 典型上’組份(c)内之極性官能基之量係〇〇1至1〇重量 °/〇 ’其係以組份(c)之重量為基準計。一般,若少於〇 〇1〇/〇 之極性官能基存在,相容劑並非如所欲般有效率。所用相 容劑(若有)之量較佳係至少O.i(更佳係至少〇2)重量%之 量;典型上係少於5(較佳係少於4.5,更佳係少於4.2,且最 佳係少於4_0)重量%,其係以總組成物重量為基準計。 本紙張尺度適财關家鮮(CNS) Α4規格(21GX297公董) 45 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項寫本頁) 寫士 訂—5. Description of the invention (4〇) C Please read the notes on the back to write this page)-, 1T— #-Peanut oil, camellia oil, olive oil, coconut oil and sardine oil); , Acrylic acid, succinic acid, cis to stilt 6 diethyl methacrylic acid, pentenoic acid, angelica acid, 2-pinenoic acid, 3-pentenoic acid, ethacrylic acid, / 3-methylcis Gallic acid, 4-pentenoic acid, 2-hexenoic acid, 2-methyl-2-pentenoic acid, 3-methyl-2-pentenoic acid, ethylcisandrolic acid, 2_2-di: -3 -Butenoic acid, 2-heptanoic acid, 2-octenoic acid, 4-decanoic acid, 9-undecenoic acid, 10-undecenoic acid, dodecenoic acid, 5-dodecene Acid, 4_tetradecenenoic acid, 9-tetradecanenoic acid, 9_hexadecenoic acid, 2_octadecenoic acid, 9-octadecenoic acid, eicosenoic acid, 222 Chrysenoic acid, arachidonic acid, 2,4-pentadienoic acid, 2,4-hexadienoic acid, diallyl acetate, geranium geranic acid, 2,4-decadienoic acid , 2,4-dodecadienoic acid, 9,12-hexadecadienoic acid, 9,12-octadecadienoic acid, hexadecadienoic acid, linoleic acid, linolenic acid, Stearidonic acid Eicosadienoic acid, decanoic acid, icosatetraenoic acid, ricinoleic acid, paulownic acid, oleic acid, docosapentacarboxylic acid, docosacaric acid, docosacaric acid Tricarboxylic acid, eleven carbon tetracarboxylic acid, twenty-two pentaconic acid, twenty-four alkenoic acid, twenty-six carbon dicarboxylic acid, twenty-six carbon dienoic acid, octacosenoic acid, and the like Ester of unsaturated carboxylic acids, acid amines and anhydrides; unsaturated alcohols such as allyl alcohol, methyl vinyl methanol, methacryl methanol, 4-penten-1-ol, 10-ten Carba-1-ol, propargyl alcohol, 1,4-pentadiene-3 · ol, 1,4-hexadiene-3-ol, 3,5-hexadi-2-ol, 2, 4-hexamethylene-1-ol, an alcohol represented by the general formula CnH2n-50oH, CnH2n-7oH, CnH2n-9OH (n is a positive integer), 3-butene-1,2-diol, 2, 5-difluorenyl-3-hexene-2,5-diol, 1,5-hexadiene · 3,4-diol and 2,6-octadiene-4,5-diol, and from These unsaturated alcohols are substituted with NΗ2 to form the paper size applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297) Chu 585889 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (41) Unsaturated amine. The acid polar group of the compatibilizing agent (C) can be completely or partially neutralized with zinc, magnesium, manganese, lithium or other metal-to-mega-ion or metal-to-mega-ion combinations. It is also possible to use a neutralized acid monomer (for example, zinc acrylic acid) in the graft polymerization reaction or the functionalization reaction to form a compatibilizing agent (C). Examples of the vinyl compound having an epoxy group are glycidyl methacrylate, glycidyl acrylate, vinyl glycidyl ether, glycidyl ether based on alkyl (meth) acrylate, polyalkylene glycol The glycidyl methacrylate and glycidyl itaconic acid ester, among which glycidyl methacrylate is particularly preferred. The compatibilizer (C) may contain two or more unsaturated groups and one or more polar groups (identical or different), and two or more compounds having a polar group or several polar groups. Suitable compatibilizers (C) are polyarylene ethers having polar functional groups and poly (vinylidene aromatic) homopolymers and copolymers having polar functional groups. Also included are block copolymers and poly (vinylidene or vinylidene) homopolymers and copolymers with polar functional groups and polyarylene ether segments. These compatibilizers are obtained by modifying conventional polymers with one of the aforementioned polar group-containing modifiers. The method of changing the load is not limited, as long as the quality product can be used in accordance with the purpose of the present invention. Suitably, the base resin and the polar group-containing reactant are mixed in a melter, an extruder, or a similar mixing device, which is selectively mixed with a free radical generator or other initiator such as benzamidine peroxide, Di-third butyl peroxide, dicumyl peroxide, third butyl peroxybenzoate, azobisisobutyronitrile, azobisisovaleronitrile, or 2,3-diphenyl- 2,3-dimethylbutane). Polyphenylene ether can generally be oxidatively coupled to one or more phenols (which is better (please read the precautions on the back page first) too. Order · 44 585889 A7 _____B7_ V. Description of the invention (42) is in two or Three positions replaced). Preferably, catalysts such as copper-amine complexes, especially copper-amine complexes derived from primary, secondary or tertiary amines are used. Examples of suitable polyphenylene ethers include poly (2,3-difluorenyl-6-ethyl-1,4-phenylene ether), poly (2-methyl-6-chloromethyl-1,4- Phenylene ether), poly (2-methyl-6-hydroxyethyl-1,4-phenylene ether), poly (2-methyl-6-n-butyl-1,4-phenylene ether), poly (2-ethyl-6-isopropyl · fluorene, 4-phenylene ether), poly (2-ethyl-6-n-propyl-1,4-phenylene ether), poly (2,3,6 _Trimethyl], phenylene ether), poly [2- (4'_methylphenyl) -1,4-phenylene ether], poly (2-bromo-6-phenyl ", 'phenylene ether ), Poly (2-fluorenyl-6-phenyl-1,4-phenylene ether), poly (2-phenyl-1,4-phenylene_), poly (2-chloro-1,4-benzene Ether), poly (2-methyl-i, 4-phenylene ether), poly (2-gas-6-ethyl-1,4-phenylene ether), poly (2-chloro-6-bromo- 1,4 · phenylene ether), poly (2,6 · di-n-propyl-1,4-phenylene ether), poly (2-methyl-6 · isopropylphenylene ether), poly (2 -Chloro-6-methyl-1,4-phenylene ether), poly (2-fluorenyl-6-ethyl-1,4-phenylene ether, poly (2,6-dibromo-1,4 · Phenylene ether), poly (2,6-dichloro-1,4-phenylene ether), poly (2,6-diethyl-1,4-phenylene ether), and poly (2,6-dimethyl G.1 4. Phenylene). Appropriate methods for making polyphenylene ethers are disclosed in US-A-3,306,874; US-A-3,306,875; US-A-3,257,357; US-A-3,257,358 and others. These polymers can also be easily Commercially available. Typically, the amount of the polar functional group in the component (c) is 0.001 to 10% by weight / 0 ', which is based on the weight of the component (c). Generally, if less than 0 The polar functional group of 〇〇 / 〇 is present, and the compatibilizer is not as effective as desired. The amount of the compatibilizer (if any) used is preferably at least Oi (more preferably at least 02) by weight%; Typically, the weight is less than 5 (preferably less than 4.5, more preferably less than 4.2, and most preferably less than 4_0) weight%, which is based on the weight of the total composition. Fresh (CNS) Α4 specification (21GX297 public director) 45 (Please read the precautions on the back first to write this page)

•I 585889 A7• I 585889 A7

(C) 口為組伤(c)内之官能基量會改變,因為相容化内化合 物之此等基之效率會改變,因為組份(b)亦可包含有助於與 組份(a)相容之官能基,及因為額外組份可存在於樹脂摻合 物内其中和聚醯胺之胺端基,或影響形成聚合物性質, 以便獲得所欲之組份(b)之有效相容化益處,所欲者係組份 (C)之量範圍係0至少於5%(其係以組份(a)及組份(b)之混合 重1為基準),且組份(C)(若存在)内之反應性官能基之總量 (以組份(b)+組份⑷之總和為基準計)係0 00 i至0·25莫耳 °/〇,較佳係0.01至〇.24莫耳%。 於形成之纖維物件内測量,前述範圍較佳係如下所示。 組份(c)之量範圍需為〇至少於24%(其係以組份(a)及組 份(b)之混合重量為基準計),且組份(c)(若存在)内之官能基 總量(以組份(b)+組份(c)之總合為基準)係〇 〇〇丨至〇· 8莫耳 %,較佳係0.01至0.5莫耳%。 於下列什异中’當被官能化時,組份(b可被認為係相 容劑之全部(若組份(c)未於配方内)或部份(若配方内含有 組份(c)及組份(b))。於前述測量中,下列方程式被使用: 1)摻合物内之官能化組份之重量百分率: 100 . m(c) m(b) m(a) m(c) 其中广官能化組份(組份(b)(若被官能化)+組份(c)) 之質量,广組份(b)之質量,=組份(a)之質量。 2)摻合物内之官能化組份之莫耳百分率: 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) (請先閲讀背面之注意事項本頁) 丨 .、?τ— 585889 A7 B7 五、發明説明(44 ) l(b) 100· M(c)/mW(c) V(t) + m(a) / a) + m(c) / c) 其中MR,广組份(c)重複單元之平均分子量,Μ%*广組 MW{ (請先閲讀背面之注意事項寫本頁) 組份(a)重複單元之分子 份(b)重複單元之分子量 量。 3)組份(b)+組份(c)内之極性基之重量百分率: _(m(c))(f極性) v極性(b) (ay 其中=組份(C)(其係極性基或官能基殘質)(例如,苯 乙烯馬來酸酐共聚物内之馬來酸酐殘質)之重量百分率。 4)組份(b)+組份(c)内之極性基之莫耳百分率: f: 極性 (m(c))(f極性)/▼ 、極性 l(b) /MWf (c) 其中極性單元之分子量 5)摻合物内之極性基重量百分率 \極性·摻合物 6)摻合物内之極性基之莫耳百分率: 極性 ~極性·摻合物 於前述使用相容劑之總量中,發現相容劑之理想量可 被決定以平衡形成纖維或薄膜產物之所欲性質。因所用相 容劑含量最終降低含聚醯胺之摻合物之殘餘胺端基,其因 而藉由自其製得之纖維影響染色外觀,對於纖維應用,所 47 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) 585889 A7 B7 五、發明説明(45 ) 欲者係使用含有足夠極性基之相容劑以造成纖維之改良機 械性質,但係少於會負面衝擊纖維染色外觀之量,經由降 低胺端基為之。胺端基(對於經開環反應形成之聚醯胺)之 起始莫耳量係依聚合物分子量而定。用於評估可獲得之胺 端基之化學式係已知。對於經開環反應形成(及未以影響端 基濃度之方式改質)之耐綸及其它聚醯胺,係: ΑΤ 1·106[=]毫當量/克 7V 二- Μη 其中聚醯胺之數平均分子量 另外,反應之胺端基之實際量(莫耳)可藉由下列方程 式對此等聚合物計算,其係假設與相容劑之極性官能基之 完全反應: 瓦應二 m相容劑1極性 100 · MW極性 其中容漱=相容劑之質量,/癌@ =相容劑内之極性官能 基之重量%,且=極性官能基之分子量。對於其間組 份(b)及(c)皆含有極性官能基之情況,平均重量百分率官能 基及平均分子量(以配方内設定之比例混合此二組份而計 算)被用於上述方程式。 聚合物摻合物内剩蜍之胺端基含量亦可經由添加含極 性官能基之試劑降低,諸如,藉由使用分析技術(諸如,酸 滴定或其它適當技術)直接測量。特別地,對於以耐綸6,6 及其它縮合聚醯胺使用,端基含量較佳係直接測量,因為 其不能藉由前述方法計算。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) 48 請 丨》 先 : 閲 · 讀 : 背夂 面 之 : 注 : 意·** * 事! 項 :(C) The number of functional groups in group (c) will change because the efficiency of compatibilizing these groups of internal compounds will change, because component (b) may also contain ) Compatible functional groups, and because additional components may be present in the resin blend to neutralize the amine end groups of the polyamide, or affect the formation of polymer properties in order to obtain the effective phase of the desired component (b) Capsule benefits, the amount of the component (C) is 0 or less than 5% (which is based on the mixed weight of component (a) and component (b) 1), and component (C ) (If present) The total amount of reactive functional groups (based on the sum of component (b) + component ⑷) is from 0 00 i to 0.25 Molar ° / 〇, preferably from 0.01 to 〇.24mol%. As measured in the formed fibrous object, the aforementioned range is preferably as shown below. The amount of component (c) must be less than 24% (based on the combined weight of component (a) and component (b)), and the content of component (c) (if present) The total amount of functional groups (based on the total of component (b) + component (c)) is 0.001 to 0.8 mole%, preferably 0.01 to 0.5 mole%. Among the following singularities, when functionalized, component (b can be considered to be all (if component (c) is not in the formula) or part (if component (c) is included in the formula) And component (b)). In the previous measurement, the following equations were used: 1) Weight percentage of functionalized component in the blend: 100. M (c) m (b) m (a) m (c ) Where the mass of the broadly functionalized component (component (b) (if functionalized) + component (c)), the mass of the broad component (b), = the mass of the component (a). 2) Molar percentage of functionalized components in the blend: This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) (Please read the precautions on the back page first) 丨.,? Τ— 585889 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (44) l (b) 100 · M (c) / mW (c) V (t) + m (a) / a) + m (c) / c) where MR, wide group The average molecular weight of the component (c) repeating unit, M% * wide group MW {(please read the notes on the back first to write this page) Component (a) the molecular weight of the repeating unit (b) the molecular weight of the repeating unit. 3) The weight percentage of polar group in component (b) + component (c): _ (m (c)) (f polarity) v polarity (b) (ay where = component (C) (its polarity Or functional group residues) (for example, maleic anhydride residues in styrene maleic anhydride copolymers) by weight percentage. 4) Molar percentage of polar groups in component (b) + component (c) : F: polarity (m (c)) (f polarity) / ▼, polarity l (b) / MWf (c) where the molecular weight of the polar unit is 5) weight percentage of polar group in the blend \ polarity · blend 6 ) Mole percentage of polar group in the blend: Polarity ~ Polarity · Blend In the total amount of the compatibilizer used previously, it was found that the ideal amount of the compatibilizer can be determined to balance the fiber or film product formation Desire nature. Because the content of the compatibilizer used ultimately reduces the residual amine end groups of the polyamine-containing blend, which affects the dyeing appearance by the fibers made from it, for fiber applications, the 47 paper standards apply to Chinese national standards ( CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) 585889 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (45) The applicant is to use a compatibilizer containing sufficient polar groups to improve the mechanical properties of the fiber, but it is less than that which will negatively impact the fiber dyeing appearance The amount is reduced by reducing the amine end group. The initial molarity of the amine end groups (for polyamines formed by ring-opening reactions) depends on the molecular weight of the polymer. The chemical formula used to evaluate the available amine end groups is known. For nylon and other polyamines formed by ring-opening reactions (and not modified in a way that affects the end group concentration), are: AT 1 · 106 [=] milliequivalents / gram 7V di-Mη Number average molecular weight In addition, the actual amount (mole) of the amine end groups of the reaction can be calculated for these polymers by the following equation, which is assumed to be completely reactive with the polar functional group of the compatibilizer: Agent 1 Polarity 100 · MW Polarity where rinse = mass of compatibilizer, / cancer @ = weight% of polar functional group in compatibilizer, and = molecular weight of polar functional group. For the cases where components (b) and (c) both contain polar functional groups, the average weight percent functional group and the average molecular weight (calculated by mixing the two components at the ratio set in the formula) are used in the above equation. The amine end group content of the toad remaining in the polymer blend can also be reduced by the addition of reagents containing polar functional groups, such as by direct measurement using analytical techniques such as acid titration or other appropriate techniques. In particular, for the use of nylon 6,6 and other polycondensed polyamides, the end group content is preferably measured directly because it cannot be calculated by the aforementioned method. This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) 48 Please 丨》 First: Read · Read: Backside: Note: Note · ** * Matter! Item:

Order

585889 A7 B7 五、發明説明(46 ) 無論用於計算或測量摻合物内之胺端基之方法,相容 劑内之可獲得之胺端基(N)對極性官能基之莫耳比例較佳 係70.30至99:1 ’更佳係8〇’2〇至96:4,且最佳係85:15至 93:7。另外,聚合物組成物之最後胺端基含量可經由與組 伤(c)或組伤(b)及組份(c)(若組份(b)含有極性官能基)之極 性官能基反應而降低5至20%。作為組份(c)之較佳聚合物係 苯乙烯/馬來酸酐共聚物及苯乙烯及對-甲基苯乙烯之馬來 酸酐接枝間同立構共聚物。 考量選擇性之組份(d) 另外添加劑可存在於本發明組成物内,只要所欲性質 或最終產物被達成。任何另外添加劑(若存在)之型式及含 量係依據業界之已知傳統教示選擇。例示之另外添加劑包 含消光劑、彈性體、阻燃劑、抗微生物劑、熱安定劑、光 女疋劑、抗氧化劑、色料、染料、潤滑劑、發泡劑、光學 增亮劑及抗靜電劑。此等添加劑可被併入組份(a)4(b)之任 一者或二者,或於先製得組份(a)及(b)之摻合物後併入形成 之組成物内。藉由使此等添加劑僅併入組份(b)内,於添加 至組份(a)時會不利之添加劑可依據本發明使用。 適當之消光劑係無機氧化物、鈦酸鹽、碳酸鹽及矽酸 鹽’較佳係二氧化鈦。較佳消光劑係細微顆粒或粉末之形 式’鬲度較佳係具有少於100 // m(更佳係少於5〇 # m,且最 佳係少於10# m)之體積平均顆粒尺寸者。 適當彈性體係增加組成物之抗衝擊性、韌性或延伸性 者。使用時,彈性體典型上係以〇_ 5至5〇(較佳係0.7至30, (請先閲讀背面之注意事項寫本頁) t; 、tr— 49 585889 A7 __B7_ 五、發明説明(47 ) 且更佳係1.0至20)重量%(以總組成物重量為基準)之量提 供。可被包含於組成物内之彈性體之特殊例子包含:天然 橡膠、聚丁二烯、聚異戊間二烯、聚異丁烯、氯丁二烯橡 膠、聚硫化物橡膠、氨基曱酸酯橡膠、矽酮橡膠、表氣醇 橡膠、苯乙烯-丁二烯嵌段共聚物(SBR)、氫化苯乙烯-丁二 烯嵌段共聚物(SEB).、苯乙烯-丁二烯-苯乙烯嵌段共聚物 (SBS)、氫化苯乙烯-丁二烯苯乙烯嵌段共聚物(SEBS)、苯 乙烯-異戊間二烯嵌段共聚物(SIR)、氫化苯乙烯-異戊間二 烯嵌段共聚物(SEP)、苯乙烯-異戊間二烯-苯乙烯嵌段共聚 物(SIS)、氫化苯乙烯-異戊間二烯·苯乙烯嵌段共聚物 (SEPS)、苯乙烯-丁二烯無規共聚物、氫化苯乙烯-丁二烯 無規共聚物、苯乙烯-乙烯-丙烯無規共聚物、苯乙烯-乙烯 -丁烯無規共聚物、乙烯-丙烯橡膠(EPR)、乙烯-丙烯-二烯 橡膠(EPDM)、芯-殼型顆粒彈性體,諸如,丁二烯-丙烯腈 -苯乙烯芯-殼橡膠(ABS)、甲基丙烯酸曱酯-丁二烯-苯乙烯 芯-殼橡膠(MBS)、甲基丙烯酸甲酯-丙烯酸丁酯-苯乙烯芯-殼橡膠(MAS)、丙烯酸辛酯-丁二烯-苯乙烯芯-殼橡膠 (MABS)、丙烤酉曼烧酉旨丁二細-丙稀睛-苯乙稀芯·殼橡膠 (AABS)、丁二烯-苯乙烯芯-殼橡膠(SBR),及含有矽氧烷 之芯-殼橡膠(諸如,甲基丙烯酸甲酯-丙烯酸丁酯-矽氧 烷),及藉由改良此等橡膠而獲得之橡膠。 亦稱為阻燃添加劑之阻燃劑係於實際燃燒條件下不欲 損害組成物性能。此目的之適當添加劑包含溴化聚苯乙烯 (包含溴化間同立構聚苯乙烯)、六溴環十二烷、十溴二苯 50 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再^!本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) 585889 A7 B7 五、發明説明(48 ) 基氧化物、乙烯·雙(四溴酞酿亞胺)、乙烯_雙(二溴降冰片 烷二碳噁醯亞胺)、五溴二苯基氧化物、八溴二苯基氧化 物、十溴一苯基氧乙烷、聚_二溴苯撐氧化物、函化磷酸酯、 四溴酞酸酐、雙(三溴酞酸酐)、四溴雙酚_八雙(2-羥基乙基 醚)、四溴雙盼-A雙(2,3-二溴丙基驗)、二溴-新戊基二醇、 十四/臭一笨氧基苯、氧化鋁水合物、氧化銻、銻酸鈉、· 西欠鋅,及四〉臭雙盼-A之二丙稀酸醋,但不限於此。 適^之熱及光之安定劑包含硬脂酸|弓、紛及位阻型 酚、氧化鋅、芳基酯、羥基苯并苯酮,及羥基苯并三唑, 但不限於此。 適當之抗氧化劑包含以磷為主之抗氧化劑、酚醛抗氧 化劑及以硫為主之抗氧化劑。以磷為主之抗氧化劑之例子 包含單亞磷酸鹽及二磷酸鹽,諸如,三(2,4_二_第三丁基苯 基)亞磷酸鹽及三(單/二壬基苯基)亞磷酸鹽、二硬脂基季戊 四醇二亞磷酸鹽;二辛基季戊四醇二亞磷酸鹽;二苯基季 戊四醇二亞磷酸鹽;雙(2,4-二_第三丁基苯基)季戊四醇二 亞石粦酸鹽;雙(2,6-二-第三丁基甲基苯基)季戊四醇二亞 磷酸鹽、二環己基季戊四醇二亞磷酸鹽;三(2,4•二·第三丁 基苯基)亞磷酸鹽;四(2,4-二-第三丁基苯基)-4,4,_雙苯撐亞 磷酸鹽。適當之酚醛抗氧化劑包含2,2,_甲撐雙(6-第三丁基_4_ 甲基酚);U-雙(5-第三丁基-4-羥基甲基笨基)丁烷; 2,2’·甲撐雙(4-甲基環己基酚);4,4,_硫雙(6_第三丁基_3_ 甲基盼)、2,2-雙(5 -第三丁基-4-經基-2-甲基齡)-4-正十二 碳 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項本頁) 太 .、可|585889 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (46) Regardless of the method used to calculate or measure the amine end group in the blend, the molar ratio of the available amine end group (N) to the polar functional group in the compatibilizer is relatively small. The best line is 70.30 to 99: 1 'more preferably the line is 80'20 to 96: 4, and the best line is 85:15 to 93: 7. In addition, the final amine end group content of the polymer composition can be reacted with the polar functional group of component wound (c) or component wound (b) and component (c) (if component (b) contains a polar functional group). Reduced by 5 to 20%. The preferred polymers as component (c) are styrene / maleic anhydride copolymers and maleic anhydride grafted syndiotactic copolymers of styrene and p-methylstyrene. Component (d) in consideration of selectivity In addition, additives may be present in the composition of the present invention, so long as the desired properties or the final product are achieved. The type and content of any additional additives, if present, are selected according to traditional teachings known in the industry. Exemplary additional additives include matting agents, elastomers, flame retardants, antimicrobials, heat stabilizers, light tinctures, antioxidants, colorants, dyes, lubricants, foaming agents, optical brighteners, and antistatic agents. Agent. These additives can be incorporated into either or both of components (a) 4 (b), or incorporated into the formed composition after a blend of components (a) and (b) is first prepared . By incorporating these additives into component (b) only, additives which are disadvantageous when added to component (a) can be used in accordance with the present invention. Suitable matting agents are inorganic oxides, titanates, carbonates and silicates', preferably titanium dioxide. The preferred matting agent is in the form of fine particles or powder. The degree of preference is preferably a volume average particle size of less than 100 // m (more preferably less than 50 # m, and most preferably less than 10 # m). By. Appropriate elastic system to increase the impact resistance, toughness or elongation of the composition. When used, the elastomer is typically 0-5 to 50 (preferably 0.7 to 30, (please read the notes on the back to write this page) t; 、 tr— 49 585889 A7 __B7_ V. Description of the invention (47 ) And more preferably 1.0 to 20)% by weight (based on the total composition weight). Specific examples of elastomers that can be included in the composition include: natural rubber, polybutadiene, polyisoprene, polyisobutylene, chloroprene rubber, polysulfide rubber, urethane rubber, Silicone rubber, epi rubber, styrene-butadiene block copolymer (SBR), hydrogenated styrene-butadiene block copolymer (SEB)., Styrene-butadiene-styrene block Copolymer (SBS), hydrogenated styrene-butadiene styrene block copolymer (SEBS), styrene-isoprene block copolymer (SIR), hydrogenated styrene-isoprene block Copolymer (SEP), styrene-isoprene-styrene block copolymer (SIS), hydrogenated styrene-isoprene · styrene block copolymer (SEPS), styrene-butadiene Olefin random copolymer, hydrogenated styrene-butadiene random copolymer, styrene-ethylene-propylene random copolymer, styrene-ethylene-butene random copolymer, ethylene-propylene rubber (EPR), ethylene -Propylene-diene rubber (EPDM), core-shell particulate elastomers such as butadiene-acrylonitrile-styrene core-shell rubber (ABS), Methyl acrylate-butadiene-styrene core-shell rubber (MBS), methyl methacrylate-butyl acrylate-styrene core-shell rubber (MAS), octyl acrylate-butadiene-styrene core -Shell rubber (MABS), acrylic roasted simmered succinct succinate-Acrylic-styrene-styrene-shell rubber (AABS), butadiene-styrene core-shell rubber (SBR), and containing silicon Core-shell rubbers of oxane (such as methyl methacrylate-butyl acrylate-siloxane), and rubbers obtained by improving these rubbers. Flame retardants, which are also known as flame retardant additives, do not want to impair the performance of the composition under actual combustion conditions. Appropriate additives for this purpose include brominated polystyrene (including brominated syndiotactic polystyrene), hexabromocyclododecane, and decabromobiphenyl 50 (please read the precautions on the back before ^! This page) This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) 585889 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (48) Base oxide, ethylene · bis (tetrabromophthalimide), ethylene_bis (dibromophthalate) Bornane dicarbamidine imine), pentabromodiphenyl oxide, octabromodiphenyl oxide, decabromomonophenyloxyethane, polydibromophenylene oxide, functionalized phosphate, four Bromophthalic anhydride, bis (tribromophthalic anhydride), tetrabromobisphenol_octabis (2-hydroxyethyl ether), tetrabromobispan-A bis (2,3-dibromopropyl), dibromo- Neopentyl diol, tetrakis / monobenzyloxybenzene, alumina hydrate, antimony oxide, sodium antimonate, xiquazine, and 4> shuangpan-A dipropionate, but not Limited to this. Suitable heat and light stabilizers include, but are not limited to, stearic acid | archaic, sterically hindered phenols, zinc oxide, aryl esters, hydroxybenzophenone, and hydroxybenzotriazole. Suitable antioxidants include phosphorus-based antioxidants, phenolic antioxidants, and sulfur-based antioxidants. Examples of phosphorus-based antioxidants include monophosphites and diphosphites, such as tris (2,4-di-tert-butylphenyl) phosphite and tris (mono / dinonylphenyl) Phosphite, distearyl pentaerythritol diphosphite; dioctyl pentaerythritol diphosphite; diphenyl pentaerythritol diphosphite; bis (2,4-di-tert-butylphenyl) pentaerythritol diphosphite Carboxylate; bis (2,6-di-third-butylmethylphenyl) pentaerythritol diphosphite, dicyclohexyl pentaerythritol diphosphite; tris (2,4 • di · third butylphenyl) Phosphite; Tetrakis (2,4-di-tert-butylphenyl) -4,4, _bisphenylene phosphite. Suitable phenolic antioxidants include 2,2, -methylenebis (6-thirdbutyl-4-methylphenol); U-bis (5-thirdbutyl-4-hydroxymethylbenzyl) butane; 2,2 '· methylenebis (4-methylcyclohexylphenol); 4,4, _thiobis (6_thirdbutyl_3_methylpan), 2,2-bis (5-thirdbutyl 4-Amino-4-Aceto-2-methyl age) -4-n-dodecyl (please read the precautions on the back page first) too. 、 可 |

本紙張尺度適财國國家標準(CNS) ^格(應297公楚 585889 A7 ----— B7 五、發明説明(49 ) 基硫醇基-丁烷、2,6-二_第三_4·甲基酚;2,2,-甲撐雙(6-第 三丁基-4-乙基酚);2,2,-甲撐-雙4-甲基-6-(α_甲基環己基) 酚;2,2’·甲撐雙(4-甲基-6-壬基酚);1,1,3·三-(5-第三丁基 -4-羥基_2_曱基苯基)丁烷;乙二醇_雙3,3_雙(3-第三丁基_4_ 羥基苯基)丁酯;1-1-雙(3,5_二甲基_2_羥基苯基)-3-(正十二 碳基硫基)-丁烷;1,3,5-三(3,5-二-第三丁基-4·羥基苯甲 基)-2,4,6-二甲基苯,2,2-雙(3,5-二-第三丁基-4-經基苯甲基) 二(十八碳基)丙二酸酯;正-十八碳基4-(4-羥基-3,5-二-第 二丁基苯基)丙酯、四甲撐(3,5-二·第三丁基·4•羥基氫肉桂 酯)甲烷、3,9-雙-1,1·二甲基-2_(/3 -(3-第三丁基-4_羥基_5· 曱基笨基)丙醯基氧)乙基-2,4,8,10-四°惡螺5,5-十一碳烧、三 (3,5-二-第三丁基-4-羥基笨甲基)異氰尿酸酯、2,6_二苯基 -4-甲氧基酚,及三_(4_第三丁基_2,6•二甲基羥基苯甲 基)-異氰尿酸S旨。 適當之以硫為主之抗氧化劑包含:二月桂基-3,3、硫基 二丙酯;二肉菫蔻基_3,3、硫基二丙酯、二硬脂基-3,3、硫 基二丙酯、季戊四醇月桂基-硫基丙酯)、雙2•甲基 -4-(3-正烷基硫基丙醯基氧)·%第三丁基苯基硫化物,及孓 硫醇基苯并味唾。 用有用之色料係業界已知且包含無機色料,諸如:鎘 汞橘、鎘硫化物黃、鎘硒化硫、二氧化鈦、鈦黃、鈦綠、 鈦藍、鋁酸鈷、錳藍、錳紫、群青紅、群青藍及群青紫; 及有機色料,諸如:永久紅2B、紅、喹吖酮紅、二偶氣 橘、二偶氮黃、異吲嘌滿酮、漢滿黃、酞菁綠、酞菁藍、 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(21〇><297公釐) 請 S 先 ; 閲 · € ! 背.卜 ® · 斧 !The size of this paper is suitable for National Standards (CNS) of the rich countries (should be 297, 585889, A7 ---- B7. V. Description of the invention (49) thiol-butane, 2,6-di_third_ 4 · methylphenol; 2,2, -methylidene (6-third butyl-4-ethylphenol); 2,2, -methylidene-bis 4-methyl-6- (α_methyl Cyclohexyl) phenol; 2,2 '· methylenebis (4-methyl-6-nonylphenol); 1,1,3 · tri- (5-thirdbutyl-4-hydroxy_2_fluorenyl Phenyl) butane; ethylene glycol_bis 3,3_bis (3-third butyl_4_hydroxyphenyl) butyl ester; 1--1-bis (3,5_dimethyl_2_hydroxybenzene ) -3- (n-dodecylthio) -butane; 1,3,5-tris (3,5-di-third-butyl-4 · hydroxybenzyl) -2,4,6 -Dimethylbenzene, 2,2-bis (3,5-di-third-butyl-4-merylbenzyl) di (octadecyl) malonate; n-octadecyl 4 -(4-hydroxy-3,5-di-second butylphenyl) propyl ester, tetramethylene (3,5-di · third butyl · 4 • hydroxyhydrocinnamate) methane, 3,9- Bis-1,1 · dimethyl-2 _ (/ 3-(3-tert-butyl-4_hydroxy-5 · fluorenylbenzyl) propanyloxy) ethyl-2,4,8,10- Four-degree evil snail 5,5-undecene burning, tris (3,5-di-third-butyl-4 -Hydroxybenzyl methyl) isocyanurate, 2,6_diphenyl-4-methoxyphenol, and tris (4_thirdbutyl_2,6 • dimethylhydroxybenzyl) -Isocyanuric acid S. Suitable sulfur-based antioxidants include: dilauryl-3,3, thiodipropyl; dimyristoyl-3,3, thiodipropyl, dihard Aliphatic-3,3, thiodipropyl ester, pentaerythritol lauryl-thiopropyl ester), bis 2 • methyl-4- (3-n-alkylthiopropylfluorenyloxy) ·% third butyl Phenyl sulfide, and thiol benzoyl saliva. Useful colorants are known in the industry and include inorganic colorants such as: cadmium mercury orange, cadmium sulfide yellow, cadmium selenium sulfide, titanium dioxide, titanium yellow, titanium green, titanium blue, cobalt aluminate, manganese blue, manganese Violet, ultramarine red, ultramarine blue and ultramarine violet; and organic pigments such as: Permanent Red 2B, Red, Quinacridone Red, Diazo Orange, Diazo Yellow, Isoinpuranone, Hanman Yellow, Phthalide Cyan green, phthalocyanine blue, this paper size applies to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (21〇 > < 297 mm) Please S first; read · €! Back. Bu ® · Axe!

Ψ 五、發明説明(5〇 ) 喹吖酮紫,及別嗪(doxazine)紫,但不限於此。 適當之抗微生物添加劑係抗細菌劑或其它一般被添加 至聚合物以賦與對細菌、霉或黴具抗性之試劑。適當之抗 靜電劑包含先前已知賦與纖維抗靜電性質之導性或兩性離 子物質。 於一操作方法中,於適當基本樹脂内之色料或其它添 加劑之濃縮物係與組成物(a)&(b) 一起被添加至擠塑器。另 外,色料或其它添加劑可於此樹脂内事先被化合。濃縮物 之使用能更大地控制添加劑含量,且改良使添加劑均勾併 入最終組成物内之能力。熟習此項技藝者會瞭解色料或其 它添加劑可主要被添加至組成物之唯一組份。此具體例之 優點係對組份之一者有害之色料或添加劑可主要被併入相 反組份。例如,某些有機色料會交聯聚合物,因而升高其 ㈣黏度及形成小球體’其會使纖維變弱,造成纺絲期間 增加長絲破裂。相反地,某些無機色料可催化聚合物之解 聚合反應,升高官能端基數量,#影響染色感染性及降低 炼融黏度。使此等色料主要併入一相(至於於纖維形成方法 之起始階段期間)能降低或除去—些或全部前述困難。於較 佳具體例中,可能藉由使添加劑選擇性地併入微量組份内 而達成改良之性能,特別是其間相較於與組份⑷而言,此 物質與組份(b)係更易相容時。此外,藉由濃縮僅於分散相 内之添加劑’相等性能於某些況狀下可被獲得,但係使用 較少之總添加劑。例如,當使用抗微生物質時此係可能, 其係因其更被曝露至纖維或薄膜之表面,且因而可接 本紙張尺度翻巾關緖準(CNS) μ規格(21GX297公幻 585889 五、發明説明(5i ) 境,因纖維表面上之組份(b)之包藏物之突出。 於高度較佳具體例中,組份(b)係以組成物或濃縮物提 供,其包含於配方内所欲之任何額外添加劑,特別是任何 相容劑⑷、消光助齊卜著色劑及/或其它添加劑。濃縮物(其 可包含小比例之組份⑷)係於用於形成纖維或薄膜之方法 之設備或個別擠塑器或其它炫融混合設備内被炼融及換合 於組份(a)内,適當供應適於纖維或薄膜形成之完全化合之 聚合物混合物至染色或喷絲板。可被併人傳統形成纖維之 擠塑器以於此等條件下產生充分混合及組份⑻之顆粒上 漿之適當混合裝置之例子係延伸流混合器,諸如, US-A-4,334,783及US-A-5,451,l〇6 中所揭示。 於特別較佳具體例中,熔融聚合摻合物係通過混合單 兀(其可為擠塑器内之一區域或個別之添加混合裝置,其係 使用發散混合、延伸流混合或其等之結合),如此,用以達 成此間所述之所欲分散相顆粒尺寸之聚合物熔融物之適當 混合被獲得。 於聚合物化合中,分佈混合係藉由於螺桿供料器及模 具間使用所謂“無移動混合器,,或“靜混合器,,而作用。於大 部份情況中,其係由N個置於配置溫度控制裝置之管狀外 设内之父替式之左右手螺旋元件所組成。混合能量係藉由 混合器間之壓力損失而提供。流體之分裂及重新組合造成 可預期數量之條痕,2N。分伸混合後之基本原則係流動流 體之分割及重組。因為流動分割係剪切形式,分散力一般 係弱的’且裝置係於欲被混合之液體係具相似黏度時達最 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(哪)A4規格(21〇>c297公董) -54 _ 佳操作。對於二液體,此關係可以表示為: ^ = 与 1,其中 八0 d及” m個別為分散相及基質之剪切黏度。相反 於延伸流混合器中,混合仙僅微弱地依黏度比例而 定先岫已被決定不同黏度之牛頓或非牛頓液體之混合於 L伸机内係比於剪切流内更有效率。 I伸机發生於當液體自一儲存器集中至毛細管時之例 子發生。一般,延伸流易使滴液變形成長偏長橢圓體,其 ^流動中斷時分裂成-㈣之具有呈偏長橢圓體之較小直 裣之兩L大之直徑之微滴液。藉由使微相之多相系統分散 ;八有系列之具限制之累進較小直徑之集中及分散之系 統内之細微液滴内,良好混合度可被獲得。適#之延伸流 動混合器包含一系列板,其係置放於流動通道上。於此等 板中,Μ體混合物被迫通過一系列之集中及發散。其間此 等限制之直徑被保持固定或累進地降低以產生累進增加強 度之一系列之集中及發散之設計可被使用。再者,併入其 間流體混合物被曝置於強延伸流動場(每一者之後係半靜 止區域,此混合裔内之整.體流動方向以擠塑器内之一般流 動而言係輻射方向,而非軸向,或此等混合器之個別開口 係構槽形式而非孔洞形成,較佳係其至少一些係可調整成 不同寬度)之區域之設計係高度較佳。 瘦量長絲、纖錐及紗之形成 本务明組成物可藉由以各種方式混合各種不同組份及 添加劑而形成,包含於使摻合物供應至擠塑器或其它熔 585889 A7 B7 五、發明説明(53 ) (請先閲讀背面之注意事項 •、\t· 混合裝置内之前乾式摻合二或更多之組份,較佳係所有組 份’或藉由使個別組份直接以任何順序供應至擠塑器或裝 置,但需使其充分混合,而於其後熔融態製備所欲形態之 組成物。雖然於所欲具體例中此組成物可於製備後被形成 股線且顆粒化,此組成物係於與用以製備薄膜或纖維之模 具或喷絲板組件呈操作連通之擠塑器内形成。高度期望 地’組份(a)係先被添加至擠塑器且被炫融塑化。其後,於 擠塑為之一或更多之添加區域内,較佳係於使組份(a)之炫 融物加熱至高於其結晶熔點之溫度或選擇性地高於組份(b) 之結晶溶點後,組份(b)被添加,係與組成物之其它組份同 時,其添加前,或添加後。然後,熔融塑化組成物通過模 具組件或喷絲板,選擇性地於冷卻至組份(a)與(b)之結晶炫 點間之溫度後,且於一或更多之單元操作中形成纖維。藉 由不重新加熱或重新擠塑先前化合及顆粒化形式之組成 物,較少聚合物降解形成,且操作成本被降低。 m 此組成物較佳係於組成物仍保持可輕易流動但維持避 免使溥膜或長絲破列之充分溶融強度之溫度時自擠塑器經 過模具或喷絲板。所欲地,,聚合物熔融物之溫度係被保持 於低於至少組份(a)及(b)之分解溫度(丁句之範圍。Td係定義 為於真空下聚合物之重量損失速率係每分鐘1%時之溫 度。使本發明組成物擠塑及紡絲之較佳溫度係於17〇至34() °C(更佳係200至320X:,且最佳係250至300。〇之範圍内。 播塑為'溫度係以形成之長絲、薄膜或纖維内之所欲性質及 所欲處理速率及其它考量為基準而選擇。Ψ 5. Description of the invention (50) Quinacridone violet and doxazine violet, but not limited thereto. Suitable antimicrobial additives are antibacterial agents or other agents which are generally added to the polymer to confer resistance to bacteria, mold or mildew. Suitable antistatic agents include conductive or zwitterionic substances previously known to impart antistatic properties to fibers. In a method of operation, a concentrate of colorants or other additives in a suitable base resin is added to the extruder together with compositions (a) & (b). In addition, colorants or other additives can be compounded in the resin in advance. The use of concentrates allows greater control of the additive content and improves the ability of the additives to be incorporated into the final composition. Those skilled in the art will understand that colorants or other additives can be mainly added to the sole component of the composition. The advantage of this specific example is that colorants or additives that are harmful to one of the components can be mainly incorporated into the opposite component. For example, some organic colorants cross-link polymers, thereby increasing their viscosity and forming small spheres' which weakens the fibers and causes increased filament breakage during spinning. Conversely, some inorganic pigments can catalyze the depolymerization of polymers, increase the number of functional end groups, # affect dyeing infectivity and reduce melting viscosity. Incorporating these pigments into one phase predominantly (as during the initial stage of the fiber forming process) can reduce or remove some or all of the aforementioned difficulties. In preferred embodiments, improved performance may be achieved by selectively incorporating additives into trace components, especially in the presence of this substance and component (b), which is easier than component ⑷. When compatible. In addition, by concentrating the additives' only in the dispersed phase, the equivalent properties can be obtained in some cases, but less total additives are used. For example, this is possible when antimicrobials are used, because they are more exposed to the surface of fibers or films, and therefore can be connected to this paper-size paper towel Guan Xuzhun (CNS) μ specification (21GX297 Public Magic 585889 V. Description of the invention (5i) environment, due to the highlight of the component (b) on the surface of the fiber. In a highly preferred embodiment, component (b) is provided as a composition or concentrate, which is included in the formula Any additional additives desired, in particular any compatibilizer ⑷, matting aid colorants and / or other additives. Concentrates (which may contain a small proportion of component ⑷) are used in the method used to form the fiber or film The equipment or individual extruder or other blending mixing equipment is melted and blended in component (a), and a fully compounded polymer mixture suitable for fiber or film formation is appropriately supplied to the dyeing or spinneret. Examples of suitable mixing devices that can be combined with conventional fiber-forming extruders to produce sufficient mixing and sizing of the components under these conditions are extended flow mixers such as US-A-4,334,783 and US- Revealed in A-5,451,106 In a particularly preferred embodiment, the melt polymerization blend is passed through a mixing unit (which may be an area in the extruder or an individual adding mixing device, which uses divergent mixing, extension flow mixing, or the like). In this way, proper mixing of the polymer melt to achieve the desired particle size of the dispersed phase described herein is obtained. In polymer compounding, distributed mixing is achieved by the use of so-called screw feeders and molds. "No moving mixer, or" static mixer, "and works. In most cases, it consists of N father-type left and right hand spiral elements placed in a tubular peripheral with a temperature control device. The mixing energy is provided by the pressure loss between the mixers. The splitting and recombination of the fluids results in a predictable number of streaks, 2N. The basic principle after the extension and mixing is the division and reorganization of the flowing fluid. Because the flow division is In the form of shear, the dispersing power is generally weak, and the device is based on the paper standard to which the liquid systems to be mixed have similar viscosities. 21〇 &c; c297)) -54 _ for best operation. For two liquids, this relationship can be expressed as: ^ = and 1, where 80 d and "m are the shear viscosity of the dispersed phase and the matrix respectively. Contrary to extension In the flow mixer, the mixing fairy is only weakly determined by the viscosity ratio. It is more efficient to mix the Newton or non-Newtonian liquid of different viscosity in the L extruder than in the shear flow. The example occurs when the liquid is concentrated from a reservoir to the capillary. Generally, the extended flow tends to deform the drop into a long-length ellipsoid, which breaks into -㈣ with a smaller straight-shaped ellipsoid when the flow is interrupted.裣 Two L large diameter micro-droplets. By dispersing the microphase multiphase system; eight series of restricted progressively smaller diameter concentrated and dispersed systems within the fine droplets, good mixing degree Available. A suitable extended flow mixer includes a series of plates placed on a flow channel. In these panels, the M-body mixture is forced through a series of concentration and divergence. A series of concentrated and divergent designs during which these restricted diameters are kept fixed or progressively reduced to produce a progressive increase in intensity can be used. Furthermore, the fluid mixture incorporated during the exposure is exposed to a strongly extended flow field (each of which is a semi-stationary area, the entire body flow direction in this hybrid is the direction of radiation in terms of the general flow in the extruder, and Non-axial, or the individual openings of these mixers are formed in the form of grooves rather than holes, preferably at least some of which can be adjusted to different widths). Formation of Thin Filaments, Tapers, and Yarns This composition can be formed by mixing various components and additives in various ways, including supplying the blend to an extruder or other melter. 585889 A7 B7 5 1. Description of the invention (53) (Please read the notes on the back first.) \ T · Mix two or more components before dry mixing in the mixing device, preferably all components' or by making the individual components directly It is supplied to the extruder or device in any order, but it needs to be thoroughly mixed, and then the composition in a desired form is prepared in a molten state. Although in the specific embodiment, the composition can be formed into a strand after preparation and Granulated, this composition is formed in an extruder in operative communication with the mold or spinneret assembly used to make the film or fiber. Highly desirably 'component (a) is first added to the extruder and It is melted and plasticized. Thereafter, in the addition area where one or more of the extrusions are extruded, it is preferable to heat the melt of component (a) to a temperature higher than its crystalline melting point or selectively high. After the crystalline melting point of component (b), component (b) is added. At the same time, the other components of the composition are added before or after they are added. Then, the melt-plasticized composition is passed through a mold assembly or a spinneret to be selectively cooled to the crystal dazzling point of components (a) and (b). After a short period of time, fibers are formed in one or more unit operations. By not reheating or re-extruding the previously compounded and pelletized composition, fewer polymers are formed by degradation, and operating costs are reduced. m This composition is preferably such that the composition passes from the extruder through a die or spinneret while maintaining the temperature at which the composition can still flow easily but maintain sufficient melt strength to avoid breaking the diaphragm or filaments. Desirably, polymerization The temperature of the melt is kept below the decomposition temperature of at least components (a) and (b) (in the range of Ting. Td is defined as the rate of polymer weight loss under vacuum at 1% per minute) Temperature. The preferred temperature for extruding and spinning the composition of the present invention is in the range of 170 to 34 () ° C (more preferably 200 to 320X :, and most preferably 250 to 300 °). Is the desired property in the filament, film or fiber formed by the temperature Other considerations and the desired processing rate is selected as the reference.

五、發明説明(54 ) 喷絲板可被設計成賦與長絲於業界中普遍使用之任何 所欲之截面形狀,舉例而言係包含三角形、多葉狀、五角 形等長絲可具有一或更多之軸向空隙。再者,長絲可為 單組份或多組份,,長絲可包含多於-縱向共延伸結合 又4夕、、且伤纖維之例子包含具鞘-芯、並列或相似股線配 置者。本發明組成物可制於形成此-多組份長絲之-組 知或所有此等組份,其係依長絲、纖維或紗之所欲性質而 定。於此方法中,多供料部件模具係依已知程序被使用, 其例子係揭示於USP 6,024,556; USP 6,162,382等。 於紡絲方法期間製備特別適用於製備地毯之纖維中, 具有數個用於形成數條長絲之喷嘴之喷絲板_般被使用。 當擠塑長絲自喷絲板露出時,長絲以錯流氣體(典型上係空 氣)驟冷。然後,長絲被拉伸,選擇性被捲曲變形及/或卷 曲,選擇性地再加熱,且最後冷卻,集結成紗,且被捲繞 於捲取線軸上。卷曲賦與紗更大膨鬆,因此,賦與地毯更 大膨鬆。卷曲方法包含於纖維内置放一或更多之彎曲或變 形,較佳係乂替之方向。一般,卷曲纖維其後被曝置於熱 中,於乾燥環境或蒸氣存.在中,以增加聚合物組份之結晶 及“固化”卷曲。 於本發明之進一步例示中,特別是其間組份(a)係耐 綸,擠塑步驟可包含如下步驟:⑴運送組成物行經特徵在 於加熱、混合及運送區域或此等之混合之擠塑器,以使組 成物升高至最終溫度,較佳係26〇°c至330。(:,更佳係285 它至295艺·’(Π)使組成物通過體積控制之熔融泵,其供應 五、發明説明(55 ) 數個包含數個以所欲長絲形狀而建構之孔洞之噴絲板,且 其中噴絲板被調整以產生數個擠塑纖維;及(iii)藉由使其 通過驟冷區域(較佳係於10。0至20它之溫度操作)而冷卻擠 塑纖維。 擠塑後,長絲可被拉伸一或更多次,較佳係兩次。後 成形處理(諸如,捲曲變形、卷曲、熱固化、染色、膨鬆、 纏繞、塗覆、繞捲、切割及梳棉)亦可被進行。長絲亦可被 加工處理成先前已知之形式,包含膨鬆連續長絲、短纖維、 則述之混合,梳棉及未梳棉之紗或線,及多絲紗,捻合或 未捻合。本發明纖維之粗糙表面提供更高之纖維_纖維相互 摩擦,導致將短纖維加工處理成紗之優點。 如前所述,本發明之熱塑性組成物所欲地造成於組份 (a)基質内形成組份(b)包藏。於拉伸本發明纖維或使依據本 發明之薄膜位向化時,-些前述之包藏於纖維或薄膜表面 上獨特地形成突出或隆起。於較佳具體例中,此等包藏具 有微小軸,或之直徑(其係以體積平均為基 準),且顆粒或包藏其後係呈橢圓形、球形、圓柱形、扁圓 形或“香腸”形,其具有1至,20之體積平均長度對直徑之比例 (長寬比)。此纖維形態已被發現造成纖維或薄膜上之所欲 表面粗糙度,較佳係足以改良一或更多之纖維或薄膜之光 學或物理之性質’或形成或製造性質。 雖然不欲受理論所限制,所獲得之益處(特別是自使用 上述組成物形成纖維)被認為至少部份歸因於在纖維形成 方法期間於熱塑性聚合物⑷之連續基質内形成熱塑性組 A7 ^-----__ 五、發明説明(56 ) 伤(b)之刀散不連績範噚。特別地,被認為藉由使用相較於 熱塑性聚合物⑷之量係低且具有所需熱性質之含量之熱 2 ^來合物(b),此等分散不連續範疇於典型之纖維形成條 件下輕易被形成。若較高濃度之熱塑性聚合物被使用,遍 及組份(a)之連續相或其間組份(a)於組份(b)基質内分散之 結構伸展之其原纖維網絡可能形成。此外,聚合物之較高 結晶溫度確保纖維形成操作可於高於聚合物(a)之冷卻時 之結晶溫度(Tc)之溫度時發生,藉此於可拉伸之基質内產 生相對較結晶化之包藏,如此,拉伸薄化基質或連續聚合 物曰於纖維表面上產生凸緣。包藏相顆粒之小程度拉伸亦 會發生,如此,某些纖維性質(諸如,韌度及卷曲)可因組 份(b)(而非組份(a))之結晶化而產生。 形成之纖維形態亦受噴絲板設計、紡絲比例、組份(c) 之里及效果、擠塑器混合能力及其它物理及操作變數而影 響。最為期望地,組成物於擠塑及驟冷後擁有足夠之熔融 強度,纖維可以南線性速率自其製得,適當係至少1〇〇〇公 尺/分鐘之拉伸後速率,較佳係至少15〇〇公尺/分鐘,更佳 係至少2000公尺/分鐘,且最佳係至少25〇〇公尺/分鐘。進 一步較佳地,形成之完全拉伸纖維之特徵在於至少1〇克/ 丹尼(更佳係至少1.8克/丹尼)之勤性。 如先前於本發明具體例尺中所揭示,有利係形成雙組 份或多組份之纖維或雙層或多層之薄膜,其中,例如,第 一聚合物(其可與聚合物(a)相同)被用以形成第一聚合物區 域,其被以一或多層之一或多者之第二聚合物包覆或塗 59 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) A7 —-------£7___ 五、發明説明~ -- 覆至^此層包含先前揭示之組成物。因為塗覆組成物 之量相較於纖維總體積而言係被降低,於本發明之此具體 例:,組成物内組份⑻之量可增加至超高於單一組份纖維 或薄膜中使用者之最高達2倍或更甚是3倍,而未損及薄膜 維之強度及形成性質。即,此一組成物内之組份⑻ 含量範圍可如前揭示者高至99重量%。 形成紗之纖維可於後形成操作中被染色。適當染料包 含以有機溶劑為媒介之染料(分散染料)或水性染料,諸 S欠柒料、預金屬化染料及陽離子染料。例子包含單_ 及二-續酸鹽化酸染料,及三苯基甲H石肖基及唤琳染 料車乂仏木料係單-及二-磺酸鹽化酸染料。若要的話,多 於-種之染料可被使用,且若要的話,紗或股線内之不同 纖維可被不同地染色。 於水性染色方法中,長絲、纖維或紗較佳係先以熱水 (一般係含有諸如Na0H、K〇H或NH3〇H之鹼)清洗。熱水清 洗溫度範圍係60t至8(TC,且需熱到足以移除任何殘留之 精衣用油(諸如’任何潤滑劑)。其次,長絲、纖維或紗通 過染料浴,選擇性係於高溫(適當地係⑽它至丨⑻^之浴 飢)’持、續0.1至30分鐘之接觸時間,選擇性地其後加熱以 使染料固化,清洗,沖洗及乾燥。染浴典型上係於大氣壓 操作。 已知係以各種試劑處理合成纖維,以便增加或降低對 某些木料之吸引力。例如,聚合物鏈可以額外之反應基取 代或被縮短以產纟更多之端I,藉此提供增加數量之染色 ^張尺度適时國 _ Α4^Γ^297^)-Γ^Γ:- 585889 五、發明説明(58 位置及造成可染性增加。另外,為減少某些合成纖維之可 染性,聚合物以封端劑反應以降低官能端基之數量及可獲 付性。不利地’此等方法會改變聚合物之溶融性質及結晶 性’因而影響纖維之可紡性及其後改良纖維性質之能力。 本發明提供-種降低自其製得之纖維之可染性,而未必影 響樹脂之可纺性或纖維改質性質。本發明可使用傳統淡染 及深染技術實施。 染料之吸取係受纖維之結晶結構影響。非結晶形聚人 物區域-般係比結晶聚合物區域更易接受以水為主之染 料。纖維内之大結晶形成造成較大比例之非結晶形聚合物 及相對更多之非包藏之非結晶形區域。相對較小結晶之形 成一般降低非包藏之非結晶形區域之數量及總非結晶形聚 合,含量。於依據本發明之纖維中,額外之組份(b)包藏 域提供不同之結晶及不同之結晶形態(具有本質上$ I 濕氣運送速率及平衡濕氣含幻,其係與由於組份_^ 晶結構無關,因此,減緩因不同纖_之加熱歷史變化 造成之染料吸取變化性。更特別地,相較於僅或基本上㈡ 組份⑷形成之纖維,本發明纖維_般擁有降低之穿過速 率。基於相同理由,本發明纖維本質上擁有改良之抗污潰 所欲地,長絲或纖係於0·5丹尼至6〇丹尼(較佳係〗丹 尼至30丹尼)之範圍。纖維可為短纖維、連續纖維、膨参連 續長絲(“咖,,),或其混合物;但較佳係連續形式。紗係自 前述長絲或纖維且依據已知技術製得。 區 之 而 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) Α4規格(210X297公釐) 615. Description of the invention (54) The spinneret can be designed to impart any desired cross-sectional shape to the filaments commonly used in the industry. For example, the filaments including triangles, multilobes, and pentagons can have one or More axial clearance. Furthermore, the filament may be a single component or multiple components. The filament may include more than-longitudinal co-extension bonding, and the example of the wound fiber includes a sheath-core, juxtaposed or similar strand configuration. . The composition of the present invention can be made from the components known to form this multi-component filament, or all of these components, depending on the desired properties of the filament, fiber or yarn. In this method, multi-feed part molds are used according to known procedures, examples of which are disclosed in USP 6,024,556; USP 6,162,382, and the like. In the production of fibers particularly suitable for the manufacture of carpets during the spinning process, spinnerets with several nozzles for forming several filaments are generally used. When the extruded filaments are exposed from the spinneret, the filaments are quenched with a cross-flow gas (typically upper air). The filament is then stretched, selectively crimped and / or crimped, selectively reheated, and finally cooled, assembled into yarn, and wound on a take-up spool. Curl imparts greater bulk to the yarn, and therefore imparts greater bulk to the carpet. The crimping method includes placing one or more bends or deformations in the fiber, preferably in the alternate direction. In general, crimped fibers are then exposed to heat and stored in a dry environment or in steam to increase the crystallization of the polymer component and "cured" crimps. In further exemplification of the present invention, in particular, the component (a) is nylon, and the extrusion step may include the following steps: ⑴ transporting the composition through an extruder characterized by heating, mixing, and transporting areas or such mixing In order to raise the composition to the final temperature, it is preferably 26 ° C to 330. (:, More preferably 285, it to 295, and "(Π) a melting pump that passes the composition through volume control, which supplies five. Description of the invention (55) Several holes containing a number of holes constructed in the shape of the desired filament A spinneret, and wherein the spinneret is adjusted to produce several extruded fibers; and (iii) is cooled by passing it through a quench zone (preferably operating at a temperature between 10.0 and 20). Plastic fibers. After extrusion, the filaments can be stretched one or more times, preferably twice. Post-forming treatments (such as curl deformation, curl, heat curing, dyeing, bulking, entanglement, coating, winding (Rolling, cutting and carding) can also be performed. Filaments can also be processed into previously known forms, including bulk continuous filaments, short fibers, mixed as described above, carded and uncarded yarn or thread , And multi-filament yarns, twisted or untwisted. The rough surface of the fiber of the present invention provides higher fiber-fiber friction with each other, resulting in the advantages of processing short fibers into yarn. As mentioned earlier, the thermoplastic composition of the present invention The component (a) is formed within the matrix of component (a) as desired. When stretching the fibers of the present invention or orienting the film according to the present invention, some of the aforementioned packages are uniquely formed on the surface of the fibers or films to form protrusions or bulges. In a preferred embodiment, these packages have a small axis, or Diameter (which is based on volume average), and the particles or occlusions are elliptical, spherical, cylindrical, oblate, or "sausage", with a volume average length to diameter ratio of 1 to 20 (Aspect ratio). This fiber morphology has been found to cause the desired surface roughness on the fiber or film, and is preferably sufficient to improve one or more of the optical or physical properties of the fiber or film 'or formation or manufacturing properties. Although not wishing to be bound by theory, the benefits obtained (especially from the formation of fibers from the use of the above composition) are believed to be at least partly due to the formation of thermoplastic group A7 within a continuous matrix of thermoplastic polymers during the fiber formation process ^ -----__ V. Description of the invention (56) Injury (b) of the knife is inconsistent. In particular, it is considered that the amount of the resin used is lower than that of the thermoplastic polymer and has the required thermal properties. The content of heat 2 ^ complex (b), these dispersed discontinuities are easily formed under typical fiber formation conditions. If a higher concentration of thermoplastic polymer is used, the continuous phase of component (a) Or the fibril network of the component (a) dispersed in the matrix of the component (b) may stretch and its fibril network may form. In addition, the higher crystallization temperature of the polymer ensures that the fiber forming operation can be performed at a higher temperature than that of the polymer (a). The temperature of the crystallization temperature (Tc) occurs during cooling, thereby generating a relatively crystalline storage in the stretchable matrix. Thus, stretching the thin matrix or continuous polymer creates a flange on the surface of the fiber. A small degree of stretching of the occlusion phase particles can also occur, so that certain fiber properties (such as tenacity and curl) can result from crystallization of component (b) rather than component (a). Fiber morphology is also affected by the spinneret design, spinning ratio, composition and effect of component (c), extruder mixing ability, and other physical and operational variables. Most desirably, the composition has sufficient melt strength after extrusion and quenching, and the fiber can be prepared from it at a linear rate, suitably at a rate of at least 1,000 m / min, preferably At least 15,000 m / min, more preferably at least 2,000 m / min, and most preferably at least 2500 m / min. Further preferably, the formed fully drawn fiber is characterized by a serviceability of at least 10 g / denier (more preferably at least 1.8 g / denier). As previously disclosed in the specific examples of the present invention, it is advantageous to form a bicomponent or multicomponent fiber or a bilayer or multilayer film, where, for example, the first polymer (which may be the same as polymer (a) ) Is used to form a first polymer region that is coated or coated with one or more second polymers. 59 This paper is sized to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) A7 —------- £ 7 ___ 5. Description of the Invention ~-Overlay ^ This layer contains the previously disclosed composition. Because the amount of the coating composition is reduced compared to the total volume of the fiber, in this specific example of the present invention: the amount of component 组成 in the composition can be increased to a level exceeding that of a single component fiber or film. It is up to 2 times or even 3 times without compromising the strength and formation properties of the film dimension. That is, the range of the content of component VII in this composition can be as high as 99% by weight as previously disclosed. Yarn-forming fibers can be dyed in a post-forming operation. Appropriate dyes include organic solvent-based dyes (disperse dyes) or water-based dyes, dyes, pre-metallized dyes, and cationic dyes. Examples include mono- and di-continuated acid dyes, and triphenylmethyl H Schottky and Huolin dyes. Carpenter wood is a mono- and di-sulfonated acid dye. If desired, more than one type of dye may be used, and if desired, different fibers within the yarn or strand may be dyed differently. In the aqueous dyeing method, the filaments, fibers, or yarns are preferably washed with hot water (typically containing alkali such as NaOH, KOH or NH3OH). The hot water washing temperature range is 60t to 8 ° C, and it needs to be hot enough to remove any remaining fine oil (such as 'any lubricant'.) Secondly, the filament, fiber or yarn is passed through a dye bath, selectively High temperature (appropriately bathing it to 丨 ⑻ ^), hold it for a contact time of 0.1 to 30 minutes, and then selectively heat it to cure, wash, rinse, and dry the dye. Dye baths are typically tied to Atmospheric pressure operation. It is known to treat synthetic fibers with various reagents in order to increase or decrease their attractiveness to certain woods. For example, polymer chains can be replaced or shortened with additional reactive groups to produce more terminal I, thereby Provide an increased number of dyeing ^ Zhang scales in a timely manner _ Α4 ^ Γ ^ 297 ^)-Γ ^ Γ:-585889 V. Description of the invention (58 location and increase in dyeability. In addition, in order to reduce the availability of certain synthetic fibers Dyeability, the polymer reacts with a capping agent to reduce the number and availability of functional end groups. Unfortunately, these methods will change the melting properties and crystallinity of the polymer, thus affecting the spinnability of the fiber and subsequent Ability to improve fiber properties. The invention provides a method for reducing the dyeability of the fiber made from it without necessarily affecting the spinnability or fiber modification properties of the resin. The present invention can be implemented using traditional light and deep dyeing techniques. The absorption of dyes is affected by the fiber Crystal structure effect. Amorphous polymorphic regions-generally more water-based dyes than crystalline polymer regions. Large crystal formation within the fiber results in a larger proportion of amorphous polymers and relatively more non-occluded The formation of relatively small crystals. The formation of relatively small crystals generally reduces the number of non-occluded amorphous regions and the total amorphous polymerization, content. In the fiber according to the invention, an additional component (b) is provided by the storage region. Different crystals and different crystalline forms (with essentially $ I moisture transport rate and equilibrium moisture content, which are not related to the component _ ^ crystal structure, so slowing down the changes caused by the heating history of different fibers _ Dye uptake variability. More particularly, the fibers of the present invention generally have a reduced penetration rate compared to fibers formed from only or substantially the ㈡ component ⑷. For the same reason, the present invention Ming fiber essentially has an improved anti-fouling property. The filament or fiber is in the range of 0.5 denier to 60 denier (preferably, denier to 30 denier). The fiber can be short fiber , Continuous fiber, expanded ginseng continuous filament ("ca ,,"), or a mixture thereof; but preferably in continuous form. The yarn is made from the aforementioned filaments or fibers and made according to known techniques. This paper is applicable to this paper China National Standard (CNS) Α4 Specification (210X297 mm) 61

(請先閲讀背面之注意事項寫本頁) 訂-(Please read the notes on the back to write this page) Order-

585889 五、發明説明(59 ) 塗覆物亦可於拉伸之前或之後被塗敷至長絲。適當塗 物匕$潤π劑、抗靜電劑、密封劑及金屬化塗覆物。由 於本發明纖維之固有之粗糙表面及關於用於後形成方法之 滾軋及導板之降低磨擦,降低含量之潤滑劑或無潤滑劑一 邊又係加工處理依據本發明之紗所必需的。若被使用,精加 工物料之量一般係〇.5至25%之量,其係以總纖維重量為基 準計。 一種拉伸本發明長絲之方式包含:⑴使驟冷長絲供應 至數組以逐漸增加之速率操作之導絲器上,藉此使長絲接 受所欲拉伸比例。於較佳具體例中,帛一導絲器係於500 至1000公尺/分鐘(較佳係6〇〇公尺/分鐘)操作,且最後導絲 时係於1200至6000公尺/分鐘(較佳係至少1 公尺/分鐘) 才呆作。熟習此項技藝者會瞭解此等拉伸條件可在未影響本 發明之可操作性下改變。 纖維可藉由使用任何適當技術捲曲變形或卷曲。一此 方法係使用捲曲變形空氣喷嘴(其係利用熱空氣)以使纖維 卷曲。較佳地,捲曲變形噴嘴係於3〇至1〇〇巴(〇·3至i 〇Mpa) 之空氣壓力及120°C至280. °C之溫度操作之分裂型式。被卷 曲之纖維被捲繞於篩或穿孔鼓,空氣經其吸入以使纖維冷 卻及固化卷曲。另外,數長絲可通過編織空氣噴嘴(較佳係 使用1.0至8.0巴(0.1至0.8河1^)之空氣壓力)以纏繞長絲及 使形成之紗增加膨鬆性。於最後操作,纖維或其結合物被 繞捲於圓柱形捲裝、線軸、捲線筒上。適當地,膨鬆纱旦 有一之丹尼。 … 本紙張尺度適用中國國冢標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公复) 585889 A7 ____B7 五、發明説明(60 ) 於進一步具體例中,繞捲於個別捲裝上之二或更多之 纖維可接受检和步驟而形成多折疊紗。適當地,捻合步驟 包含使至少二個別(較佳係卷曲)之纖維穿線於捻合器(如 Verdol,Inc·或 Volkmann, Inc.製造者)上。較佳地,60〇至 8000 丹尼及2至9捻合/英吋之多折疊紗(較佳係8〇〇至15〇〇丹尼 及3至6捻合/英吋之二折疊紗)被製備。適合地,捻合器係 於5000至8000轉/分鐘之軸速率操作。熟習此項技藝者會瞭 解本發明纖維亦可與一或多種不同纖維捻合或未捻合地結 合,以製知具所欲性質之紗。例如,由至少二種不同纖維 形式(其至少一者係依據本發明製得)所組成之多折疊紗可 被製備。剩餘纖維可為傳統之天然或合成之纖維或依據本 發明之不同纖維。 於某些應用中,特別是製造地毯,紗可接受各種不同 之熱處理,以賦與纖維最終結晶度。熱固化賜予紗尺寸穩 定性及改良之抗熱性等。對於捻合之多折疊紗,熱固化減 輕機械捻合應力,改良捻合滯留及自此捻合紗製得之地毯 之外觀。一般,此方法包含使紗以能達成所欲紗性質之時 間及方式加熱至適當溫度,(一般係於缺乏張力中)。適當之 熱固化方法包含Superba或Suessen方法。 緊密控制熱固化方法之時間及溫度一般係用以製造具 一致染色性之紗所必需。再者,許多紗因熱固化方法結果 而收縮,因而增加丹尼數之變化性。有利地,依據本發明 之紗較不易遭受染色或光學條痕,因此更能忍受熱固化方 法之變化。再者,相較於傳統之紗,本發明之紗及自其製 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) Α4規格(21〇χ297公楚) 63 請 ; 閲 ;585889 V. Description of the invention (59) The coating can also be applied to the filament before or after stretching. Appropriate coatings include lubricants, antistatic agents, sealants, and metallized coatings. Due to the inherently rough surface of the fibers of the present invention and the reduction of friction, reduction of the amount of lubricant or non-lubricant with regard to the rolling and guides used in the post-forming method, it is necessary to process the yarn according to the present invention. If used, the amount of finishing material is generally 0.5 to 25%, which is based on the total fiber weight. One way of stretching the filaments of the present invention includes: supplying quenched filaments to a guide that is operated at an increasing rate, thereby allowing the filaments to receive the desired draw ratio. In a preferred embodiment, the first guidewire is operated at 500 to 1000 meters / minute (preferably 600 meters / minute), and the last guidewire is 1200 to 6000 meters / minute ( It is best to stay at least 1m / min). Those skilled in the art will understand that these stretching conditions can be changed without affecting the operability of the present invention. The fibers can be deformed or crimped by using any suitable technique. One method is to use a crimping deformed air nozzle (which uses hot air) to crimp the fibers. Preferably, the curl deformation nozzle is a split type operated at an air pressure of 30 to 100 bar (0.3 to 100 MPa) and a temperature of 120 ° C to 280. ° C. The curled fiber is wound around a sieve or perforated drum through which air is drawn in to cool and solidify the fiber. In addition, several filaments can be woven through an air nozzle (preferably using an air pressure of 1.0 to 8.0 bar (0.1 to 0.8 hr)) to wind the filaments and increase the bulk of the formed yarn. In the final operation, the fiber or its combination is wound on a cylindrical package, spool, or spool. Appropriately, the bulked yarn denier is one of a kind. … This paper size is in accordance with China National Tomb Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 public reply) 585889 A7 ____B7 V. Description of the invention (60) In further specific examples, two or more fibers wound on individual packages may be used. Checked to form a multi-folded yarn. Suitably, the twisting step includes threading at least two individual (preferably crimped) fibers on a twister (such as a manufacturer of Verdol, Inc. or Volkmann, Inc.). Preferably, 60 to 8000 denier and 2 to 9 twist / inch multi-fold yarn (preferably 800 to 150,000 denier and 3 to 6 twist / inch two-fold yarn) Be prepared. Suitably, the twister operates at a shaft speed of 5000 to 8000 rpm. Those skilled in the art will understand that the fibers of the present invention can also be twisted or untwisted with one or more different fibers to produce yarns of desired properties. For example, a multi-folded yarn composed of at least two different fiber forms, at least one of which is made in accordance with the present invention, can be prepared. The remaining fibers can be traditional natural or synthetic fibers or different fibers according to the invention. In certain applications, particularly in the manufacture of carpets, yarns can be subjected to various heat treatments to impart the final crystallinity to the fibers. Thermal curing gives yarn dimensional stability and improved heat resistance. For twisted multi-folded yarns, heat curing reduces mechanical twisting stress, improves twist retention and appearance of carpets made from twisted yarns. Generally, this method involves heating the yarn to an appropriate temperature in a time and manner that achieves the desired yarn properties (typically due to lack of tension). Suitable thermal curing methods include Superba or Suessen methods. Tightly controlling the time and temperature of the thermal curing process is generally necessary to make yarns with consistent dyeability. Furthermore, many yarns shrink as a result of the thermal curing method, thereby increasing the variability of the Denny number. Advantageously, the yarn according to the present invention is less susceptible to dyeing or optical streaks and is therefore more tolerant to changes in the thermal curing method. Furthermore, compared with the traditional yarn, the yarn of the present invention and the paper size produced by it are applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (21〇297297).

I 面 -r 之 ; 注 ! 意 事 項I side -r; Note! Meaning item

585889 A7 -~-—---B7__ 五、發明説明(61 ) 一~' ----- 件另外於熱固化、清理、染色或其它處理步驟期間 吏用中係遭受較少之收縮。較佳之紗(特別是掩合敎固化 多折疊紗)係於13〇t熱固化!分鐘時展現少㈣ 數降低。 汁庀 相較於僅或基本上自組份⑷形成之纖維,依據本發明 之纖維所欲地係擁有較高之模量。併入依據本發明之紗之 地毯之特徵在於改良之抗污潰及污損性及增加之耐用性。 此功效於其間組份⑷包含較低模量之樹脂(諸如,聚醋)時 係特別顯著。本發明纖維之相對粗链表面有助於其促進之 污損減緩性質,其係因污物顆粒不能如於平滑表面纖維發 生般地與大部份纖維表面接觸。此外,纖維之粗链表面於 紗束或地毯絨頭使污物顆粒支撐地更高,於其間可更易藉 由清洗或吸塵器移除。 本發明之紗可被用於使用熟習此項技藝者所知之標準 針織或機織技術機織或針織用於衣物應用之布。由於藉由 使用本發明纖維及紗所獲得之較高之纖維對纖維之^擦 力,自此等纖維製得之織物產生更均勻之織物結構,較少 之條痕或閃光及較少之緯.向條花(barre)。依據本發明之紗 之加工處理性亦有利的,其部份係因其表面性質之故,造 成降低之運轉張力,改良之通風性及降低之軋包纏(r〇u wrapping) ° 支量地毯之製備 本發明之紗可輕易被加工處理成地毯、墊材及用於地 板及牆面覆盖物應用。為製造地毯,紗(特別是被检合之紗) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐)585889 A7-~ ------ B7__ V. Description of the Invention (61) A ~ '----- In addition, the heat sink, cleaning, dyeing or other processing steps are subject to less shrinkage. The better yarns (especially the cover-cure multi-folded yarns) are thermally cured at 13t! Shows a decrease in the number of minutes. The fiber according to the invention desirably has a higher modulus than a fiber formed solely or substantially from the component fiber. Carpets incorporating yarns according to the present invention are characterized by improved stain resistance and stain resistance and increased durability. This effect is particularly pronounced when the component ⑷ contains a lower modulus resin such as polyacetate. The relatively coarse chain surface of the fibers of the present invention contributes to its promoted fouling mitigation properties, because the dirt particles cannot contact the majority of the fiber surface as occurs with smooth surface fibers. In addition, the coarse chain surface of the fiber supports the dirt particles higher on the yarn bundle or carpet pile, and it can be more easily removed by cleaning or vacuuming. The yarns of the present invention can be used to weave or knit cloths for clothing applications using standard knitting or weaving techniques known to those skilled in the art. Due to the higher rubbing power of the fibers obtained by using the fibers and yarns of the present invention, fabrics made from these fibers produce a more uniform fabric structure with fewer streaks or glitter and less weft . To the barre. The processing properties of the yarn according to the present invention are also advantageous, part of which is due to its surface properties, resulting in reduced running tension, improved ventilation, and reduced ruou wrapping ° count carpet Preparation The yarns of the present invention can be easily processed into carpets, mats, and for floor and wall covering applications. For the manufacture of carpets, yarns (especially the tested yarns) This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm)

(請先閲讀背面之注意事項本頁) 項 士 .訂· m 585889 A7 _ B7 —— 1 丨丨 ———^ 五、發明説明(62 ) ^ ^ 被藤絨、機織或溶結至可折疊襯底上。形成之地毯(稱為‘‘未 經漂白染色之布料”)可被染色成適當顏色。其次,地毯之 襯底側以適當黏著劑或密封劑(諸如,膠乳)塗覆,且被乾 舞以使族織之紗結合至主要概底。然後,若要的与,-欠要 襯底被附接至地毯背部。然後,簇絨紗可選擇性地接受已 知之切割操作形成線圈絨頭、切割絨頭或線圈及切割絨頭 形式之地毯。此外,捻合之數條紗之數端部可被併入織物 襯底,以產生用以獲得所欲地毯設計所需之捲曲變形表面。 地毯之染色可藉由批次方法或連續方法且使用先前有 關纖維或紗染色所探討之染料為之。傳統之深染及淡染之 技術、空間染色技術及針織-解針織(knit-deknit)染色技術 皆可被使用。 較佳地,地毯係藉由使其通過水性染色單元(諸如,可 購自Otting公司或Kuster公司者)而染色。地毯係藉由運輸 器通過此單元。一般,地毯係先被預先濕化,例如,藉由 通過已被添加濕化劑或表面活性劑之水槽。然後,地毯係 於一對軋輥間通過以移除過量之水,然後,與含有染料及 染料輔助劑之介質(稱為“液體,,)接觸。典型上,於染料方 法中,液體之pH值被保持於4.5至8範圍間。此液體係被喷 灌於地毯上或自儲存器藉由手術刀塗敷。其次,地毯通過 加熱腔室(諸如,蒸氣加熱容器)以使染料固定於地毯上。 然後’地毯被清洗以自地毯移除殘餘液體並乾燥。若要的 話,抗污潰性之添加劑或污潰阻隔劑(例如,石夕烧化合物) 可被包含於染料液體内或與染色方法同時或其後被塗敷於 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公爱) -65(Please read the note on the back page first) Xiang Shi. Order · m 585889 A7 _ B7 —— 1 丨 丨 ———— ^ V. Description of the invention (62) ^ ^ Is rattan, woven or dissolved to the foldable lining On the bottom. The resulting carpet (known as "unbleached and dyed fabric") can be dyed to an appropriate color. Secondly, the substrate side of the carpet is coated with a suitable adhesive or sealant (such as latex) and dried to The family yarn is bonded to the main outline. Then, if desired, the-substrate is attached to the back of the carpet. The tufted yarn can then optionally undergo a known cutting operation to form a loop pile, cut Carpets in the form of piles or loops and cut piles. In addition, the ends of the twisted yarns can be incorporated into the fabric substrate to produce a curled and deformed surface for obtaining the desired carpet design. Dyeing can be done by batch or continuous methods and using the dyes previously discussed about fiber or yarn dyeing. Traditional deep and light dyeing techniques, space dyeing techniques, and knit-deknit dyeing techniques Both can be used. Preferably, the carpet is dyed by passing it through an aqueous dyeing unit (such as those available from Otting or Kuster). The carpet is passed through the unit by a conveyor. Generally, the carpet is It is pre-humidified, for example, by passing through a water tank to which a wetting agent or a surfactant has been added. Then, the carpet is passed between a pair of rollers to remove excess water, and then, it is mixed with dyes and dye auxiliary The medium (called "liquid,"). Typically, in the dye method, the pH of the liquid is maintained in the range of 4.5 to 8. This fluid system is sprayed on the carpet or applied from a reservoir by a scalpel. Second, the carpet passes through a heating chamber, such as a steam heating container, to hold the dye to the carpet. The ' carpet is then washed to remove residual liquid from the carpet and dried. If desired, anti-fouling additives or fouling-blocking agents (for example, stone yakiya compounds) can be contained in the dye liquid or coated with the dyeing method at the same time or afterwards as applicable to this paper. Chinese national standards ( CNS) A4 size (210X297 public love) -65

(請先閲讀背面之注意事項再本頁) 訂— 585889 A7 ----—_______B7___五、發明説明(63 ) 地毯。傳統之抗污潰及抗污損之技術可與本發明之纖維、 地毯及織物使用。(Please read the precautions on the back before this page) Order — 585889 A7 ---- — _______B7___ V. Description of the Invention (63) Carpet. Traditional antifouling and antifouling techniques can be used with the fibers, carpets, and fabrics of the present invention.

於每一相較於包含自缺乏熱塑性聚合物(…之組成物 製得之纖維之T比擬之地毯或毛毯之情況,㈣本發明之 地毯或毛毯較佳係展現下列品質之至少一者:降低之染色 條痕、降低之污潰、降低之污損、對清潔之改良染色牢度, 對紫外線之改良染色牢度,改良之手感,改良之回復性, 或改良之耐用性。 要點重申 下述係此間所示及所揭示之本發明特殊具體例之綜述。 1. 一種用於製備擠塑纖維及薄膜之熱塑性聚合物組成 物,該組成物包含: (a) 86至92重量%之第一熱塑性聚合物,具有之結晶化 溫度’ Tc,係大於16〇。〇; (b) 14至8重量%之第二熱塑性聚合物,其於化學性質上 係不同於(a),具有結晶化溫度,tc,,及 (c) (a)及(b)之相容劑, 其中該百分率係以(a)及(b)之總和為基準,且其中丁。 係少於Tc’至少5°C。 2·如具體例1之組成物,其中該第一熱塑性聚合物係铲 醯胺或共聚醯胺,且Tc,係大於195°C。 3·如具體例1之組成物,其中該第一熱塑性聚合物係聚 &&月女或共聚醯胺’且該第二熱塑性聚合物係具有全同立構 或間同立構之立體結構之聚亞乙烯基芳香族聚合物。 .請 先 閲 讀 背 面 之 注 意 事 項In each case of a rug or blanket containing a T-comparison of fibers made from a composition that lacks a thermoplastic polymer (...), the rug or blanket of the present invention preferably exhibits at least one of the following qualities: reduced Staining streaks, reduced stains, reduced stains, improved fastness to cleaning, improved fastness to ultraviolet light, improved hand feel, improved resilience, or improved durability. This is a summary of the specific examples of the invention shown and disclosed herein. 1. A thermoplastic polymer composition for preparing extruded fibers and films, the composition comprising: (a) 86 to 92% by weight of a first Thermoplastic polymer having a crystallization temperature 'Tc of greater than 16.0; (b) 14 to 8% by weight of a second thermoplastic polymer that is chemically different from (a) and has a crystallization temperature , Tc ,, and (c) (a) and (b) compatibilizers, where the percentage is based on the sum of (a) and (b), and where D is at least 5 ° C below Tc ' 2. The composition of the specific example 1, wherein the first thermoplastic The polymer is scopolamine or copolyamide, and Tc is greater than 195 ° C. 3. The composition according to the specific example 1, wherein the first thermoplastic polymer is poly & And this second thermoplastic polymer is a polyvinylidene aromatic polymer with isotactic or syndiotactic stereo structure. Please read the notes on the back first

Order

P 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐)P This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm)

〇幻889 A7 ^^^-----------B7^____ 五、發明説明(64 ) 4·如具體例3之組成物,其中該第一熱塑性聚合物係耐 、’ 6、耐綸6,6或耐綸6及耐綸6,6之共聚物,且該第二熱塑 性聚合物係間同立構之聚苯乙婦、苯乙烯及一或多者之環 C 1-10烷基基_或極性基-取代之乙烯基芳香族單體之間 同立構共聚物,或間同立構之聚苯乙烯或苯乙烯及一或多 者之環CM0烷基-、鹵基_或極性基_取代之乙烯基芳香族單 體之間同立構共聚物之極性基改質衍生物。 5·如具體例3之組成物,其中該聚醯胺係具有3〇至ι8〇 相對黏度之耐綸6。 6·如具體例5之組成物,其中該第二熱塑性聚合物係間 同立構之聚苯乙烯、苯乙烯及一或多者之環Ci_h烷基·或鹵 基取代之乙稀基芳香族單體或極性基取代之乙稀基芳香 族單體之間同立構共聚物,或間同立構之聚苯乙烯或苯乙 烤及或夕者之壞^-^烧基-、鹵基-或極性基-取代之乙婦 基芳香族單體之間同立構共聚物之極性基改質衍生物。 7.如具體例5之組成物,其中該第二熱塑性聚合物具有 大於95%之無規立構度及大於50,000之Mw。 8·如具體例1之組成物,其具有少於100之黃色指數, Y卜 9. 如具體例1之組成物,其包含〇·1至1〇%(以總組成物 重量為基準計)之相容劑c)。 10. 如具體例9之組成物,其中該相容劑係極性基改質 之亞乙烯基芳香族同聚物或共聚物。 11 ·如具體例1 〇之組成物,其中該相容劑係極性基改質 度適用中國規格⑵0Χ297公G~- (請先閲讀背面之注意事項本頁) 、可| 發明説明(65 ) 之聚笨乙烯、—或多者之乙烯基芳香族單體及—或多者之 極性共單體之共聚物、苯乙叙—或多者之環^烧基_ 或_基取代之乙烯基芳香族單體或極性基取代之乙烯基芳 香族單體之極性基改質共聚物。 12.如具體例n之組成物,其中該相容劑馬來酸酐改質 ^福駿改質之苯乙稀同聚物或馬來酸奸改質或福馬酸改 質之笨乙烯與一或多者之Ci,環烷基_取代之苯乙烯之共 聚物,該才目容劑含有0.01至5·〇莫耳%之共聚合馬來酸酐或 福馬酸官能基。 / 13·如具體例⑷之組成物,其中於自其形成纖維或薄 膜後,組份(b)係於組份(a)基質内之具大於〇 之體積平 均次要軸尺寸之包藏顆粒之形式。 / 14.如具體例13之組成物,其中於自其形成纖維或薄膜 後,組份(b)係具0.3至2.0//m之體積平均次要軸尺寸之包 藏顆粒之形式。 15·如具體例13之組成物,其中於自其形成纖維或薄膜 後,組份⑻係具少於3抑赋…次要軸尺寸之包藏顆粒 之形式。 16.如具體例14之組成物,其卡於自其形成纖維或薄膜 後,組份(b)係具少於2.8//111之〇99次要軸尺寸之包藏顆粒 之形式。 ^ Π·如具體例M2之組成物,其中於自其形成纖維後, 組份(b)係於組份(a)之基質内之具〇·2至3〇//m之體積平均 次要軸尺寸之包藏顆粒之形式,且該纖維具有大於或等於 585889 A7 __ B7 1、發明説明(66 ) " ~~"" 0.29之雷射光散射比例,或少於或等於4.〇之光澤板分級, 其係自標準化纖維樣品決定。 18·如具體例15之組成物,其中於自其形成纖維後,組 份(b)係具0.2至3.0// m之體積平均次要轴尺寸之包藏顆粒 之形式’且該纖維具有大於或等於〇. 2 9之雷射光散射比 例,或少於或等於4.0之光澤板分級,其係自標準化纖維樣 品決定。 19·如具體例1-12之組成物,其中於自其形成纖維後, 組份(b)係於組份(a)之基質内之具0.2至3.0//m之體積平均 次要軸尺寸之包藏顆粒之形式,且該纖維具有軟手感。 20·如具體例15之組成物,其中於自其形成纖維後,組 份(b)係具0.2至3_0" m之體積平均次要軸尺寸之包藏顆粒 之形式,且該纖維具有軟手感。 21. 如具體例1-12之組成物,其中組份(c)之量範圍係〇 至少於5%(以組份(a)及組份(b)之混合重量為基準計),且組 份(c)(若存在)内之反應官能基之總量(以組份(13)+組份(c) 之總量為基準計)係0.001至0.25莫耳%。 22. 如具體例15之組成物,其中於自其形成纖維後,組 份(b)係具0.2至3 ·0// m之體積平均次要軸尺寸之包藏顆粒 之形式,且該纖維具有軟手感及改良之耐用性。 23. 如具體例19之組成物,其中於自其形成纖維後,組 份(b)係具0.2至3.0" m之體積平均次要軸尺寸之包藏顆粒 之形式,且該纖維具有軟手感及改良之耐用性。 24. 如具體例20之組成物,其中於自其形成纖維後,組 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(_) A4規格(21〇><297公爱) 69 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再本頁) 訂— m 585889 A7 --------B7_ 五、發明説明(67 ) _ ^ 〜1— -- 份(b)係具0.2至3.0"m之體積平均次要轴尺寸之包藏顆粒 之形式,且該纖維具有軟手感及改良之耐用性。 25·如具體例M2之組成物,其另外包含〇1至1〇〇%(以 總組成物重量為基準)之消光劑。 26. —種擠塑及拉伸之纖維,包含—種熱塑性聚合物組 成物,其包含: (a) 76至97重量%之第一熱塑性聚合物,具有之結晶化 溫度,Tc,係大於160°C ; (b) 24至3重量%之第二熱塑性聚合物,其於化學性質上 係不同於(a),具有結晶化溫度,Tc,,及 (c) (a)及(b)之相容劑, 其中該百分率係以(a)及(b)之總和為基準,且其中丁^ 係少於Tc’至,少5°C。 2 7.如具體例26之纖維,其中該第一熱塑性聚合物係聚 酿胺或共聚醯胺,且Tc,係大於195°C。 28·如具體例26之纖維,其中該第一熱塑性聚合物係聚 醯胺或共聚醯胺,且該第二熱塑性聚合物係具有全同立構 或間同立構之立體結構之,聚亞乙烯基芳香族聚合物。 29.如具體例28之纖維,其中該第一熱塑性聚合物係耐 綸6或耐綸6,6或耐綸6及耐綸6,6之共聚物,且該第二熱塑 性聚合物係間同立構之聚苯乙烯、苯乙烯及一或多者之環 C Μ 0院基-、鹵基-或極性基_取代之乙嫦基芳香族單體之間 同立構共聚物,或間同立構之聚苯乙烯或笨乙烯及一或多 者之環Cl-ίο烧基-、鹵基-或極性基-取代之乙婦基芳香族單 ΐ紙張尺度鮮(CNS) A4規格⑵GX297公楚) 厂70 : ^ (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再本頁) f: 、一-T· m 585889 A7 ____B7_ 五、發明説明(68 ) 體之間同立構共聚物之極性基改質衍生物。 30·如具體例27之纖維,其中該聚醯胺係具有3〇至18〇 相對黏度之耐綸6。 3 1 ·如具體例30之纖維,其中該第二熱塑性聚合物係間 同立構之聚苯乙烯、苯乙烯及一或多者之環^⑺烷基·、鹵 基-或極性基取代之乙烯基芳香族單體之間同立構共聚 物,或間同立構之聚苯乙烯或苯乙烯及一或多者之環Ci 烷基-或i基·取代之乙烯基芳香族單體或極性基取代之乙 烯基芳香族單體之間同立構共聚物之極性基改質衍生物。 32·如具體例30之纖維,其中該第二熱塑性聚合物具有 大於95%之無規立構度及大於5〇,〇〇〇之Mw。 33·如具體例26之纖維,其具有少於1〇〇之黃色指數, YI。 34·如具體例26之纖維,其包含〇1至1〇%(以總組成物 重量為基準計)之相容劑c)。 35·如具體例34之纖維,其中該相容劑係極性基改質之 聚苯乙烯、一或多者之乙烯基芳香族單體及一或多者之極 性共單體之同聚物、苯乙稀及一或多者之環·㈤基-或齒 基-取代之乙烯基芳香族單體或極性基取代之乙烯基芳香 族單體之極性基改質共聚物。 3 6 ·如具體例3 5之纖維,其中該相容劑係極性基改質之 聚苯^烯或苯乙稀及-或多者之環^,烧基_或齒基取代 之乙烯基芳香族單體或極性基取代之乙烯基芳香族單體之 極性基改質共聚物。 71 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項^^寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適财關家標準(CNS) A4規格⑵GX297公楚) 585889 A7 _—__B7 五、發明説明(69 ) 37. 如具體例36之纖維,其中該相容劑係馬來酸酐改質 或福馬酸改質之苯乙烯同聚物或馬來酸酐改質或福馬酸改 貝之笨乙晞與一或多者之(^以環烧基-取代之苯乙烯之共 聚物,該相容劑含有0.01至5.0莫耳%之共聚合馬來酸酐或 福馬酸官能基。 38. 如具體例26-37之纖維,其中組份卬)係於組份(“基 質内之具大於0.2// m之體積平均次要軸尺寸之包藏顆粒 之形式。 39. 如具體例38之纖維,其中組份(b)係具〇3至2〇#m 之體積平均次要軸尺寸之包藏顆粒之形式。 40. 如具體例38之纖維,其中組份(^係具少於 之D99次要軸尺寸之包藏顆粒之形式。 41·如具體例39之纖維,其中組份(b)係具少K2.8#m 9 9 之D次要軸尺寸之包藏顆粒之形式。 42. 如具體例26-37之纖維,其中組份(|3)係於組份(3)之 基質内之具0.2至3.0# m之體積平均次要軸尺寸之包藏顆 粒之形式,且該纖維具有大於或等於〇29之雷射光散射比 例’或少於或等於4.0之光澤板分、級,其係自標準化纖維樣 品決定。 43. 如具體例40之纖維,其中組份(b)係具〇2至3〇#111 之體積平均次要軸尺寸之包藏顆粒之形式,且該纖維具有 大於或等於0.29之雷射光散射比例,或少於或等於4〇之光 澤板分級,其係自標準化纖維樣品決定。 44. 如具體例26_37之纖維,其中組份⑻係於組份⑷之 本紙張尺度適用中_家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) 72 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再^^本頁) 、一 彎 585889〇Magic 889 A7 ^^^ ----------- B7 ^ ____ V. Description of the Invention (64) 4. The composition as in Example 3, wherein the first thermoplastic polymer is resistant to, '6 Nylon 6,6 or a copolymer of Nylon 6,6 and Nylon 6,6, and the second thermoplastic polymer is a syndiotactic polystyrene, styrene, and one or more rings C 1- 10 Alkyl group_ or polar group-substituted vinyl aromatic monomers, syndiotactic copolymers, or syndiotactic polystyrene or styrene and one or more ring CMO alkyl-, halogen Polarized modified derivatives of isotactic copolymers of vinyl aromatic monomers which are substituted with or without polar groups. 5. The composition according to the specific example 3, wherein the polyamide is a nylon 6 having a relative viscosity of 30 to ι80. 6. The composition according to the specific example 5, wherein the second thermoplastic polymer is syndiotactic polystyrene, styrene, and one or more ring Ci_h alkyl groups or halogen-substituted ethylene aromatic groups. Syndiotactic copolymers between monomers or polar-substituted ethylenic aromatic monomers, or syndiotactic polystyrene or styrene, and / or the bad ones ^-^ alkyl-, halo -Or polar group-a polar group modified derivative of an isotactic copolymer between substituted ethynyl aromatic monomers. 7. The composition of specific example 5, wherein the second thermoplastic polymer has an atacticity of greater than 95% and a Mw of greater than 50,000. 8. The composition according to specific example 1, which has a yellow index of less than 100, Y. 9. The composition according to specific example 1, which contains 0.1 to 10% (based on the total composition weight) The compatibility agent c). 10. The composition according to the specific example 9, wherein the compatibilizing agent is a vinylidene aromatic homopolymer or copolymer modified by a polar group. 11 · As in the composition of specific example 10, in which the compatibilizer is a polar-based modifier that is applicable to Chinese specifications ⑵0297297 G ~-(please read the precautions on the back page first), you can | the description of the invention (65) Polybenzyl ethylene, —a copolymer of vinyl aromatic monomer (s) and / or a polar comonomer (s), or phenylethene—or a plurality of ring-substituted ^ or _-substituted vinyl aromatics Polar group modified copolymer of polar monomer or polar aromatic vinyl aromatic monomer. 12. The composition according to the specific example n, wherein the compatibilizing agent is modified by maleic anhydride ^ Fujun modified styrene homopolymer or maleic acid modified or stupid ethylene modified by fumaric acid and one or Many of the copolymers of Ci, cycloalkyl-substituted styrene, which contain 0.01 to 5.0 mole% of copolymerized maleic anhydride or fumaric acid functional groups. / 13 · The composition according to the specific example ,, wherein after forming fibers or films therefrom, component (b) is a component of (a) in the matrix containing particles having a volume average secondary axis size greater than 0 form. / 14. The composition according to the specific example 13, wherein after forming a fiber or a film therefrom, the component (b) is in the form of a storage particle having a volume average secondary axis size of 0.3 to 2.0 // m. 15. The composition according to the specific example 13, wherein after the fiber or film is formed therefrom, the component is in the form of a storage particle having a minor axis size of less than 3 ... 16. The composition according to the specific example 14, which is stuck in the form of fibers or films from which the component (b) is in the form of occluded particles having a minor axis size of less than 2.8 // 111. ^ Π · As the composition of the specific example M2, in which the component (b) is in the matrix of the component (a) and has a volume average of 0.2 to 30 // m after the formation of fibers therefrom. Shaft size of the form of containing particles, and the fiber has greater than or equal to 585889 A7 __ B7 1. Description of the invention (66) " ~~ " " The laser light scattering ratio of 0.29, or less than or equal to 4.〇 Gloss board classification is determined from standardized fiber samples. 18. The composition according to the specific example 15, wherein after forming fibers therefrom, the component (b) is in the form of containing particles having a volume average secondary axis size of 0.2 to 3.0 // m ', and the fiber has a size greater than or A laser light scattering ratio equal to 0.29 or a gloss plate classification of less than or equal to 4.0 is determined from a standardized fiber sample. 19. The composition of specific examples 1-12, wherein after forming fibers therefrom, component (b) is in the matrix of component (a) and has a volume average secondary axis size of 0.2 to 3.0 // m In the form of particles, and the fiber has a soft feel. 20. The composition according to the specific example 15, wherein after forming fibers therefrom, component (b) is in the form of encapsulated particles having a volume average secondary axis size of 0.2 to 3 m and the fiber has a soft feel. 21. For the composition of specific examples 1-12, wherein the amount of component (c) ranges from 0 to less than 5% (based on the mixed weight of component (a) and component (b)), and The total amount of reactive functional groups in component (c) (if present) (based on the total amount of component (13) + component (c)) is 0.001 to 0.25 mole%. 22. The composition of specific example 15, wherein after forming fibers therefrom, component (b) is in the form of encapsulated particles having a volume average secondary axis size of 0.2 to 3 · 0 // m, and the fiber has Soft feel and improved durability. 23. The composition of specific example 19, wherein after forming fibers therefrom, component (b) is in the form of a storage particle having a volume average secondary axis size of 0.2 to 3.0 " m, and the fiber has a soft feel And improved durability. 24. For example, the composition of specific example 20, in which the paper size after the formation of fibers from the Chinese national standard (_) A4 specifications (21〇 < 297 public love) 69 (Please read the note on the back first Matters on this page) Order — m 585889 A7 -------- B7_ V. Description of the invention (67) _ ^ ~ 1 —-(b) The volume average of 0.2 to 3.0 " m is secondary In the form of shaft-sized particles, the fiber has a soft hand and improved durability. 25. The composition according to the specific example M2, further comprising a matting agent of 0.001 to 100% (based on the total composition weight). 26. An extruded and drawn fiber comprising a thermoplastic polymer composition comprising: (a) 76 to 97% by weight of a first thermoplastic polymer having a crystallization temperature, Tc, of greater than 160 ° C; (b) 24 to 3% by weight of a second thermoplastic polymer, which is chemically different from (a), has a crystallization temperature, Tc, and (c) of (a) and (b) Compatibilizer, where the percentage is based on the sum of (a) and (b), and where D ^ is less than Tc 'and less than 5 ° C. 2 7. The fiber according to the specific example 26, wherein the first thermoplastic polymer is a polymer amine or a copolymer amide, and Tc is greater than 195 ° C. 28. The fiber of specific example 26, wherein the first thermoplastic polymer is polyamine or copolyamide, and the second thermoplastic polymer is an isotactic or syndiotactic three-dimensional structure. Vinyl aromatic polymer. 29. The fiber of specific example 28, wherein the first thermoplastic polymer is nylon 6 or nylon 6,6 or a copolymer of nylon 6 and nylon 6,6, and the second thermoplastic polymer is the same Stereopolystyrene, styrene, and one or more ring C MH0-based, halo-, or polar-substituted ethenyl aromatic monomers are isotactic copolymers, or syndiotactic Stereopolystyrene or stupid ethylene and one or more rings Cl-ίο alkyl-, halo- or polar-substituted ethynyl aromatic single ΐ paper size fresh (CNS) A4 size ⑵ GX297 ) Factory 70: ^ (Please read the precautions on the back and then on this page) f: 、 一 -T · m 585889 A7 ____B7_ V. Description of the invention (68) Polar modified modified derivatives of isotactic copolymers . 30. The fiber of Example 27, wherein the polyamide is a nylon 6 having a relative viscosity of 30 to 18. 3 1 · The fiber of the specific example 30, wherein the second thermoplastic polymer is a syndiotactic polystyrene, styrene, and one or more cycloalkyl, halogen- or polar-substituted Syndiotactic copolymers between vinyl aromatic monomers, or syndiotactic polystyrene or styrene and one or more ring Ci alkyl- or i-based · substituted vinyl aromatic monomers or Polar group modified derivatives of isotactic copolymers between polar aromatic vinyl aromatic monomers. 32. The fiber of Example 30, wherein the second thermoplastic polymer has an atacticity of greater than 95% and a Mw of greater than 50,000. 33. The fiber of Example 26, which has a yellow index of less than 100, YI. 34. The fiber according to the specific example 26, which contains compatibilizing agent c) in an amount of 0.01 to 10% (based on the total composition weight). 35. The fiber of specific example 34, wherein the compatibilizing agent is a homopolymer of polar group-modified polystyrene, one or more vinyl aromatic monomers, and one or more polar co-monomers, A polar group modified copolymer of styrene and one or more ring · fluorenyl- or dentyl-substituted vinyl aromatic monomers or polar substituted vinyl aromatic monomers. 36. The fiber according to the specific example 35, wherein the compatibilizing agent is a polar aromatic-modified polystyrene or styrene and / or a plurality of rings ^, a vinyl group substituted by a calcined group or a substituted group. Polar group modified copolymer of polar monomer or polar aromatic vinyl aromatic monomer. 71 (Please read the notes on the back ^^ write this page) This paper is suitable for financial standards (CNS) A4 specifications ⑵ GX297) 585889 A7 _—__ B7 V. Description of the invention (69) 37. As shown in Example 36 Fiber, wherein the compatibilizer is maleic anhydride modified or fumaric acid modified styrene homopolymer or maleic anhydride modified or fumaric acid modified benzamidine and one or more of A calcined-substituted styrene copolymer, the compatibilizer contains 0.01 to 5.0 mol% of copolymerized maleic anhydride or fumaric acid functional groups. 38. The fiber of specific examples 26-37, wherein component 卬) It is in the form of a component ("matrix containing particles with a volume average minor axis size greater than 0.2 // m in the matrix. 39. The fiber of the specific example 38, wherein the component (b) is from 0 to 3". #m The volume average particle size of the minor axis. 40. The fiber of the specific example 38, wherein the component (^ is the form of the particle containing the minor axis of less than D99. 41. As the specific example The fiber of 39, in which component (b) is in the form of a storage particle having a minor secondary axis size of K2.8 # m 9 9. 42. As the specific examples 26-37 Fiber, wherein component (| 3) is in the form of encapsulated particles with a volume average secondary axis size of 0.2 to 3.0 # m in the matrix of component (3), and the fiber has a size greater than or equal to 〇29 Glossy plate fractions and grades with a laser light scattering ratio of 'or less than or equal to 4.0 are determined from standardized fiber samples. 43. The fiber of specific example 40, wherein component (b) is 02 to 3〇 # 111 In the form of encapsulated particles with a volume average secondary axis size, and the fiber has a laser light scattering ratio greater than or equal to 0.29, or a gloss plate classification of less than or equal to 40, which is determined from standardized fiber samples. 44. Such as The fiber of specific example 26_37, in which the component ⑻ is in the paper size of the component 适用 is applicable _ house standard (CNS) A4 size (210X297 mm) 72 (Please read the precautions on the back before ^^ this page), One bend 585889

發明説明 基質内之具0.2至3.“m之體積平均:欠要軸尺寸之包藏顆 粒之形式,且該纖維具有軟手感。 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再㈣寫本頁) 牦·如具體例40之纖維,其中組份(b)係具〇2至3 〇口 之體積平均切軸尺寸之包藏顆粒之形式,且該纖維具有 軟手感。 46·如具體例26_37之纖維’其中組份⑷之量範圍係〇 至少於5%(以組份⑷及組份⑻之混合重量為基準計),且組 份⑷(若存在)内之反應官能基之總量(以組份(b)+組份⑷ 之總量為基準計)係〇_001至〇 25莫耳0/〇。 4入如具體例40之纖維,其中組份(b)係具〇2至3〇"爪 -、^τ— 之體積平均次要軸尺寸之包藏顆粒之形式,且該纖維具有 軟手感及改良之耐用性。 48·如具體例26-37之纖維,其中該組成物包含: 80至95重量%之組份(a);及 2〇至5重量%之組份(b),其係以(a)&(b)之總重量為基 準計。 49.如具體例26-37之纖維,其中該組成物包含: 86至92重量%之組份(a);及 14至8重量%之組份(b),其係以(a)&(b)之總重量為基 準計。 50·如具體例26-37之纖維,其另外包含01至1〇〇重量 %(以總組成物重量為基準)之消光劑。 51· —種用於製備擠塑纖維及薄膜之熱塑性聚合物組 成物,該組成物基本上係由下述所組成: M5889 A7 ____________ B7 五、發明説明(71 ) ~~" --- ⑷65至97重1 %之第_熱塑性聚合物,具有之結晶化 溫度,Tc,係大於160°C ;及 (b)35至3重1 %之第二熱塑性聚合物,其於化學性質上 係不同於(a) ’具有結晶化溫度,Tc,,且包含極性官能基, 及選擇性之一或多者之非聚合添加劑。 52. 如具體例51之組成物,其中該第一熱塑性聚合物係 聚醯胺或共聚醯胺,且Tc,係大於195^。 53. 如具體例51之組成物,其中Tc係少於Tc,至少5^。 54·如具體例51之組成物,其中該第一熱塑性聚合物係 耐綸6或耐綸6,6或耐綸6及耐綸6,6之共聚物,且該第二熱 塑性聚合物係苯乙烯及一或多者之極性基·取代之乙烯基 芳香族單體之間同立構共聚物,或間同立構之聚苯乙烯或 苯乙烯及一或多者之環Cii〇烷基_或鹵基-取代之乙烯基芳 香族單體或極性基取代之乙烯基芳香族單體之間同立構共 聚物之極性基改質衍生物。 55.如具體例52之組成物,其中該聚醯胺係具有3〇至 180相對黏度之耐綸6。 56·如具體例51之組成物,其中該第二熱塑性聚合物係 間同立構之聚苯乙烯或苯乙烯及對-甲基苯乙烯之間同立 構共聚物之極性基改質衍生物。 57. 如具體例51之組成物,其中該第二熱塑性聚合物具 有大於95%之無規立構度及大於50,000之Mw。 58. 如具體例51之組成物,其具有少於1〇.〇之黃色指 數,YI 〇 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(⑽)A4规格(210X297公釐) -74 -Description of the invention The volume average of 0.2 to 3. "m in the matrix: in the form of particles containing less than the axis size, and the fiber has a soft feel. (Please read the precautions on the back before writing this page) 如 · 如The fiber of specific example 40, in which component (b) is in the form of a storage particle having a volume average tangent axis size of 0 to 30, and the fiber has a soft feel. 46. The fiber of specific example 26_37 The amount of component ⑷ is 0 to less than 5% (based on the combined weight of component ⑷ and component ⑻), and the total amount of reactive functional groups in component ⑷ (if present) (based on component (b ) + The total amount of component ⑷ is based on the basis of 0) to 0 to 25 mol 0 / 〇. 4 into the fiber of the specific example 40, wherein the component (b) is from 0 to 30 -, ^ Τ— in the form of encapsulated particles with a volume average secondary axis size, and the fiber has a soft feel and improved durability. 48. The fiber of specific examples 26-37, wherein the composition contains: 80 to 95 % By weight of component (a); and 20 to 5% by weight of component (b), based on the total weight of (a) & (b) as a basis. The fiber of system 26-37, wherein the composition comprises: 86 to 92% by weight of component (a); and 14 to 8% by weight of component (b), which is based on (a) & (b) The total weight is based on the basis. 50. The fiber according to the specific examples 26-37, further comprising 01 to 100% by weight (based on the weight of the total composition) of a matting agent. 51 ·-a kind of used for preparing extruded fibers And film thermoplastic polymer composition, the composition is basically composed of the following: M5889 A7 ____________ B7 V. Description of the invention (71) ~~ " --- ⑷65 to 97 weight 1% of _ thermoplastic polymerization Material, having a crystallization temperature, Tc, of greater than 160 ° C; and (b) a second thermoplastic polymer of 35 to 3% by weight, which is chemically different from (a) 'having a crystallization temperature, Tc, and contains a polar functional group and one or more non-polymeric additives. 52. The composition of Example 51, wherein the first thermoplastic polymer is polyamine or copolyamide, and Tc Is greater than 195 ^. 53. As the composition of the specific example 51, wherein Tc is less than Tc, at least 5 ^. 54. As the composition of the specific example 51, The first thermoplastic polymer is a copolymer of nylon 6 or nylon 6,6 or nylon 6 and nylon 6,6, and the second thermoplastic polymer is a styrene and one or more polar groups · substitution Syndiotactic copolymers between vinyl aromatic monomers, or syndiotactic polystyrene or styrene and one or more ring Cioi alkyl- or halo-substituted vinyl aromatic monomers Polar or modified polar derivative of an isotactic copolymer of a vinyl aromatic monomer substituted with a bulk or polar group. 55. The composition according to the specific example 52, wherein the polyamide is a nylon 6 having a relative viscosity of 30 to 180. 56. The composition of specific example 51, wherein the second thermoplastic polymer is a syndiotactic polystyrene or a polar group modified derivative of an isotactic copolymer of styrene and p-methylstyrene . 57. The composition of specific example 51, wherein the second thermoplastic polymer has an atacticity greater than 95% and a Mw greater than 50,000. 58. The composition of specific example 51, which has a yellow index of less than 10.0, YI 〇 This paper size applies the Chinese national standard (⑽) A4 specification (210X297 mm) -74-

訂— (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再本頁) t 585889 五、發明説明(72 ) 59·如具體例51之組成物,其基本上係由5 〇至2〇重量% 之組份(b)所組成。 60·如具體例59之組成物,其基本上係由8至14重量% 之組份(b)所組成。 61·如具體例56之組成物,其中該第二組份係馬來酸酐 改質或福馬酸改質之間同立構聚苯乙烯,或馬來酸酐改質 或福馬酸改質之苯乙婦及對·甲基苯乙烯之間同立構共聚 物。 62·如具體例61之組成物,其中組份含有〇〇1至5() 莫耳%之共聚合化之馬來酸酐或福馬酸官能基。 63·如具體例5 1-62之組成物,其中於自其形成纖維或 薄膜後,組份(b)係於組份(a)基質内之具大M〇2#m之體積 平均次要軸尺寸之包藏顆粒之形式。 64.如具體例63之組成物,其中於自其形成纖維或薄膜 後,組份(b)係具〇·3至2.0//m之體積平均次要軸尺寸之包 藏顆粒之形式。 65·如具體例63之組成物,其中於自其形成纖維或薄膜 後,組份(b)係具少於3.0//m之D"次要車由尺寸之包藏顆粒 之形式。 66. 如具體例64之組成物,其中於自其形成纖維或薄膜 後’組份⑼係具少於2.8ρ之f次要車由尺寸之包藏顆粒 之形式。 67. 如具體例51_62之組成物,其中於自其形成纖維 後,組份(b)係於組份(a)之基質内之具〇2至3〇“爪之體積 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準 (CNS) A4 規格 (210X297公爱) 585889 A7 —______B7__ 五、發明説明(73 ) 一 '~~' 一 平均次要軸尺寸之包藏顆粒之形式,且該纖維具有大於或 4於0.29之雷射光散射比例,或少於或等於4〇之光澤板分 級’其係自標準化纖維樣品決定。 68. 如具體例65之組成物,其中於自其形成纖維後,組 份(b)係具0.2至3.0// m之體積平均次要軸尺寸之包藏顆粒 之形式,且該纖維具有大於或等於0 29之雷射光散射比 例或^、於或4於4.0之光澤板分級,其係自標準化纖維樣 品決定。 69. 如具體例51-62之組成物,其中於自其形成纖維 後,組份(b)係於組份(a)之基質内之具〇2至3〇#1^之體積 平均次要軸尺寸之包藏顆粒之形式,且該纖維具有軟手感。 7〇·如具體例65之組成物,其中於自其形成纖維後,組 份(b)係具〇·2至3.0// m之體積平均次要軸尺寸之包藏顆粒 之形式,且該纖維具有軟手感。 71·如具體例51-62之組成物,其中組份(b)内之該極性 基係反應性極性官能基且係以0·001至〇25莫耳。/q之組分(b) 存在。 72. 如具體例65之組成物,其中於自其形成纖維後,組 份(b)係具〇.2至3·〇μ m之體積平均次要軸尺寸之包藏顆粒 之形式’且該纖維具有軟手感及改良之耐用性。 73. 如具體例69之組成物,其中於自其形成纖維後,組 份(b)係具〇.2至3 〇// m之體積平均次要軸尺寸之包藏顆粒 之形式’且該纖維具有軟手感及改良之耐用性。 74·如具體例70之組成物,其中於自其形成纖維後,組 本紙張尺度適财關緖準(⑽A4規格(21GX297公釐) 76 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再^寫本頁) .、可| 彎 585889 A7 j"·" B7 五、發明説明(74 )~' 一 - --- 份⑻係具0.2至3.()心之體積平均次要轴尺寸之包藏顆粒 之形式,且該纖維具有軟手感及改良之耐用性。 75·如具體例51-62之組成物,其另外包含至 10.0%(以總組成物重量為基準)之消光劑。環Cm。烷基-或 _基·取代之乙烯基芳香族單體或極性基取代之乙烯基芳 香族單體之間同立構共聚物之極性基改質衍生物。 76·—種包含熱塑性聚合物組成物之擠塑及拉伸之纖 維,該組成物基本上係由下述所組成: (咖至97重量%之第-熱塑性聚合物,具有之結晶化 溫度,Tc,係大於i60°c ;及 (b)35至3重量%之第二熱塑性聚合物,其於化學性質上 係不同於(a),具有結晶化溫度,tc,,且包含極性官能基, 及選擇性之一或多者之非聚合添加劑。 77·如具體例76之纖維,其中該第一熱塑性聚合物係聚 醯胺或共聚醯胺,且TC,係大於195。(:。 78. 如具體例76之纖維,其中Tc係少於Tc,至少5°C。 79. 如具體例76之纖維,其中該第一熱塑性聚合物係耐 綸6或耐綸6,6,且該第二熱塑性聚合物係苯乙烯及一或多 者之極性基·取代之乙烯基芳香族單體之間同立構共聚 物’或間同立構之聚苯乙稀或苯乙浠及一或多者之環Cm 烧基-或齒基·取代之乙烯基芳香族單體或極性基取代之乙 烯基芳香族單體之間同立構共聚物之極性基改質衍生物。 80·如具體例77之纖維,其中該聚醯胺係具有3〇至18〇 相對黏度之耐綸6。 本紙張尺度適用中關家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297讀) -77 -Order — (Please read the notes on the back before this page) t 585889 V. Description of the invention (72) 59. The composition of the specific example 51 is basically composed of 50 to 20% by weight of the component (b ). 60. The composition according to the specific example 59, which is basically composed of 8 to 14% by weight of the component (b). 61. The composition according to the specific example 56, wherein the second component is a syndiotactic polystyrene modified with maleic anhydride or modified with fumaric acid, or a styrene ethyl modified with maleic anhydride or modified with fumaric acid. Women's and p-methylstyrene syndiotactic copolymers. 62. The composition according to the specific example 61, wherein the component contains 0.001 to 5 (mol%) of copolymerized maleic anhydride or fumaric acid functional group. 63. The composition according to the specific example 5 1-62, wherein after forming fibers or films therefrom, component (b) has a large average volume of M02 # m in the matrix of component (a) and is secondary in average Shaft size in the form of particles. 64. The composition according to the specific example 63, wherein after forming a fiber or a film therefrom, the component (b) is in the form of a storage particle having a volume average secondary axis size of 0.3 to 2.0 // m. 65. The composition according to the specific example 63, wherein after forming a fiber or a film therefrom, the component (b) is in the form of a D " secondary vehicle made of particles having a size of less than 3.0 // m. 66. The composition of specific example 64, wherein after the fiber or film is formed therefrom, the 'component' is in the form of a fragile particle of less than 2.8ρ. 67. For example, the composition of Example 51_62, wherein after forming fibers from it, component (b) is within the matrix of component (a) and has a volume of 0.02 to 30 "claws. Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 public love) 585889 A7 —______ B7__ V. Description of the invention (73)-'~~' An average minor axis size in the form of particles, and the fiber has a thunder greater than or equal to 0.29 The light scattering ratio, or gloss plate classification of 40 or less, is determined from a standardized fiber sample. 68. The composition of specific example 65, wherein after forming fibers from it, component (b) has 0.2 In the form of encapsulated particles with a volume average secondary axis size of 3.0 // m, and the fiber has a laser light scattering ratio greater than or equal to 0 29 or a gradation of a glossy plate of 4 or 4.0, which is a standardized fiber The sample is determined. 69. For the composition of specific examples 51-62, in which component (b) is in the matrix of component (a) and has a volume of 0.02 to 30 # 1 ^ after forming fibers from it. In the form of encapsulated particles with an average minor axis size, and the fiber has a soft hand. 7〇 · The composition of specific example 65, wherein after forming fibers therefrom, component (b) is in the form of encapsulated particles having a volume average secondary axis size of 0.2 to 3.0 // m, and the fibers have a soft hand. 71. The composition according to the specific examples 51-62, wherein the polar group in the component (b) is a reactive polar functional group and is present in the component (b) of 0.001 to 025 mol./q 72. The composition of specific example 65, wherein after forming fibers therefrom, component (b) is in the form of encapsulated particles having a volume average secondary axis size of 0.2 to 3.0 μm 'and the The fiber has a soft feel and improved durability. 73. The composition of Example 69, wherein after forming fibers from it, component (b) has a volume average secondary axis of 0.2 to 3 0 // m The size of the form of containing particles' and the fiber has a soft feel and improved durability. 74. The composition of specific example 70, wherein after forming the fiber from it, the paper size is suitable for financial standards (财 A4 size ( 21GX297 mm) 76 (Please read the precautions on the back before writing this page). 、 可 | Bend 585889 A7 j " · " B7 It is stated that (74) ~ 'one---- ⑻ is in the form of containing particles with a volume average secondary axis size of 0.2 to 3. () center, and the fiber has a soft feel and improved durability. 75 · For example, the composition of the specific examples 51-62, further comprising a matting agent to 10.0% (based on the total composition weight). Ring Cm. Alkyl- or _ group · substituted vinyl aromatic monomer or polar group A polar group modified derivative of an isotactic copolymer between substituted vinyl aromatic monomers. 76 · —An extruded and drawn fiber comprising a thermoplastic polymer composition, the composition is basically composed of the following: (the first thermoplastic polymer to 97% by weight, having a crystallization temperature, Tc, which is greater than i60 ° c; and (b) a second thermoplastic polymer of 35 to 3% by weight, which is chemically different from (a), has a crystallization temperature, tc, and contains polar functional groups, And one or more non-polymeric additives. 77. The fiber of specific example 76, wherein the first thermoplastic polymer is polyamine or copolyamide, and TC is greater than 195. (: 78. For example, the fiber of specific example 76, wherein Tc is less than Tc, at least 5 ° C. 79. The fiber of specific example 76, wherein the first thermoplastic polymer is nylon 6 or nylon 6,6, and the second Thermoplastic polymer based on styrene and one or more polar groups. Substituted vinyl aromatic monomers 'syndiotactic copolymer' or syndiotactic polystyrene or phenethylfluorene and one or more Ring Cm alkynyl- or dendritic · substituted vinyl aromatic monomer or polar substituted vinyl aromatic monomer Polarized modified derivative of syndiotactic copolymer. 80. The fiber of specific example 77, in which the polyamide is a nylon 6 having a relative viscosity of 30 to 18. 6. This paper standard is applicable to Zhongguanjia standard. (CNS) A4 Specifications (Read 210X297) -77-

tr_ (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再本頁) 585889 A7 B7 五、發明説明(75 81 ·如具體例76之纖維,其中該第二熱塑性聚合物係間 同立構之聚苯乙烯或苯乙烯及對-甲基苯乙烯之間同立構 共聚物之極性基改質衍生物。 82·如具體例76之纖維,其中該第二熱塑性聚合物具有 大於95%之無規立構度及大於5〇,〇〇〇之Mw。 83·如具體例76之纖維,其具有少於10 〇之黃色指數., YI 〇 84. 如具體例76之纖維,其基本上係由5〇至2〇重量。/〇之 組份(b)所組成。 85. 如具體例84之纖維,其基本上係由8至14重量%之 組份(b)所組成。 86. 如具體例81之纖維,其中該第二組份係馬來酸酐改 質或福馬酸改質之間同立構聚苯乙烯,或馬來酸酐改質或 福馬酸改質之苯乙職對甲基苯乙稀之間同立構共聚物。 87. 如具體例86之纖維,其中組份(b)含有〇〇1至5.〇莫 耳之共聚合化之馬來酸酐或福馬酸官能基。 88. 如具體例76-87之纖維,其中組份⑻係於組份⑷基 質内之具大於0.2# m之體積平均次要軸尺寸之包藏顆粒 之形式。 89. 如具體例88之纖維,其中組份(b)係具〇3至2〇^111 之體積平均次要軸尺寸之包藏顆粒之形式。 9〇_如具體例88之纖維’其中組份㈨係具少於 爪 9 9 卜 之0次要軸尺寸之包藏顆粒之形式。 91·如具體卿之纖維,其中組份(b)係具少於^” 78 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項本頁) 訂— t 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(哪)A4規格(21〇><297公复) 五、發明説明(76) 之D99次要軸尺寸之包藏顆粒之形式。 92. 如具體例76-87之纖維,其中組份⑻係於組份⑷之 基貝内之具0.2至3.0// m之體積平均次要軸尺寸之包藏顆 粒之形#,且該纖維具有大於或等於〇·29之雷射光散射比 例,或少於或等於4·0之光澤板分級,其係自標準化纖維樣 品決定。 93. 如具體例90之纖維,其中組份(b)係具〇.2s3〇#m 之體積平均次要軸尺寸之包藏顆粒之形式,且該纖維具有 大於或等於0.29之雷射光散射比例,或少於或等於4〇之光 澤板分級,其係自標準化纖維樣品決定。 94·如具體例76-87之纖維,其中組份(1>)係於組份(^之 基貝内之具0.2至3.0 // m之體積平均次要軸尺寸之包藏顆 粒之形式,且該纖維具有軟手感。 95. 如具體例90之纖維,其中組份(b)係具〇2至3.〇#⑴ 之體積平均次要軸尺寸之包藏顆粒之形式,且該纖維具有 軟手感。 ^ 96. 如具體例76-87之纖維,其中組份(b)内之該極性基 係反應性極性官能基且係以0.001至〇25莫耳%之組分(b) 存在。 97·如具體例90之纖維,其中組份(b)係具〇.2至3.〇#以 之體積平均次要軸尺寸之包藏顆粒之形式,且該纖維具有 軟手感及改良之耐用性。 98.如具體例94之纖維,其中組份(b)係具〇2至3〇#m 之體積平均次要軸尺寸之包藏顆粒之形式,且該纖維具有 585889 A7tr_ (Please read the precautions on the back before this page) 585889 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (75 81 · The fiber of specific example 76, in which the second thermoplastic polymer is syndiotactic polystyrene or styrene And polar modified modified derivatives of p-methylstyrene isotactic copolymer. 82. The fiber of specific example 76, wherein the second thermoplastic polymer has an atacticity greater than 95% and a greater than Mw of 50,000. 83. The fiber of specific example 76, which has a yellow index of less than 100, YI 〇84. The fiber of specific example 76, which is basically from 50 to 2. The composition of the component (b) by weight. / 85. 85. The fiber of the specific example 84 is basically composed of 8 to 14% by weight of the component (b). 86. The fiber of the specific example 81, The second component is a syndiotactic polystyrene modified between maleic anhydride or fumaric acid, or a styrene ethyl ester modified with maleic anhydride or fumaric acid. Stereo copolymers 87. The fiber of specific example 86, wherein component (b) contains 0.001 to 5.0 moles of copolymerized maleic anhydride or fu Acid functional groups. 88. The fibers of specific examples 76-87, in which component VII is in the form of encapsulated particles having a volume average minor axis size greater than 0.2 # m in the component ⑷ matrix. 89. As specific examples The fiber of 88, in which component (b) is in the form of a storage particle having a volume average secondary axis size of 0. 3 to 2 0. 111. 9__ The fiber of specific example 88, wherein the component ㈨ has less than Claw 9 9 Buzhi 0 The form of containing particles of the minor axis size. 91. For example, the specific fiber, the component (b) is less than ^ "78 (Please read the precautions on the back page) Order— t This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (Which) A4 specification (21〇 > < 297 public reply) 5. The form of the enclosed particles of D99 minor axis size of the invention description (76) 92. As the specific example 76- 87 fiber, in which the component ⑻ is in the shape of the component particles in the base of component ⑷ with a volume average secondary axis size of 0.2 to 3.0 // m #, and the fiber has a greater than or equal to Laser light scattering ratio, or gloss plate classification of less than or equal to 4.0, is determined from standardized fiber samples. 93. Such as The fiber of system 90, wherein component (b) is in the form of a storage particle having a volume average minor axis size of 0.2s30 # m, and the fiber has a laser light scattering ratio greater than or equal to 0.29, or less than or The classification of the gloss board equal to 40 is determined from the standardized fiber samples. 94. The fiber of specific examples 76-87, wherein the component (1 >) is in the component (^ in the base of Kibene with 0.2 to 3.0 / / m in the form of entrapped particles with a volume average secondary axis size, and the fiber has a soft hand. 95. The fiber of specific example 90, wherein component (b) is in the form of a storage particle having a volume average secondary axis size of 0 to 3.0 mm, and the fiber has a soft hand. ^ 96. The fiber of the specific examples 76-87, wherein the polar group in the component (b) is a reactive polar functional group and is present in the component (b) of 0.001 to mol%. 97. The fiber of specific example 90, wherein component (b) is in the form of a storage particle having a volume average secondary axis size of 0.2 to 3.0, and the fiber has a soft hand and improved durability . 98. The fiber of specific example 94, wherein component (b) is in the form of a storage particle having a volume average secondary axis size of 0 2 to 30 # m, and the fiber has 585889 A7

軟手感及改良之耐用性。 "·如具體例95之纖維’其中組份⑻係具0.2至3.0"m 之體積平均次料尺寸之包藏祕之形式,且該纖維具有 軟手感及改良之耐用性。 1〇0·如具體例76_87之纖維’其另外包含G.1至10.0%(以 總組成物重量為基準)之消光劑。 種^ g熱塑性聚合物組成物之擠塑、拉伸及卷 曲之纖維,該組成物基本上係由下述所組成: (a) 65至97重1 %之第一熱塑性聚合物,具有之結晶化 溫度,Tc,係大於i60〇c ;及 (b) 35至3重量%之第二熱塑性聚合物,其於化學性質上 係不同於(a),具有結晶化溫度,Tc,,且包含極性官能基, 及選擇性之一或多者之非聚合添加劑。 102. 如具體例ιοί之纖維,其中該第一熱塑性聚合物係 聚醢胺或共聚醯胺,且TC,係大於195°C。 103. 如具體例1〇1之纖維,其中Tc係少於Tc,至少1(rc。 104. 如具體例1〇1之纖維,其中該第一熱塑性聚合物係 耐綸6或耐綸6,6,且該第二熱塑性聚合物係苯乙烯及一或 多者之極性基-取代之乙烯基芳香族單體之間同立構共聚 物,或間同立構之聚苯乙烯或苯乙烯及一或多者之環Cll() 烷基-或函基-取代之乙烯基芳香族單體或極性基取代之乙 烯基芳香族單體之間同立構共聚物之極性基改質衍生物。 105·如具體例102之纖維,其中該聚醯胺係具有30至 180相對黏度之耐綸6。 80 請 先 閲 ii 背 之 意 事 項 再 填< 寫’ 本 頁 訂Soft feel and improved durability. " As in the fiber of the specific example 95, wherein the component ⑻ is a form of storage with a volume average secondary size of 0.2 to 3.0 " m, and the fiber has a soft hand and improved durability. 100. The fiber of the specific example 76-87 'further contains a matting agent of G.1 to 10.0% (based on the total composition weight). Extruded, stretched, and crimped fibers of a thermoplastic polymer composition consisting of the following: (a) 65 to 97% by weight of a first thermoplastic polymer having a crystal (B) 35 to 3% by weight of a second thermoplastic polymer, which is chemically different from (a), has a crystallization temperature, Tc, and includes polarity Functional groups, and non-polymeric additives of one or more selectivity. 102. The fiber according to the specific example, wherein the first thermoplastic polymer is polyamide or copolymer polyamide, and TC is greater than 195 ° C. 103. The fiber of specific example 101, wherein Tc is less than Tc, at least 1 (rc. 104. The fiber of specific example 101, wherein the first thermoplastic polymer is nylon 6 or nylon 6, 6, and the second thermoplastic polymer is a syndiotactic copolymer between styrene and one or more polar-substituted vinyl aromatic monomers, or a syndiotactic polystyrene or styrene and Polarized modified derivatives of isotactic copolymers of one or more rings of Cll () alkyl- or alkenyl-substituted vinyl aromatic monomers or polar substituted vinyl aromatic monomers. 105. The fiber of the specific example 102, wherein the polyamide is a nylon 6 having a relative viscosity of 30 to 180. 80 Please read the meanings in ii before filling in <

本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) Α4規格(210X297公釐) 585889 A7 B7 五 、發明説明(78 1〇6·如具體例101之纖維,其中該第二熱塑性聚合物係 間同立構之聚苯乙烯或苯乙烯及對-甲基苯乙烯之間同立 構共聚物之極性基改質衍生物。 107·如具體例1〇1之纖維,其中該第二熱塑性聚合物具 有大於95%之無規立構度及大於5〇,〇〇〇之Mw。 1〇8·如具體例101之纖維,其具有少於1〇〇之黃色.指 數,YI。 109·如具體例1〇1之纖維,其基本上係由5·〇至2〇重量0/〇 之組份(b)所組成。 110·如具體例109之纖維,其基本上係由8至14重量% 之組份(b)所組成。 1Π.如具體例101之纖維,其中該第二組份係馬來酸酐 改質或福馬酸改質之間同立構聚苯乙烯,或馬來酸酐改質 或福馬酸改質之苯乙烯及對-甲基笨乙烯之間同立構共聚 物。 112.如具體例111之纖維,其中組份(b)含有至5〇 莫耳%之共聚合化之馬來酸酐或福馬酸官能基。 113·如具體例101-112之纖維,其中組份(13)係於組份(a) 基質内之具大於0.2/zm之體積平均次要軸尺寸之包藏 粒之形式。 114·如具體例113之纖維,其中組份(b)係具〇3至2() m之體積平均次要軸尺寸之包藏顆粒之形式。 115.如具體例113之纖維,其中組份(…係具少於3.〇// 之D99次要軸尺寸之包藏顆粒之形式。 顆 β mThis paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) 585889 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (78 106) The fiber of specific example 101, in which the second thermoplastic polymer is syndiotactic Polystyrene or a polar modified modified derivative of an isotactic copolymer of styrene and p-methylstyrene. 107. The fiber of specific example 101, wherein the second thermoplastic polymer has greater than 95% Atacticity and Mw greater than 50,000. 1 08. The fiber of specific example 101, which has a yellowness index of less than 100, YI. 109, such as specific example 101 The fiber is basically composed of the component (b) of 5.0 to 20 weight 0/0. 110. The fiber of the specific example 109 is basically composed of 8 to 14% by weight of the component ( b) composition. 1Π. The fiber of the specific example 101, wherein the second component is a maleic anhydride modified or a fumaric modified syndiotactic polystyrene, or a maleic anhydride modified or a fumaric modified. Syndiotactic copolymer between high-quality styrene and p-methylbenzyl ethylene. 112. The fiber of specific example 111, wherein component (b) contains up to 50%. Molar% of copolymerized maleic anhydride or fumaric acid functional groups. 113. The fiber of specific examples 101-112, wherein component (13) is within the matrix of component (a) with a content greater than 0.2 / zm. 114. The form of encapsulated particles with a volume average secondary axis size. 114. The fiber of Specific Example 113, wherein component (b) is in the form of encapsulated particles with a volume average secondary axis size of 0. 3 to 2 (m). 115 The fiber of specific example 113, wherein the component (... is in the form of a storage particle having a minor axis size of D99 less than 3.0%.

(請先閲讀背面之注意事項再㈣寫本頁) 、?τ— 五、發明説明(79 ) 9: 16 ·如具體例j! 4之纖維,其中組份⑻係具少於2 · 8 _ 之D次要軸尺寸之包藏顆粒之形式。 =·如具體例101-112之纖維,其中組份⑻係独份⑷ 土貝内之具〇.2至3.G" m之體積平均次要軸尺寸之包藏 顆粒之H且韻維具有切或等削Μ之雷射光散射 比例’或少於或等於4.0之光澤板分級,其係自標準化纖維 樣品決定。 H8.如具體例115之纖維,其中組份⑻係具〇 2至3仰 m之體積平均次要軸尺寸之包藏顆粒之形式,且該纖維具 有大於或等於0.29之雷射光散射比例,或少於或等於(〇之 光澤板分級,其係自標準化纖維樣品決定。 119.如具體例1〇1_112之纖維,其中組份係於組份⑷ 之基質内之具0.2至3.0/zm之體積平均次要軸尺寸之包藏 顆粒之形式,且該纖維具有軟手感。 120·如具體例115之纖維,其中組份(b)係具〇2至3 m之體積平均次要軸尺寸之包藏顆粒之形式,且該纖維具 有軟手感。 121·如具體例ι〇ΐ-η2之纖維,其中組份(b)内之該極性 基係反應性極性官能基且係以〇·〇〇1至〇25莫耳%之組分(b) 存在。 122.如具體例115之纖維,其中組份(b)係具〇.2至3〇" m之體積平均次要軸尺寸之包藏顆粒之形式,且該纖維具 有軟手感及改良之耐用性。 123·如具體例119之纖維,其中組份(b)係具〇.2至3 ()# 585889 五、發明説明(8〇 ) m之體積平均次要如 寸之匕藏顆粒之形式,且該纖維具 有軟手感及改良之耐用性。 124·如具體例120之纖維,其中組份⑻係具0.2至3鄭 m之體積平均—人絲尺寸之包藏顆粒之形式,且該纖維具 有軟手感及改良之耐用性。 125.如具體例1〇 J i 112之纖維,其另外包含0.1至 10.0%(以總組成物重量為基準)之消光劑。 126·:種多組份纖維’包含二或更多之縱向共同延伸 之+ a物fc可’至少一此範_包含熱塑性聚合物換合物, 其包含: ()至99重里%之第一熱塑性聚合物,具有之結晶化 溫度,Tc,係大於16〇艺; (b) 50至1重量%之第二熱塑性聚合物,其係不同於 (a) ’具有結晶化溫度,Tc,,及選擇性地 (c) (a)及(b)之相容劑, 其中該百分率係以⑷及(b)之總和為基準,且其中h 係少於Tc’至少5°C。 127·如具體例116之纖維,其中該摻合物之該第一熱塑 性合物係聚酿胺或共聚醯胺,且T c ’係大於19 5 。 128·如具體例126之纖維,其中該摻合物之該第一熱塑 性聚合物係聚醯胺或共聚醯胺,且該第二熱塑性聚合物係 具有全同立構或間同立構之立體結構之聚亞乙烯基芳香族 聚合物。 129.如具體例128之纖維,其中該摻合物之該第—熱塑 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) 83 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項本頁) f: 訂丨 585889(Please read the precautions on the back before writing this page),? Τ— V. Invention Description (79) 9: 16 · For the specific example of j! 4, the fiber is less than 2 · 8 _ The form of the occluded particles of D minor axis size. = · As in the fiber of the specific example 101-112, in which the component 独 is a single component ⑷ in the shellfish with a volume average secondary axis size of 0.2 to 3. G " m, and the rhyme dimension has a cut Gratings with a laser light scattering ratio of equal to or lower than 4.0 or less are determined from standardized fiber samples. H8. The fiber of the specific example 115, wherein the component ⑻ is in the form of a storage particle having a volume average secondary axis size of 0 to 3 m, and the fiber has a laser light scattering ratio greater than or equal to 0.29, or less The gloss plate classification at or equal to (0) is determined from standardized fiber samples. 119. The fiber of specific example 101-112, wherein the component is in the matrix of component 组 and has a volume average of 0.2 to 3.0 / zm 120. The fiber of the specific example 115 in which the component (b) has a volume average secondary axis size of 0 to 3 m. Form, and the fiber has a soft feel. 121. The fiber of the specific example ι〇ΐ-η2, wherein the polar group in component (b) is a reactive polar functional group and is 0.001 to 025. Molar% of component (b) is present. 122. The fiber of specific example 115, wherein component (b) is in the form of a storage particle having a volume average secondary axis size of 0.2 to 3 m, And the fiber has a soft feel and improved durability. 123. The fiber of specific example 119, in which Part (b) is 0.2 to 3 () # 585889 5. Invention description (8) The volume average of secondary is in the form of inch-shaped dagger particles, and the fiber has a soft feel and improved durability. 124. The fiber according to the specific example 120, wherein the component 形式 is in the form of entrapped particles with a volume average of 0.2 to 3 m, a size of a human silk, and the fiber has a soft hand and improved durability. 125. As the specific example 10J i 112 fiber, which additionally contains 0.1 to 10.0% (based on the total composition weight) matting agent. 126 ·: a multi-component fiber 'comprising two or more longitudinally co-extended + a substance fc may include at least one such thermoplastic polymer blend including: () to 99% by weight of the first thermoplastic polymer, having a crystallization temperature, Tc, which is greater than 160; (b) 50 To 1% by weight of the second thermoplastic polymer, which is different from (a) 'compatibilizers having crystallization temperature, Tc, and optionally (c) (a) and (b), wherein the percentage is Based on the sum of ⑷ and (b), where h is at least 5 ° C less than Tc '. 127. The fiber of specific example 116, where The first thermoplastic compound of the blend is polyamine or copolyamide, and T c 'is greater than 19 5. 128. The fiber of specific example 126, wherein the first thermoplastic polymer of the blend is Polyamine or copolyamide, and the second thermoplastic polymer is a polyvinylidene aromatic polymer having an isotactic or syndiotactic stereo structure. 129. The fiber of specific example 128, wherein This blend of the first-thermoplastic paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210X297 mm) 83 (Please read the precautions on the back page first) f: Order 丨 585889

性聚合物係耐綸6或耐綸6,6,且該第二熱塑性聚合物係間 同立構之聚苯乙烯、苯乙烯及一或多者之環Cm烷基_、鹵 基-或極性基-取代之乙稀基芳香族單體之間同立構共聚 物’或間同立構之聚苯乙稀或苯乙婦及一或多者之環Ci 10 烷基-、i基-或極性基-取代之乙烯基芳香族單體之間同立 構共聚物之極性基改質衍生物。 130.如具體例128之纖維,其中該聚醯胺係具有3〇至 180相對黏度之耐綸6。 131·如具體例130之纖維,其中該第二熱塑性聚合物係 間同立構之聚苯乙烯、苯乙烯及一或多者之環Cii〇院基… 鹵基-或極性基-取代之乙細基方香族單體之間同立構丘聚 物,或間同立構之聚苯乙烯或苯乙烯及一或多者之環 烧基-或鹵基-取代之乙烯基芳香族單體或極性基_取代之 乙稀基^•香族單體之間同立構共聚物之極性基改質衍生 物。 13 2.如具體例13 0之纖維,其中該第二熱塑性聚合物具 有大於95%之無規立構度及大於50,000之]^〜。 133·如具體例126之纖維,其係芯/鞘纖維且該摻合物 包含該鞘。 134·如具體例丨26之纖維,其中該摻合物包含〇1至 10%(以總組成物重量為基準計)之相容劑(c)。 135·如具體例134之纖維,其中該相容劑係極性基改質 之聚苯乙烯、一或多者之乙烯基芳香族單體及_或多者之 極性共單體之共聚物、苯乙稀及一或多者之環I 烧基_Polymer is nylon 6 or nylon 6,6, and the second thermoplastic polymer is syndiotactic polystyrene, styrene, and one or more ring Cm alkyl groups, halo groups, or polar groups -Synthetic copolymers between substituted vinyl aromatic monomers' or syndiotactic polystyrene or styrene and one or more rings Ci 10 alkyl-, i- or Polar group-A polar group modified derivative of an isotactic copolymer between substituted vinyl aromatic monomers. 130. The fiber of specific example 128, wherein the polyamide is a nylon 6 having a relative viscosity of 30 to 180. 131. The fiber according to the specific example 130, wherein the second thermoplastic polymer is a syndiotactic polystyrene, styrene, and one or more ring CiiO groups ... halo- or polar-substituted ethyl Syndiotactic cumulants between fine-based aromatic monomers, or syndiotactic polystyrene or styrene and one or more cycloalkyl- or halo-substituted vinyl aromatic monomers Or polar group_ substituted vinyl group ^ • aromatic monomer polar copolymer modified derivative of a polar group. 13 2. The fiber according to the specific example 130, wherein the second thermoplastic polymer has an atacticity greater than 95% and a greater than 50,000] ^ ~. 133. The fiber of Example 126, which is a core / sheath fiber and the blend comprises the sheath. 134. The fiber of Specific Example 26, wherein the blend contains 0.01 to 10% (based on the total composition weight) of the compatibilizer (c). 135. The fiber of specific example 134, wherein the compatibilizing agent is a copolymer of polar group-modified polystyrene, one or more vinyl aromatic monomers, one or more polar comonomers, and benzene. Ethylene and one or more rings I

請 ; 先 · · 閲 : 讀 : 背 : 面β · · 之 ! 注 : 意 I 事- 項 再Please; first · · read: read: read: back: face β · · of! Note: I-Thing-Item Re

585889 A7 五、發明説明 或齒基-取代之乙烯基芳香族單體或極性基-取代之乙烯基 芳香族單體之極性基改共聚物。 136.如具體例135之纖維,其中該相容劑係極性基改質 之聚苯乙烯、|乙烯及-或多者之環Cm成基·或_基取代 之乙烯基芳香族單體或極性基取代之乙嫦基芳香族單體之 極性基改質共聚物。 137·如具體例136之纖維,其中該相容劑係馬來酸酐改 質或福馬酸改質之苯乙烯同聚物或馬來酸酐改質或福馬酸 改質之苯乙烯與一或多者之Cl i〇環烷基-取代之苯乙烯之 共聚物,該相容劑含有〇_〇1至5_〇莫耳%之共聚合馬來酸酐 或福馬酸官能基。 138.如具體例126-13 7之纖維,其中組份(b)係於組份(a) 基貝内之具大於0.2 之體積平均次要軸尺寸之包藏顆 粒之形式。 139·如具體例138之纖維,其中組份(b)係具〇3至2〇 // m之體積平均次要軸尺寸之包藏顆粒之形式。 140·如具體例138之纖維,其中組份(b)係具少於3 ()// m之D99次要軸尺寸之包藏,顆粒之形式。 141·如具體例139之纖維,其中組份(b)係具少於2.8 /zm之D99次要軸尺寸之包藏顆粒之形式。 142_如具體例126_137之纖維,其中組份卬)係於組份 之基質内之具0.2至3.0 // m之體積平均次要軸尺寸之包藏 顆粒之形式,且該纖維具有大於或等於〇·29之雷射光散射 比例,或少於或等於4.0之光澤板分級,其係自標準化纖維 請 先 閲 面 -I -之 : 注 : 意 I 事· 項 ··585889 A7 V. Description of the invention Or a polar group-substituted vinyl aromatic monomer or a polar group-substituted vinyl aromatic monomer. 136. The fiber of specific example 135, wherein the compatibilizing agent is a polar group-modified polystyrene, vinyl and / or a plurality of ring Cm-forming groups, or vinyl-substituted aromatic monomers or polar groups. A polar-based modified copolymer of an ethylenyl aromatic monomer substituted with a methyl group. 137. The fiber of specific example 136, wherein the compatibilizing agent is maleic anhydride modified or fumaric acid modified styrene homopolymer or maleic anhydride modified or fumaric acid modified styrene and one or more of them A copolymer of Cl i0 cycloalkyl-substituted styrene, the compatibilizer contains 0.001 to 5 mol% of copolymerized maleic anhydride or fumaric acid functional groups. 138. The fiber of specific example 126-13 7 wherein component (b) is in the form of encapsulated particles having a volume average minor axis size greater than 0.2 in component (a) kibbe. 139. The fiber of specific example 138, wherein component (b) is in the form of encapsulated particles having a volume average secondary axis size of 0 to 20 / m. 140. The fiber of specific example 138, wherein component (b) is in the form of a pellet having a minor axis size of D99 less than 3 () // m. 141. The fiber of specific example 139, wherein component (b) is in the form of a storage particle having a D99 minor axis size of less than 2.8 / zm. 142_ The fiber of the specific example 126_137, wherein the component ii) is in the form of containing particles having a volume average secondary axis size of 0.2 to 3.0 // m in the matrix of the component, and the fiber has a size greater than or equal to 0. · 29 laser light scattering ratio, or less than or equal to 4.0 glossy plate classification, which is from standardized fiber, please read surface-I-of: Note: I matter

訂 85 585889 A7 B7 五、發明説明(83 樣品決定。 143·如具體例140之纖維,其中組份(b)係具〇2至3〇以 m之體積平均次錄尺寸之包藏_之形式,且該纖維具 有大於或等於0.29之雷射光散射比例,或少於或等於4〇之 光澤板分級,其係自標準化纖維樣品決定。 144·如具體例126_137之纖維,其中組份(^係於組份(a) 之基質内之具〇·2至3.0//m之體積平均次要軸尺寸之包藏 顆粒之形式,且該纖維具有軟手感。 145. 如具體例14〇之纖維,其中組份卬)係具〇2至3()# m之體積平均:欠要軸尺寸之包藏顆粒之形^,且該纖維具 有軟手感。 146. 如具體例126_137之纖維,其中組份(c)之量範圍係 〇至少於5%(以組份(a)及組份(b)之混合重量為基準計),且 、、且伤(c)(若存在)内之反應官能基之總量(以組份組份(c) 之總量為基準計)係0.001至0.25莫耳%。 147·如具體例140之纖維,其中組份(b)係具〇2至3.〇# m之體積平均次要軸尺寸之包藏顆粒之形式,m纖維具 有軟手感及改良之耐用性.。 M8·如具體例126_137之纖維,其中該摻合物組成物包 含: 80至95重量%之組份(a);及 20至5重之組份(b),其係以(a)及之總重量為基 準計。 149·如具體例133之纖維,其中該芯包含耐綸6或耐綸 本紙張尺度適财關家標準(_ 請 先 閲 讀 背 之 注 意 事 項 再Order 85 585889 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (83 samples are determined. 143. The fiber of specific example 140, where component (b) is in the form of a storage medium with a volume average size of 0 to 30 in m, And the fiber has a laser light scattering ratio of greater than or equal to 0.29, or a gloss plate classification of less than or equal to 40, which is determined from the standardized fiber sample. 144. The fiber of specific example 126_137, where the component (^ is in Component (a) is in the form of containing particles with a volume average secondary axis size of 0.2 to 3.0 // m, and the fiber has a soft feel. 145. The fiber of specific example 140 in which the group Parts 卬) have a volume average of 〇2 to 3 () # m: the shape of the enclosed particles less than the axis size ^, and the fiber has a soft feel. 146. For the fiber of the specific example 126_137, wherein the component (c) The amount ranges from 0 to 5% (based on the combined weight of component (a) and component (b)), and the total amount of reactive functional groups in (c) (if present) (Based on the total amount of component (c)) 0.001 to 0.25 mol%. 147. As the fiber of specific example 140, The middle component (b) is in the form of a storage particle having a volume average minor axis size of 0 to 3.0 mm. The m fiber has a soft feel and improved durability. M8 · As the specific example 126_137 fiber, Wherein the blend composition comprises: 80 to 95% by weight of component (a); and 20 to 5% by weight of component (b), which is based on the total weight of (a) and 149. Such as The fiber of specific example 133, in which the core contains nylon 6 or nylon

頁 訂Page order

585889 五、發明説明(84 ) 6,6 〇 150·如具體例126-137之纖維,另外包含〇1至1〇 〇%(以 總組成物重量為基準)之消光劑。 151· —種擠塑及拉伸之纖維或擠塑及伸展之薄膜,其 包含一種熱塑性聚合物組成物,該組成物包含: ⑷76至97重量%之第一熱塑性聚合物,具有之結晶化 溫度,Tc,係大於16〇。〇;及 (b) 24至3重量%之第二熱塑性聚合物,其於化學性係不 同於(a) ’具有結晶化溫度,tc’,及選擇性地 (c) (a)及(b)之相容劑, 其中該百分率係以⑷及⑻之總和為基準,且該熱塑性 聚合物組成物係藉由下述而製得:炼融及混合主要包含組 份⑷之基本樹脂及主要包含組份⑻及選擇性之組份⑷及 進-步選擇性包含微量組份⑷之漢縮樹脂;及 以纖維形式擠塑及拉伸形成之炫融熱塑性聚合物组成 物’或以薄膜形式擠塑及伸展形成之熱塑性聚合物組成物。 〜152:如具體例⑸之纖雄或薄膜,其中該熱塑性組成物 係藉由併入延伸流混合之熔融混合方法製備。 153·如具體例151之纖維或薄膜,其中&係少於η,至 少 10〇C。 154.如具體例151之纖維或薄膜,其中該第一熱塑性聚 合物係耐綸6或耐綸6,6或耐綸6及耐論6,6之共聚物,且該 第二熱塑性聚合物係苯乙埽及一或多者之極性基_取代之 構共聚物,或間同立構之聚苯 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(⑽)A麵585889 V. Description of the invention (84) 6, 6 〇 150. As the fiber of the specific examples 126-137, it also contains a matting agent of 0.01 to 100% (based on the total composition weight). 151 · — An extruded and stretched fiber or an extruded and stretched film comprising a thermoplastic polymer composition comprising: ⑷76 to 97% by weight of a first thermoplastic polymer having a crystallization temperature , Tc, is greater than 160. 〇; and (b) 24 to 3% by weight of the second thermoplastic polymer, which is chemically different from (a) 'has a crystallization temperature, tc', and optionally (c) (a) and (b ), Where the percentage is based on the sum of ⑷ and ⑻, and the thermoplastic polymer composition is prepared by: melting and mixing a basic resin mainly containing component ⑷ and mainly containing Component ⑻ and optional component ⑷ and further selective shrinkable resin containing a small amount of component ;; and a fused thermoplastic polymer composition formed by extrusion and stretching in fiber form or extruded in film form A thermoplastic polymer composition formed by molding and stretching. ~ 152: As described in the concrete example of the fiber or film, wherein the thermoplastic composition is prepared by a melt mixing method incorporating extension flow mixing. 153. The fiber or film of Example 151, wherein & is less than η and at least 10 ° C. 154. The fiber or film of specific example 151, wherein the first thermoplastic polymer is a copolymer of nylon 6 or nylon 6,6 or nylon 6 and nylon 6,6, and the second thermoplastic polymer is Styrene and one or more polar groups _ substituted conformal copolymers, or syndiotactic polystyrene paper size applicable to Chinese national standard (⑽) A side

訂丨 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)Order 丨 (Please read the notes on the back before filling in this page)

乙烯或苯乙烯及一或多者夕^ 衣Cmo烧基-或鹵基_取代之乙 稀基芳香族單體或極性基取七 土取代之乙烯基芳香族單體之間同 立構共聚物之極性基改質衍生物 155.如具體例154之纖維或薄膜,其中組份⑷包含具有 30至180相對黏度之耐綸6。 15 6 ·如具體例1 5 1之_維十嗝 纖、,隹或溥膜,其中該第二熱塑性聚 合物係間同立構之聚笨^、说々 K本乙烯或苯乙烯及對_甲基苯乙烯之 間同立構共聚物之極性基改質衍生物。 157.如具體例151之纖維或薄膜,其中該第二熱塑性聚 合物具有大於95%之無規立構度及大於5〇,〇〇〇之Mw。 158·如具體例151之纖維或薄膜,其具有少於ι〇〇之黃 色指數,YI。 159•如具體例151之纖維或薄膜,其基本上係由5〇至 20重量%之組份(1))組成。 160·如具體例159之纖維或薄膜,其包含8至14重量% 之組份(b)組成。 161. 如具體例151之纖維或薄膜,其中組份(b)係馬來 酸酐改質或福馬酸改質之苯乙烯同聚物或苯乙烯及對-甲 基苯乙稀之共聚物。 162. 如具體例161之纖維或薄膜,其中組份(b)含有〇 〇1 至5·0莫耳%之福馬酸官能基之共聚合化馬來酸酐。 163·如具體例151_162之纖維或薄膜,其中組份(b)係於 0)基質内之具大於0.2# m之體積平均次要軸尺寸之包藏 顆粒之形式。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) -88 -Synthetic copolymers of ethylene or styrene and one or more Cmo alkyl- or halo-substituted vinyl aromatic monomers or polar groups based on vinyl aromatic monomers substituted with hepta The polar-based modified derivative 155. The fiber or film according to the specific example 154, wherein the component VII comprises a nylon 6 having a relative viscosity of 30 to 180. 15 6 · As in the specific example 1 5 1 of _ ten ten 嗝 fiber, 隹 or 溥 film, wherein the second thermoplastic polymer is a syndiotactic poly ^ ^, said 々 ethylene or styrene and _ A polar group modified derivative of an isotactic copolymer of methylstyrene. 157. The fiber or film of Example 151, wherein the second thermoplastic polymer has an atacticity of greater than 95% and a Mw of greater than 50,000. 158. The fiber or film of specific example 151, which has a yellowness index, YI, less than ιο. 159. The fiber or film according to the specific example 151, which basically consists of 50 to 20% by weight of the component (1)). 160. The fiber or film according to the specific example 159, which contains 8 to 14% by weight of the component (b). 161. The fiber or film according to the specific example 151, wherein component (b) is a maleic anhydride-modified or fumaric-modified styrene homopolymer or a copolymer of styrene and p-methylstyrene. 162. The fiber or film according to the specific example 161, wherein component (b) contains copolymerized maleic anhydride of fumaric acid functional group of 0.001 to 5.0 mole%. 163. The fiber or film according to the specific examples 151-162, wherein component (b) is in the form of encapsulated particles having a volume average minor axis size greater than 0.2 # m in the matrix). This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) -88-

585889 A7585889 A7

164·如具體例163之纖維或薄膜,其中組份(b)俘且〇3 至2.0㈣之體積平均次要轴尺寸之包藏顆粒之形式Γ · 165·如具體例163之纖維或薄膜,其中組份(b)俘且少 於之D99次要軸尺寸之包藏顆粒之形式。… 166·如具體例164之纖維或薄膜,其中組份⑻係具少 於2.8//m之D99次要軸尺寸之包藏顆粒之形式。 167.如具體例151_162之纖維,其中组份⑻係於組份⑷ 之基質内之具0.2至3.(^m之體積平均次要轴尺寸之包藏 顆粒之形式,且該纖維具有大於或等於〇29之雷射光今射 比例’或少於或等於4.0之光澤板分級,其係自標準化麟 樣品決定。 168·如具體例165之纖維,其中組份(b)係具〇 2至3 m之體積平均次要軸尺寸之包藏顆粒之形式,且該纖維具 有大於或等於0.29之雷射光散射比例,或少於或等於4〇之 光澤板勿級’其係自標準化纖維樣品決定。 169.如具體例151_162之纖維,其中組份⑻係於組份⑷ 之基貝内之具0.2至3.0 /z m之體積平均次要軸尺寸之包藏 顆粒之形式,且該纖維具,有軟手感。 170·如具體例165之纖維,其中組份(b)係具〇 2至3.〇" m之體積平均次要軸尺寸之包藏顆粒之形式,且該纖維具 有軟手感。 171·如具體例15 1-162之纖維,其中組份(c)之量範圍係 0至少於5%(以組份(a)及組份(b)之混合重量為基準計),且 組份(c)(若存在)内之反應官能基之總量(以組份(b)+組份(c) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) -89 - .請 先 閲 面 -I 2 之 ! 注 _· 意 [、, 事 項 ;164. The fiber or film of the specific example 163, wherein the component (b) is trapped and the volume average secondary axis size of the particles is in the form of a storage particle Γ. 165. The fiber or film of the specific example 163, wherein Component (b) is in the form of entrapped particles with a minor axis size of less than D99. ... 166. The fiber or film of the specific example 164, in which the component ⑻ is in the form of a storage particle having a minor axis size of D99 less than 2.8 // m. 167. The fiber of the specific examples 151-162, wherein the component ⑻ is in the form of a storage particle having a volume average secondary axis size of 0.2 to 3. (^ m) in the matrix of the component ⑷, and the fiber has a size greater than or equal 〇29 The laser light-to-injection ratio 'is less than or equal to 4.0. Gloss board classification is determined from the standardized Lin sample. 168. The fiber of specific example 165, in which component (b) is 0.02 to 3 m. The volume average secondary axis size of the form of containing particles, and the fiber has a laser light scattering ratio of greater than or equal to 0.29, or less than or equal to 40% of the glossy plate is not determined from standardized fiber samples. 169. For example, the fiber of the specific example 151_162, in which the component ⑻ is in the form of containing particles with a volume average secondary axis size of 0.2 to 3.0 / zm in the base of component ⑷, and the fiber has a soft hand. 170 The fiber of the specific example 165, wherein the component (b) is in the form of a storage particle having a volume average secondary axis size of 0 to 3.0, and the fiber has a soft feel. 171. As the specific example 15 1-162 fibers, wherein the amount of component (c) ranges from 0 to Less than 5% (based on the combined weight of component (a) and component (b)), and the total amount of reactive functional groups in component (c) (if present) (based on component (b) + Component (c) This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) -89-. Please read -I 2 first! Note _ · It means [,, matters;

彎 585889Bend 585889

發明説明 之總量為基準計)係〇顧至〇.25莫耳y 如具體例165之纖維,其中: m之體積平均次 (b)係至3抑 茺釉尺寸之包賊顆粒 有軟手感錢良之耐雜。 w l議隹具 P·如具_169之纖維’其中組份⑻係具0.2至3抑 平料絲尺寸形^且該纖維具 有卓人手感及改良之耐用性。 174·如具體例17G之纖維’其中組份⑻係具0.2至3抑 m之體積平均次㈣尺寸之包藏齡之形式,且該纖維具 有軟手感及改良之耐用性。 175·如具體例151_162之纖維,另外包含〇1至5〇%(以 總組成物重量為基準)之消光劑。 範例 下列範例係為了例示說明而非限制而提供,且不排除任何 額外之添加劑或組份之存在。除非相反陳述,於整份說明書中 所述之所有份數及百分率係以重量為基準。於範例中,下列設 備、方法及材料被與其它者一起使用。 化合設備The total amount of the description of the invention is based on the reference) is based on the fiber of 0.25 moles, such as the specific example 165, in which: the volume average times of m (b) is 3 to the size of the enamel-enhanced granule has a soft feel Qian Liangzhi is miscellaneous. w l Negotiating tools P. such as _169 fiber ′, the component of which has a size of 0.2 to 3 flat yarns ^ and the fiber has outstanding hand feel and improved durability. 174. The fiber of the specific example 17G 'wherein the component ⑻ is in the form of a storage age having a volume average secondary ㈣ size of 0.2 to 3 m, and the fiber has a soft hand and improved durability. 175. The fiber of the specific examples 151-162, further comprising a matting agent of 0.001 to 50% (based on the total composition weight). Examples The following examples are provided for the purpose of illustration and not limitation, and do not exclude the presence of any additional additives or components. Unless stated to the contrary, all parts and percentages stated throughout the specification are based on weight. In the examples, the following equipment, methods, and materials are used with others. Chemical equipment

Werner-Pfleiderer ZSK 40mm直徑,LD 比例 34:1,約 i 4 公尺長之通風雙螺桿化合擠塑器被用以製備下例範例之組 成物。標準化合擠塑器之設定係如下所述: 90 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再本頁) 、盯· 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(哪)A4規格(210X297公爱) 585889 A7Werner-Pfleiderer ZSK 40mm diameter, LD ratio 34: 1, about 4 meters long ventilated twin-screw compounding extruder was used to prepare the components of the following example. The setting of the standardized co-extruder is as follows: 90 (Please read the precautions on the back first, then this page), staring · This paper size applies the Chinese national standard (Which) A4 specification (210X297 public love) 585889 A7

第A表·混合物製備之化合條件 供料速率 碌/小時 (公斤/小時) RPM 扭矩 % ----- 2區 °C 3區 °C 4區 °C 5區 °C 6-8區 °C 模具 °C 熔融 °c 180(81.6) 300 65-75 ---— 180-190 230-260 260 275-290 285-300 300 300 溶融聚合物摻合物經由多孔模具擠塑成0.32公分直徑 之圓柱形股線,於周圍溫度之水浴内冷卻,且於二空氣喷 嘴間通過以移除被吸走之水。然後,股線被供應至切割器 以將股線切割成2.8mm長及2· 1mm直徑之圓柱形切片。使 用前,摻合切片於90°C之重複循環之乾燥劑乾燥器内乾燥 最少8-12小時。二化合程序被使用。母料程序係由使分散 相聚合物及相容劑於第一化合流路内混合所組成。形成之 切片於第二流路(其間母料與連續相聚合物化合以製備最 後摻合顆粒)前被乾燥。單一流路程序係由使所有三組份 (分散相化合物,相容劑及連續相聚合物)於單一流路内混 合經由化合器而製備最後摻合物顆粒所組成。 Werner-Pfleiderer ZSK 30mm直徑,LD 比例 30:卜約 0.9 公尺長之通風雙螺桿化合擠塑器被用以製備下例範例之組 成物。標準化合擠塑器之設定係如下所述: 第B表·混合物製備之化合條件 供料速率 碌/小時 (公斤/小時) RPM 扭矩 % 1區 °C 2區 °C 3區 °C 4區 °C 5區 °C 模具 °C 熔融 °C 45(20.4) 300 65-75 150-160 205-215 280-290 285-290 285-290 305 315 ----- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) 91 請 先 閲 面· 之 注 意 事. 項 再Table A · Combination conditions for mixture preparation Feed rate / hour (kg / hour) RPM torque% ----- 2 zone ° C 3 zone ° C 4 zone ° C 5 zone ° C 6-8 zone ° C Mold ° C melting ° c 180 (81.6) 300 65-75 ----- 180-190 230-260 260 275-290 285-300 300 300 The molten polymer blend is extruded into a 0.32 cm diameter cylinder through a porous mold The strands are cooled in a water bath at ambient temperature and passed between two air nozzles to remove the sucked water. The strands were then supplied to a cutter to cut the strands into cylindrical slices of 2.8 mm length and 2.1 mm diameter. Prior to use, the blended sections are dried in a desiccant dryer with a repeating cycle of 90 ° C for a minimum of 8-12 hours. The second combination procedure is used. The master batch procedure consists of mixing the dispersed phase polymer and the compatibilizer in the first combined flow path. The resulting chips are dried before the second flow path, during which the master batch is combined with the continuous phase polymer to prepare the final blended particles. The single flow path procedure consists of mixing all three components (dispersed phase compound, compatibilizer, and continuous phase polymer) in a single flow path through a combiner to prepare the final blend particles. Werner-Pfleiderer ZSK 30mm diameter, LD ratio 30: Buried 0.9-meter ventilated twin-screw compounding extruder was used to prepare the components of the following example. The setting of standardized co-extruder is as follows: Table B · Combination conditions for preparation of mixture Feed rate / hour (kg / hour) RPM torque% C 5 zone ° C Mould ° C Melting ° C 45 (20.4) 300 65-75 150-160 205-215 280-290 285-290 285-290 305 315 ----- This paper size applies to Chinese National Standard ) A4 size (210X297mm) 91 Please read the note before you.

訂 m 585889 五、發明説明(89 ) 溶融聚合物摻合物經由多孔模具擠塑成〇 · 3 2公分直々 之圓柱形股線,於周圍溫度之水浴内冷卻,且於二空氣噴 嘴間通過以移除被吸走之水。然後,股線被供應至切割Ζ 以將股線切割成2.8mm長及2.1mm直徑之圓柱形切片。使 用前,摻合切片於9(TC之重複循環之乾燥劑乾燥器内乾燥 最少8-12小時。二化合程序被使用。母料程序係由使分散 相聚合物及相容劑於第一化合流路内混合所組成。形成之 切片於第二流路(其間母料與連續相聚合物化合以製備最 後摻合顆粒)前被乾燥。單一流路程序係由使所有三組份 (分散相化合物,相容劑及連續相聚合物)於單一流路内混 合經由化合器而製備最後摻合物顆粒所組成。 形成纖維之設借 貝%至規格及商業規格之多長絲纖維紡絲設備皆被用 以製備纖維。聚合物組成物於使用前被乾燥,且於乾燥氮 墊下添加至擠塑器。拉伸及捲曲變形之操作係以所示者實 施。 實殮室連續長絲(CF)绵咚 形成纖維之擠塑器係25mm直徑之單螺桿擠塑器,其具 有30.1之長度對直徑比例,被配置4個電區域加熱器。其後 係计i泵及具燒結金屬過濾器之紡絲組。紡絲組係配置具 24個圓孔之纖維喷絲板。長絲係經錯流驟冷腔室落下,然 後捲取於二加熱導板器上。24長絲之紗使用標準繞捲器繞 捲於圓柱形捲裝上。Order m 585889 V. Description of the invention (89) The molten polymer blend is extruded through a porous die into a 0.32 cm straight cylindrical strand, cooled in a water bath at ambient temperature, and passed between two air nozzles. Remove sucked water. The strand was then supplied to the cutting Z to cut the strand into a cylindrical slice of 2.8 mm length and 2.1 mm diameter. Prior to use, the blended sections are dried in a desiccant dryer with a repeated cycle of 9 ° C for a minimum of 8-12 hours. The second compounding procedure is used. The masterbatch procedure consists of dispersing the phase polymer and the compatibilizer in the first phase. It is composed by mixing in the combined flow path. The formed slice is dried before the second flow path during which the master batch is combined with the continuous phase polymer to prepare the final blended particles. The single flow path procedure consists of making all three components (dispersed phase) Compounds, compatibilizers, and continuous phase polymers) are mixed in a single flow path through a combiner to prepare the final blend particles. Fiber-forming multi-filament fiber spinning equipment is designed to the specifications and commercial specifications. Both are used to make fibers. The polymer composition is dried before use and added to the extruder under a dry nitrogen pad. The stretching and crimping operations are performed as shown. Real chamber continuous filament ( CF) The extruder for the fiber formation of cotton is a single screw extruder with a diameter of 25mm. It has a length to diameter ratio of 30.1 and is equipped with 4 electric zone heaters. It is followed by a pump and a sintered metal filter. Spinning group. The filament set is equipped with a fiber spinneret with 24 round holes. The filaments are dropped through a cross-flow quenching chamber and then wound on a two-heater guide. The 24 filament yarn is wound using a standard winder. On a cylindrical package.

92 五、發明説明(9〇 ) 鬆連續長絲(BCF V綠敗 擠塑器係30mm直徑之單螺桿擠塑器,其具有3〇:1之長 度對直徑比例(L/D),被配置4個電區域加熱器。其後係計 虿泵及配置燒結金屬過濾器之紡絲組。紡絲組係配置具Μ 個二葉形模具(其製造具18至2·3改質比例之纖維)之纖維 噴絲板。擠塑器之1至4區(供料喉部至遞送端)、紡絲組及 產物熔融溫度之溫度係藉由熱偶測量。擠塑後,熔融纖維 係經錯流驟冷腔室落下,固化成未被拉伸之連續長絲紗。 除非特定外,驟冷作用係於15它之空氣。未拉伸之驟冷連 績紗於緩慢之第一導絲軋及快速之第二導絲軋(其係具有 fe例中所不之個別溫度及表面速率)間拉伸。然後,拉伸之 紗被引入熱空氣捲曲變形管件内,其間接受熱紊流空氣以 使連續長絲轉化成膨鬆連續長絲(BCF)。BCF紗之膨鬆“栓,, 離開捲曲變形管件至穿孔冷卻鼓,其藉由真空經熱捲曲變 形栓吸引周圍空氣。冷卻之BCF紗束被遞送至交織喷嘴以 產生纏繞紗。然後,BCF紗被藉由使用於1〇〇〇公尺/分鐘(除 非其它特定外)操作之標準繞捲器繞捲於圓柱形捲裝上。 莖之連續長絲(CFV綠略 擠塑器係30mm直徑之單螺桿擠塑器,其具有3〇:丨之長 度對直徑比例(L/D),被配置4個電區域加熱器。其後係計 里泵及配置燒結金屬過濾器之紡絲組。紡絲組係配置具Μ 個〇.25mm直徑之圓形模具之纖維喷絲板。擠塑器之1至4 區(供料喉部至遞送端)、紡絲組及產物熔融溫度之溫度係 藉由熱偶測量。擠塑後,熔融纖維係經錯流驟冷腔室落下, 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(21〇><297公爱) 58588992 V. Description of the invention (90) Loose continuous filaments (BCF V green defeat extruder is a 30 mm diameter single screw extruder, which has a length to diameter ratio (L / D) of 30: 1 and is configured 4 electric zone heaters. It is followed by a pump and a spinning group equipped with a sintered metal filter. The spinning group is equipped with M two-lobed molds (the fabric is manufactured with 18 to 2 · 3 modified fiber) The fiber spinneret. The temperature of the extruder's zone 1 to 4 (supply throat to delivery end), spinning group and product melting temperature are measured by thermocouple. After extrusion, the molten fiber is cross-flowed. The quenching chamber falls and solidifies into unstretched continuous filament yarn. Unless specified, the quenching effect is 15 air. The undrawn quenching continuous yarn is rolled on the slow first guide wire and Fast second guide wire rolling (which has individual temperatures and surface velocities not shown in the example). Then, the drawn yarn is introduced into a hot air crimping and deforming pipe, and hot turbulent air is received during the process. Continuous filaments are converted into bulk continuous filaments (BCF). The bulky "tie" of BCF yarns leaves the crimped deformation tube until it is worn A perforated cooling drum that draws ambient air through a thermally crimped deformation plug by vacuum. The cooled BCF yarn bundle is delivered to an interlacing nozzle to create a entangled yarn. Then, the BCF yarn is used at 1,000 meters / minute ( Unless otherwise specified, the standard coiler is wound on a cylindrical package. The continuous filament of the stem (CFV green slightly extruder is a 30mm diameter single screw extruder, which has a length of 30: 丨For the ratio of diameter (L / D), 4 electric zone heaters are equipped. After that, the pumps and spinning group equipped with sintered metal filters are equipped. The spinning group is equipped with M rounds with a diameter of 0.25 mm. The fiber spinneret of the mold. The temperature in the 1 to 4 zone of the extruder (feed throat to delivery end), the spinning group and the melting temperature of the product are measured by a thermocouple. After extrusion, the molten fiber is passed through the wrong axis. The flow quenching chamber falls, and the paper size is in accordance with the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (21〇 > < 297 Gongai) 585889

固化成未被拉伸之連續長絲紗。除非特定外,驟冷作用係 於15°C之空氣。未拉伸之驟冷連續長絲紗於緩慢之第一導 絲軋及快速之第二導絲軋(其係具有範例巾所示之個別溫 度及表面速率)間拉伸。然後,拉伸之紗束使用標準繞捲器 繞捲於圓柱形捲裝上。 ° 商業上之膨鬆連續長絲(BCF)線路 纖維係於地毯工業上普遍之商業規格BCF紡絲線路上 紡絲。紡絲線路使用三個具75mm直徑及3〇:1之長度對直徑 比例(L/D)且配置五個電區域加熱器之單螺桿擠塑器。每一 擠塑器係配置計量泵及具燒結金屬過濾器之紡絲組。紡絲 組被配置具57個三葉狀模具之纖維噴絲板。每一擠塑器之^^ 至5區(供料喉部至遞送端)之溫度分佈、紡絲頭溫度及聚合 物熔融溫度係如範例中所示。擠塑後,熔融纖維係經錯流 驟冷腔室落下,固化成未被拉伸之連續長絲,且無其它特 疋者外,係於16 C空氣中驟冷。未拉伸之驟冷連續長絲束 於緩慢之第一導絲軋及快速之第二導絲軋(其係具有範例 中所示之個別速率及溫度)間拉伸。 然後,拉伸之紗被引入熱空氣捲曲變形管件内,其間 接受紊流熱空氣以使連續長絲轉化成膨鬆連續長絲 (BCF)。BCF紗之膨鬆“栓”離開捲曲變形管件至穿孔冷卻 鼓,其於真空下經熱捲曲變形栓吸引周圍空氣。冷卻之Bcf 紗栓被遞送至交織喷嘴以產生充分之纏繞,以供其後加工 處理成簇絨地毯紗。然後,紗使用標準繞捲器繞捲於圓柱 形捲裝上。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) · 94 - 585889 A7 B7 五、發明説明(92 ) 原料 範例中所用之原料係如下所定。 組份(a) N-6RV 151 :耐綸-6 同聚物(CAS 2503 8-54-4),具有 151 之相對黏度,最大值係0.08重量%之濕度,最大值係1.5重 量%之水可萃取物,及2.5 X 2.5 mm之切片尺寸,(2 700型, 可得自DSM公司) N-6 RV38 :耐綸-6 同聚物(CAS 25038-54-4),具有 38 之相對黏度。(Akulon™222-D,得自DSM公司) N-6,6 RV50 :耐綸 6,6 同聚物(CAS 32131-17-2), Tm=267°C,(產物#181129,得自81811^-八1(11^11公司) N-6,6 RV250 :耐綸 6,6 同聚物(CAS 3213 1 -17-2),高黏 度,擠塑等級,相對黏度230-280,(產物#429171,得自 Sigma-Aldrich公司) N-6/6,6 :耐綸-6/耐綸6,6共聚物,(CAS 24993-04-2), Tm二250°C (產物 #42,924-4,得自 Sigma-Aldrich公司) 組份(b) SPS1 :具250,000目標Mw(凝膠滲透色譜法)、於1.2公 斤承載下且於300 °C之13克/10分鐘之熔融流速率(MFR, ASTM D-123 8)及大於96%之間同立構性之間同立構聚苯 乙烯同聚物(QUESTRA™QA101,可得自陶氏化學公司) SPS2 :具350,000目標Mw(凝膠滲透色譜法)、於1.2公 斤承載下且於300°C之4克/10分鐘之熔融流速率(ASTM D-1238)及大於96%之間同立構性之間同立構聚笨乙烯同 95 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) 585889 A7 __B7_ 五、發明説明(93 ) 聚物(QUESTRA™QA102,可得自陶氏化學公司) SPM1 :具325,000目標Mw(凝膠滲透色譜法)之苯乙烯 及7重量%之對-甲基苯乙烯之間同立構共聚物 (QUESTRA™MA406,可得自陶氏化學公司)Cured into undrawn continuous filament yarn. Unless specified, the quenching effect is air at 15 ° C. The undrawn, quenched continuous filament yarn is drawn between a slow first guide roll and a fast second guide roll, which has the individual temperatures and surface velocities shown in the example towel. The stretched yarn bundle is then wound on a cylindrical package using a standard winder. ° Commercial bulk continuous filament (BCF) yarns are spun on commercial BCF spinning yarns commonly used in the carpet industry. The spinning line used three single-screw extruders with a diameter of 75mm and a length-to-diameter ratio (L / D) of 30: 1 and five electric zone heaters. Each extruder is equipped with a metering pump and a spinning group with a sintered metal filter. The spinning group was equipped with a fiber spinneret with 57 trilobal molds. The temperature distribution, spinneret temperature, and polymer melting temperature in zones ^ to 5 (feed throat to delivery end) of each extruder are as shown in the example. After extrusion, the molten fiber was dropped through a cross-flow quenching chamber and solidified into unstretched continuous filaments. Without other special features, it was quenched in 16 C air. The undrawn, quenched continuous filament tow is drawn between a slow first guide wire roll and a fast second guide wire roll having the individual rates and temperatures shown in the example. The drawn yarn is then introduced into a hot air crimped and deformed tube, during which turbulent hot air is received to convert the continuous filament into bulk continuous filament (BCF). The bulky "plug" of the BCF yarn leaves the crimped deformed pipe to the perforated cooling drum, which draws ambient air through the hot crimped deformed plug under vacuum. The cooled Bcf yarn plugs are delivered to an interlacing nozzle to produce sufficient entanglement for subsequent processing into tufted carpet yarn. The yarn is then wound on a cylindrical package using a standard winder. This paper size is in accordance with Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) · 94-585889 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (92) Raw materials The raw materials used in the examples are as follows. Component (a) N-6RV 151: Nylon-6 homopolymer (CAS 2503 8-54-4), has a relative viscosity of 151, the maximum value is 0.08% by weight humidity, and the maximum value is 1.5% by weight water Extractables, and a slice size of 2.5 X 2.5 mm, (type 2 700, available from DSM) N-6 RV38: nylon-6 homopolymer (CAS 25038-54-4), with a relative viscosity of 38 . (Akulon ™ 222-D, available from DSM) N-6,6 RV50: Nylon 6,6 homopolymer (CAS 32131-17-2), Tm = 267 ° C, (product # 181129, available from 81811 ^ -Eight 1 (11 ^ 11 company) N-6,6 RV250: nylon 6,6 homopolymer (CAS 3213 1 -17-2), high viscosity, extrusion grade, relative viscosity 230-280, (product # 429171, available from Sigma-Aldrich Company) N-6 / 6,6: Nylon-6 / Nylon 6,6 copolymer, (CAS 24993-04-2), Tm 250 ° C (product # 42,924- 4. Available from Sigma-Aldrich Company) Component (b) SPS1: Melt flow rate (MFR) with a target Mw of 250,000 (gel permeation chromatography), 13 g / 10 min at 300 ° C under a 1.2 kg load , ASTM D-123 8) and greater than 96% isotactic polystyrene homopolymer (QUESTRA ™ QA101, available from The Dow Chemical Company) SPS2: with a target Mw of 350,000 (gel Permeation chromatography), melt flow rate (ASTM D-1238) of 4 g / 10 min at 300 ° C under 1.2 kg load, and isotactic polystyrene with isotacticity greater than 96% 95 (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) This paper size is applicable to China Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) 585889 A7 __B7_ V. Description of invention (93) Polymer (QUESTRA ™ QA102, available from The Dow Chemical Company) SPM1: with a target Mw of 325,000 (gel permeation chromatography) Syndiotactic copolymer of styrene and 7% by weight of p-methylstyrene (QUESTRA ™ MA406, available from The Dow Chemical Company)

SPM2 :苯乙烯及4重量%之對-甲基苯乙烯之間同立構 共聚物,Tc=257°C SPM3 :苯乙烯及0.7重量%之對-甲基苯乙烯之間同立 構共聚物 SPM4 :苯乙烯及10重量%之對-甲基苯乙烯之間同立 構共聚物,Tc=246°C 組份(b)及/或組份(c) MGSPM1 :苯乙烯及對-甲基苯乙烯之馬來酸酯化間同 立構共聚物,其係於300°C之ZSK40雙螺桿擠塑器内藉由熔 融混合95重量%之SPM卜3.0重量%之福馬酸及2.0重量%之 2.3- 二甲基,2,3-二苯基丁烷(自由基起始劑)而製得。形成之 酸酐基接枝含量係0.5重量%(藉由傅立葉轉化紅外線分析 (FTIR))。 MGSPM2 :苯乙烯及對-甲基苯乙烯之馬來酸酯化間同 立構共聚物,其係於300°C之ZSK40雙螺桿擠塑器内藉由熔 融混合95重量%之SPM2、3.0重量%之福馬酸及2.0重量%之 2.3- 二甲基,2,3-二苯基丁烷(自由基起始劑)而製得。形成之 酸酐基接枝含量係0.3重量%(藉由傅立葉轉化紅外線分析 (FTIR))。 MGSPM3 :苯乙烯及對-甲基苯乙烯之馬來酸酯化間同 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) 96 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂_ 585889 A7 B7 五、發明説明(94 ) 立構共聚物,其係於300°C之ZSK40雙螺桿擠塑器内藉由熔 融混合95重量%之SPM3、3.0重量%之福馬酸及2.0重量%之 2,3-二曱基,2,3-二苯基丁烷(自由基起始劑)而製得。形成之 酸酐基接枝含量係0.2重量%(藉由傅立葉轉化紅外線分析 (FTIR)) 〇 MGSPS2 :馬來酸酯化間同立構同聚物,其係於300°C 之ZSK40雙螺桿擠塑器内藉由熔融混合95重量%2SPS2、 3.0重量%之福馬酸及2.0重量%之2,3-二甲基,2,3-二苯基丁 烷(自由基起始劑)而製得。形成之羰基接枝含量係0.34重 量%(藉由傅立葉轉化紅外線分析(FTIR))。 FAPP01 :福馬酸接枝之聚(2,6-二甲基-1,4-苯撐 醚)(PPO),含有0·8重量%之接枝福馬酸 FAPP02 :福馬酸接枝之聚(2,6-二甲基-1,4-苯撐 醚)(ΡΡΟ),含有1.6重量%之接枝福馬酸及10重量%之間同 立構聚苯乙烯(SPS1) SMA1 :無規之苯乙烯/馬來酸酐共聚物(SMA)(CAS 901卜13-6),具有1.7克/10分鐘之熔融指數(230 °C/2.16公 斤,ASTMD-1238)且含有7重量%之馬來酸酐。 SMA2:含有0.2重量%之馬來酸酐含量(藉由FTIR分析) 之苯乙烯及馬來酸酐之無規共聚物 SMA3:含有1.5重量%之馬來酸酐含量(藉由FTTIR分析) 之苯乙烯及馬來酸酐之無規共聚物 SMA4:含有0.5重量%之馬來酸酐含量(藉由FTIR分析) 之苯乙烯及馬來酸酐之無規共聚物 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) 97 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 、可 t 585889 A7 B7 五、發明説明(95 ) 上述組份可另外含有極微量之一或多種添加劑,諸 如,抗氧化劑、潤滑劑、抗黏連劑、安定劑、成核劑及色 測試方法 除非其它指示,下列測試方法被使用。 韌性係依據ASTMD3822-96測量。 延長率係依據ASTMD3822-96測量。 模量(楊氏模量)係依據ASTMD3822-96測量。 收縮率係依據下述方程式自熱固化前後之線性密度 (丹尼數)差異計算: 收縮率=100 X [(Dahs-Dbhs)/Dbhs], 其中Dbhs係熱固化前樣品之丹尼數且Dahs係熱固化 後樣品之丹尼數。 相對黏度係使用毛細管黏度計(Cannon Ubbelohde,II-型,200A尺寸)於使黏度計懸浮於設定為25°C之定溫浴内 決定。聚合物溶液及溶劑之流動時間於毛細管黏度計内測 量。相對密度係藉由方程式:7? rel.=T/T0決定 其中7/ rel.=相對黏度· T=溶液之流動時間(秒) Τ〇=溶劑之流動時間(秒)SPM2: Syndiotactic copolymer between styrene and 4% by weight of p-methylstyrene, Tc = 257 ° C SPM3: Syndiotactic copolymer between styrene and 0.7% by weight of p-methylstyrene SPM4: syndiotactic copolymer between styrene and 10% by weight p-methylstyrene, Tc = 246 ° C component (b) and / or component (c) MGSPM1: styrene and p-methyl Styrene maleated syndiotactic copolymers are melt-blended with 95% by weight of SPM, 3.0% by weight of fumaric acid, and 2.0% by weight in a ZSK40 twin screw extruder at 300 ° C. 2.3-dimethyl, 2,3-diphenylbutane (free radical initiator). The anhydride content formed was 0.5% by weight (by Fourier transform infrared analysis (FTIR)). MGSPM2: Maleated syndiotactic copolymer of styrene and p-methylstyrene, which is melt-blended with 95% by weight of SPM2 and 3.0% in a ZSK40 twin-screw extruder at 300 ° C. % Of fumaric acid and 2.0% by weight of 2.3-dimethyl, 2,3-diphenylbutane (free radical initiator). The anhydride content formed was 0.3% by weight (by Fourier transform infrared analysis (FTIR)). MGSPM3: The maleic esterification of styrene and p-methylstyrene is the same as the standard of Chinese paper (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) 96. (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Order _585889 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (94) A stereopolymer, which is a ZSK40 twin-screw extruder at 300 ° C by mixing 95% by weight of SPM3, 3.0% by weight of fumaric acid and 2.0% by weight. % Of 2,3-difluorenyl, 2,3-diphenylbutane (free radical initiator). The anhydride content formed is 0.2% by weight (by Fourier transform infrared analysis (FTIR)). MGSPS2: maleate syndiotactic homopolymer, which is a ZSK40 twin-screw extruder at 300 ° C The vessel was prepared by melt-mixing 95% by weight of 2SPS2, 3.0% by weight of fumaric acid and 2.0% by weight of 2,3-dimethyl, 2,3-diphenylbutane (free radical initiator). The carbonyl graft content formed was 0.34% by weight (by Fourier transform infrared analysis (FTIR)). FAPP01: Fumaric acid grafted poly (2,6-dimethyl-1,4-phenylene ether) (PPO), containing 0.8% by weight of grafted fumaric acid FAPP02: Fumaric acid grafted poly (2 , 6-dimethyl-1,4-phenylene ether) (PPO), containing 1.6% by weight of grafted fumaric acid and 10% by weight of isotactic polystyrene (SPS1) SMA1: random styrene / Maleic anhydride copolymer (SMA) (CAS 901, 13-6), has a melt index of 1.7 g / 10 minutes (230 ° C / 2.16 kg, ASTMD-1238) and contains 7% by weight of maleic anhydride. SMA2: Random copolymer of styrene and maleic anhydride with 0.2% by weight maleic anhydride content (analyzed by FTIR) SMA3: Styrene with maleic anhydride content of 1.5% by weight (analyzed by FTTIR) and Random copolymer of maleic anhydride SMA4: Random copolymer of styrene and maleic anhydride containing 0.5% by weight of maleic anhydride content (analyzed by FTIR) This paper applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications ( 210X297 mm) 97 (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page), may t 585889 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (95) The above components may additionally contain a trace amount of one or more additives, such as antioxidants, Lubricants, anti-blocking agents, stabilizers, nucleating agents and color test methods Unless otherwise indicated, the following test methods are used. Toughness is measured according to ASTM D3822-96. Elongation is measured in accordance with ASTM D3822-96. The modulus (Young's modulus) is measured in accordance with ASTM D3822-96. Shrinkage is calculated based on the difference in linear density (denier number) before and after auto-curing: Shrinkage = 100 X [(Dahs-Dbhs) / Dbhs], where Dbhs is the Denny number of the sample before heat curing and Dahs The Denny number of the sample after heat curing. The relative viscosity is determined by using a capillary viscometer (Cannon Ubbelohde, Type II, 200A size) in a viscometer suspended in a constant temperature bath set at 25 ° C. The flow times of polymer solutions and solvents were measured in a capillary viscometer. The relative density is determined by the equation: 7? Rel. = T / T0 where 7 / rel. = Relative viscosity · T = flow time of the solution (seconds) Τ〇 = flow time of the solvent (seconds)

冷卻時結晶之溫度(Tc)係藉由DSC測量。約10毫克之 聚合物顆粒被稱重(至0.001毫克)於鋁製DSC平鍋内,以蓋 子卷曲,且置放於TA Instruments之#910型之差式掃猫量熱 計(其係配置TA Instruments #920型之自動取樣器及TA 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) 98 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂— 0 585889 A7 B7 五、發明説明(96 )The temperature of crystallization (Tc) during cooling was measured by DSC. Approximately 10 milligrams of polymer particles were weighed (to 0.001 milligrams) in an aluminum DSC pan, curled with a lid, and placed in a # 910 differential cat calorimeter (configured by TA Instruments) # 920 Type Automatic Sampler and TA This paper size is applicable to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) 98 (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Order — 0 585889 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (96)

Instruments之Universal V3.0E軟體)之樣品室内。具卷曲蓋 之相同空白鋁製平鍋被置於參考室内。樣品以20°C/分鐘之 速率加熱至320°C,且於320°C保持5分鐘,然後,於20分鐘 冷卻至150t。熱流(瓦/克)對溫度之作圖被獲得。 下列轉化可被觀察:Instruments' Universal V3.0E software). The same blank aluminum pan with a curled lid was placed in the reference room. The sample was heated to 320 ° C at a rate of 20 ° C / minute, held at 320 ° C for 5 minutes, and then cooled to 150t at 20 minutes. A plot of heat flow (W / g) versus temperature was obtained. The following transformations can be observed:

Tg=玻璃轉化,二級轉化Tg = glass transition, secondary transition

Tch=加熱固態聚咳物時結晶化之波峰熱流之溫度,一 級放熱轉化Tch = Temperature of peak heat flow of crystallization when heating solid polycough, first-order exothermic conversion

Tm=加熱固態聚合物期間熔融之波峰熱流之溫度,一 級吸熱轉化Tm = temperature of melting peak heat flow during heating of solid polymer, first-order endothermic conversion

Tc=冷卻溶融聚合物時結晶化之波峰熱流之溫度,一 級放熱轉化 前述方式測試之各種物料之T c係列示於第1表。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) 99 585889 A7 B7 五、發明説明(97 ) 第1表 物料 Tc°C SPS1 238 SPS2 226 SPM1 195 SPM2 225 SPM4 199 N-6RV151 166 N-6 RV38 172 N-6,6 RV50 215 N-6,6 RV250 210 N-6/6,6 207 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)Tc = The temperature of the peak heat flow of crystallization when cooling the molten polymer. The first-stage exothermic conversion is shown in Table 1 for the T c series of various materials tested in the aforementioned manner. This paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) 99 585889 A7 B7 V. Description of invention (97) Table 1 Material Tc ° C SPS1 238 SPS2 226 SPM1 195 SPM2 225 SPM4 199 N-6RV151 166 N -6 RV38 172 N-6,6 RV50 215 N-6,6 RV250 210 N-6 / 6,6 207 (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page)

、可I 範例1-3、A及B-藉由雷射光散射決定之光澤 五元光澤板被用以量化染色膨鬆連續長絲纖維樣品之 光澤。BCF纖維被染成深橄欖綠色,以使光澤評估相較於 試圖使亮白色BCF纖維分級者更容易。五個標準與數個分 級尺使用。1之等級被用以’指示相似於典型上以羊毛纖維發 現者之完全無光澤。5之等級被用以指示全亮之耐綸6樣 品。具2、3及4之等級之標準被選作中間點。個別纖維樣品 亦藉由此間揭示之雷射光散射技術測量。 第2表所揭示之組成物被製備且被紡成纖維。範例1及2 之組成物於40mm之雙螺桿擠塑器上使用母料程序製得。範 例3及A於40mm之雙螺桿擠塑器上使用單一相程序製備。 100 畤 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) 585889 A7 _B7 五、發明説明(98 ) 第2表 範例 組份⑻、 組份(b)b% 組份(c)e% 1 76.4 20 3.6 2 87.3 10 2.7 3 87.3 10 2.7 Α* 96.35 0 3.65 Β* 100 0 0 a耐綸N-6 b SPS2 CFAPP01 d比較例,非本發明之範例 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 上述組成物使用試驗型B C F紡絲線路紡成含有7 2根長 絲及具有約1200丹尼數之紗。此等紗顯示完全明亮至完全 無光澤之範圍。此等紗被分配如下之相對光澤等級: 5 =财綸6=完全明亮之比較例B 4=比較例A 3 =範例2 2=範例1 1 =完全無光澤,範例3 此外,商業上之BCF樣品藉由雷射光散色分析。此等 相同之BCF紗亦被染成深橄欖綠,且以光澤板分級。商業 上之纖維樣品及所用之相對應之光澤板分級係: C1*杜邦1710-94-0-896AS半無光澤(2.9之光澤板分級) C2*杜邦1 105-136-0-615(1.8之光澤板分級) C3*杜邦1340-68-0-416Α(2·2之光澤板分級) 101 ·、τ 螓 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) Α4規格(210X297公釐) 585889 A7 ' ----------__ 五、發明説明(99 ) C4*杜邦143〇-68-0_P1369明亮(4.1之光澤板分級) C5*杜邦1425-124-0-P1365中度無光澤(1.9之光澤板分 級) 五個光澤板標準物及上述五個商業BCF樣品之散射比 例係如第3表所示。光澤板分級與雷射光散射比例之作圖 (及對其計算之線性調整)係於第12圖中提供。藉由雷射光 散射決定之散射比例(Rs)係與藉由光澤板決定之光澤呈反 比。特別地,光澤=(-1〇.906)1^+7 1675,其產生具112=〇.9〇65 之線性調整。依據本發明之纖維擁有少於4之光澤板分級, 其係相對應於0.29或更高之散射比例。結果係包含於第3 表0 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 第3表 範例 光澤板分級 散射比例 意見 3 1 (被指定) 0.552 完全無光澤 1 2 (被指定) 0.488 2 3 (被指定) 0.414 A** 4 (被指定) 0.333 B** 5 (被指定) 0.232 完全明亮 C1** 2.9 0.338 半無光澤 C2** 1.8 0.523 C3** 2.2 0.442 C4** 4.1 0.254 —---- 明亮 C5** 1.9 0.438 中度無光澤 **例示分析技術,但非本發明組成物 .、可| t 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) -102 - 585889 A7 __B7_ 五、發明説明(100 ) 為進一步確定纖維分析之雷射光散射技術,數種含有 各種不同含量之已知消光劑(Ti〇2)之耐綸6摻合物於30mm 雙螺桿擠塑器上化合且於實驗室連續長絲線路上基本上使 用與前述相同條件形成纖維並分析。組成物細節及結果係 包含於第4表,且於第13圖。 第4表 範例 Ti02 量 散射比例 意見 D1** 0 0.228 明亮之紗 D2** 460ppm 0.320 D3** 720ppm 0.367 D4** 950ppm 0.388 D5** 1120ppm 0.415 D6** 1340ppm 0.456 **例示分析技術,但非本發明組成物 散射比例(Rs)對Ti02含量之作圖顯示優異相關係。特 別地,化學式Rs=(164.6)w+0.2364(其中w係Ti02含量,重 量%)之調整產生相關因子平方(R2)=0.9895。於圖中,其可 看出0.29之散射比例係相對應於325ppm之Ti02含量。 範例4-15及E-分散相含量對光澤及韌性之作用 分散相含量對光澤及韌性之作用對各種組成物測量。 範例4至15之組成物於30mm雙螺桿擠塑器上使用母料程序 對第5表所示之組成物製備。本發明範例4至15及比較例E之 纖維使用第6表所示之條件於實驗室連續長絲線路上紡絲。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) 103 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 、可| t 585889 A7 _B7 五、發明説明(ιοί) 第5表 範例 組份(a)a(%) 組份(b)b(%) 組份(c)e(%) E* 100 4 92.5 5 2.5° 5 86.8 10 3.2C 6 81.3 15 3.7C 7 75.8 20 4.2C 8 70.4 25 4.6C 9 65 30 5.0C 10 90.7 7 2.3d 11 87.4 10 2.6d 12 81.9 15 3.1d 13 76.4 20 3.6d 14 71 25 4.0d 15 65.5 30 4.5d *比較例,非本發明之範例 a耐綸,N-6 bSPS2 CMGSPM1 dFAPPO! (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 、可— 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) 104 585889 A7B7 五、發明説明(1〇2) 第6表 範例 搞〜塑器區域分佈(°C) 紡絲 組 CC) 熔融 溫度 CC) 組件 壓力 (MPa) 慢導絲器 ii率 (公尺/分) 快導絲器 速率 (公分) 比例 紗 (丹尼數) 1 2 3 4 E* 275 280 265 262 265 269 5.3 250 750 3.0 294/24 4 290 320 320 305 300 304 2.1 250 750 3.0 263/24 5 290 320 320 305 300 305 2.3 250 750 3.0 280/24 6 290 320 320 305 300 305 2.4 250 750 3.0 285/24 7 290 320 320 305 300 305 2.4 250 750 3.0 291/24 8 290 320 320 305 300 305 2.5 250 750 3.0 285/24 9 290 320 320 305 300 305 2.7 250 500 2.0 414/24 10 290 320 320 305 300 304 2.6 250 750 3.0 288/24 11 290 320 320 305 300 304 2.4 250 750 3.0 283/24 12 290 320 320 305 300 305 3.2 250 750 3.0 285/24 13 290 320 320 305 300 305 3.2 250 750 3.0 281/24 14 290 320 320 305 300 305 3.7 250 750 3.0 279/24 15 290 320 320 305 300 305 3.8 250 500 2.0 375/24 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂—, 可 I Example 1-3, A and B-Gloss determined by laser light scattering The five-element gloss board was used to quantify the gloss of dyed bulky continuous filament fiber samples. BCF fibers are dyed dark olive green to make gloss evaluation easier than those who are trying to grade bright white BCF fibers. Five standard and several scales are used. A rating of 1 is used to indicate a complete matte similar to that typically found in wool fibers. A grade of 5 is used to indicate a fully bright nylon 6 sample. Criteria with grades of 2, 3, and 4 were selected as intermediate points. Individual fiber samples were also measured using the laser light scattering technique disclosed here. The composition disclosed in Table 2 was prepared and spun into fibers. The compositions of Examples 1 and 2 were made on a 40 mm twin screw extruder using a master batch process. Examples 3 and A were prepared on a 40 mm twin screw extruder using a single phase procedure. 100 畤 The size of this paper applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) 585889 A7 _B7 V. Description of the invention (98) Example component in Table 2 ⑻, component (b) b% component (c) e % 1 76.4 20 3.6 2 87.3 10 2.7 3 87.3 10 2.7 Α * 96.35 0 3.65 Β * 100 0 0 a Nylon N-6 b SPS2 CFAPP01 d Comparative example, not an example of the invention (Please read the precautions on the back before (Fill in this page) The above composition was spun using an experimental BCF spinning line into a yarn containing 72 filaments and a number of approximately 1,200 deniers. These yarns show a range from completely bright to completely matte. These yarns are assigned the following relative gloss levels: 5 = Choi Lun 6 = Completely bright Comparative Example B 4 = Comparative Example A 3 = Example 2 2 = Example 1 1 = Completely matte, Example 3 In addition, commercial BCF The samples were analyzed by laser light dispersion. These same BCF yarns are also dyed dark olive green and graded with a gloss board. Commercial fiber samples and the corresponding gloss board classification system: C1 * DuPont 1710-94-0-896AS semi-matte (gloss board classification of 2.9) C2 * DuPont 1 105-136-0-615 (1.8 of Gloss board grading) C3 * DuPont 1340-68-0-416Α (Gloss board grading of 2.2) 101 ·, τ 螓 This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) 585889 A7 '- --------__ V. Description of the invention (99) C4 * DuPont 1430-68-0_P1369 bright (gradation of glossy board of 4.1) C5 * DuPont 1425-124-0-P1365 moderate matte (1.9 of Gloss plate classification) The scattering ratios of the five gloss plate standards and the five commercial BCF samples are shown in Table 3. A plot of the gloss plate grading and laser light scattering ratio (and the linear adjustment to its calculation) is provided in Figure 12. The scattering ratio (Rs) determined by laser light scattering is inversely proportional to the gloss determined by a glossy plate. In particular, gloss = (-1〇.906) 1 ^ + 7 1675, which results in a linear adjustment with 112 = 0.990. The fiber according to the present invention has a gloss plate classification of less than 4, which corresponds to a scattering ratio of 0.29 or higher. Results are included in Table 3 (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) Table 3 Example Glossy Scattering Scale Proportion of Glossy Sheets 3 1 (Designated) 0.552 Completely Matte 1 2 (Designated) 0.488 2 3 (Designated) 0.414 A ** 4 (designated) 0.333 B ** 5 (designated) 0.232 fully bright C1 ** 2.9 0.338 semi-matte C2 ** 1.8 0.523 C3 ** 2.2 0.442 C4 ** 4.1 0.254 —- --- Bright C5 ** 1.9 0.438 Moderately matte ** Illustrates the analysis technique, but it is not a composition of the present invention. It can be | t This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) -102- 585889 A7 __B7_ V. Description of the Invention (100) In order to further determine the laser light scattering technology for fiber analysis, several nylon 6 blends containing various known contents of matting agents (Ti〇2) were extruded in a 30mm twin screw Combined on the device and formed on a laboratory continuous filament line using essentially the same conditions as described above and analyzed. Composition details and results are included in Table 4 and in Figure 13. Table 4 Example Ti02 Scattering Proportion Opinion D1 ** 0 0.228 Bright Yarn D2 ** 460ppm 0.320 D3 ** 720ppm 0.367 D4 ** 950ppm 0.388 D5 ** 1120ppm 0.415 D6 ** 1340ppm 0.456 ** illustrates analysis techniques but not The plot of the scattering ratio (Rs) of the composition of the present invention against the Ti02 content shows an excellent phase relationship. In particular, adjustment of the chemical formula Rs = (164.6) w + 0.2364 (where w is the content of Ti02, weight%) yields a correlation factor squared (R2) = 0.9895. In the figure, it can be seen that a scattering ratio of 0.29 corresponds to a Ti02 content of 325 ppm. Example 4-15 and E-Effect of Dispersed Phase Content on Gloss and Toughness The effect of the dispersed phase content on gloss and toughness was measured for various compositions. The compositions of Examples 4 to 15 were prepared on a 30 mm twin-screw extruder using the master batch procedure for the compositions shown in Table 5. The fibers of Examples 4 to 15 of the present invention and Comparative Example E were spun on a laboratory continuous filament line using the conditions shown in Table 6. This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) 103 (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page), can be | t 585889 A7 _B7 V. Description of the invention (ιοί) Table 5 example group Component (a) a (%) Component (b) b (%) Component (c) e (%) E * 100 4 92.5 5 2.5 ° 5 86.8 10 3.2C 6 81.3 15 3.7C 7 75.8 20 4.2C 8 70.4 25 4.6C 9 65 30 5.0C 10 90.7 7 2.3d 11 87.4 10 2.6d 12 81.9 15 3.1d 13 76.4 20 3.6d 14 71 25 4.0d 15 65.5 30 4.5d * Comparative example, not an example of the present invention Polyamide, N-6 bSPS2 CMGSPM1 dFAPPO! (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page), OK — This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) 104 585889 A7B7 V. Description of the invention ( 1〇2) Example of Table 6 ~ Plastic device area distribution (° C) Spinning group CC) Melting temperature CC) Component pressure (MPa) Slow yarn guide II rate (meter / min) Fast yarn guide rate ( Cm) Proportion yarn (denier number) 1 2 3 4 E * 275 280 265 262 265 269 5.3 250 750 3.0 294/24 4 290 320 320 305 300 304 2.1 250 750 3.0 263/24 5 290 320 320 305 300 305 2.3 250 750 3.0 280/24 6 290 320 320 305 300 305 2.4 250 750 3.0 285/24 7 290 320 320 305 300 305 2.4 250 750 3.0 291/24 8 290 320 320 305 300 305 2.5 250 750 3.0 285/24 9 290 320 320 305 300 305 2.7 250 500 2.0 414/24 10 290 320 320 305 300 304 2.6 250 750 3.0 288/24 11 290 320 320 305 300 304 2.4 250 750 3.0 283/24 12 290 320 320 305 300 305 3.2 250 250 750 3.0 285/24 13 290 320 320 305 300 305 3.2 250 750 3.0 281/24 14 290 320 320 305 300 305 3.7 250 750 3.0 279/24 15 290 320 320 305 300 305 3.8 250 500 2.0 2.0 375 / 24 (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) Order—

*比較例,非本發明範例 驟冷係於24°C* Comparative example, non-inventive example Quenching at 24 ° C

慢導絲軋溫度對於比較例E係40°C,且對於本發明4-15係60°C 快導絲軋溫度對於比較例E係110°C,且對於本發明4-15係150°C 纖維之韌性、模量及散射比例係顯示於第7表。基於 0.29之散射比例下限,此技術於與FAPP01相容時係於2% SPS2含量顯示消光,且當使用MGSPM1相容劑時係3%總 SPS含量(SPS2+MGSPM1)。對於此技術之上組成物請求, 基於韌性及使纖維紡紗之能力為基準,係35%之SPS2或 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公爱) -105 - 585889 A7 _B7_五、發明説明(l〇3) SPS2+MGSPM1 。更佳係30%或更少之SPS2或 SPS2+MGSPM1 ,且最佳係20%或更少之SPS2或 SPS2+MGSPM 卜 纖維之模量係隨增加之SPS2含量而增加,證明分散相 之強化性質,其可導致改良之对用性、較佳尺寸穩定性、 改良之皺紋回復性或改良之硬挺性。 第7表 範例 韌性 克/丹尼 楊氏模量 克/丹尼 散射比例 E* 2.5 17 0.208 4 3.1 17 0.406 5 2.5 19 0.466 6 2.6 25 0.495 7 2.2 29 0.498 8 2.1 43 0.494 9 1.1 31 0.481 10 2.8 16 0.488 11 2.6 19 0.527 12 2.7 24 0.557 13 2.5 30 0.552 14 2.6 41 0.559 15 2.7 32 0.531 *比較例,非本發明之範例 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再本頁) f, 、可 參- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) 106 585889 五、發明説明(l〇4) 已决長度之月ij述纖維束被浸瀆於彿水中^ 5分鐘。纖維 被移除且使其以空氣乾燥72小時。纖維束長度被重新測量 且線性纖維束收縮百分率被計算。然後,纖維測試物理性 貝。結果係提供於第8表。 線性纖維束收縮率係以如下測量。約雇公尺長度之纖 維樣品被繞捲於1公尺圓周上。曝置於彿水前之長度被測量 並記錄為Lb。浸潰於彿水及乾燥後之長度被測量並記錄為 La。然後,線性纖維束收縮率係依據下列方程式計算。 線性纖維束收縮百分率(LSSM(Lb-La)/Lb)x i 〇〇 由於沸水曝置之線性纖維束收縮率係隨增加之“Μ 含量而減少,證明本發明之改良尺寸穩定性,其於織物應 2具蜂多優點’包含地毯内之降低光學條痕,織物製備、 2色及後處理期間之改良之尺寸穩定性,家庭清洗及職業 月]之改良之尺寸穩定性,織物製備期間之改良得 率’降低熱固化要件之能力,及使衣物保持其形狀之能力。 第表及第8表中之模量,於曝置於沸水後之纖維模量 被幸乂佳地維持,其於其間合身性及形狀於曝置於熱水性係 重要之織物應用具優點。 本紙張尺度適用中規格⑵οχ·釐) 585889 A7 B7 五、發明説明(l〇5 範例 E* 纖維束收縮率% 14.0 第8表 韌性 克/丹尼 2.7 4 11.9 3.2 5 6 7 10.6 10.3 8.8 2.2 2.4 2.2 8 9 6.1 2.5 2.9 1.0 10.5 2.6 11 10.0 2.7 12 10.3 2.9 13 14 15 9.7 2.7 10.0 2.4 6.7 1.9Slow wire rolling temperature is 40 ° C for Comparative Example E and 60 ° C for the 4-15 series of the present invention. Fast wire rolling temperature is 110 ° C for Comparative Example E and 150 ° C for the 4-15 series of the present invention. The toughness, modulus and scattering ratio of the fibers are shown in Table 7. Based on the lower limit of the scattering ratio of 0.29, this technology displays matting at 2% SPS2 content when compatible with FAPP01, and 3% total SPS content (SPS2 + MGSPM1) when using MGSPM1 compatibilizer. For the composition request based on this technology, based on toughness and the ability to spin the fiber, 35% SPS2 or this paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 public love) -105-585889 A7 _B7 V. Description of the invention (103) SPS2 + MGSPM1. More preferably, 30% or less of SPS2 or SPS2 + MGSPM1, and most preferably, 20% or less of SPS2 or SPS2 + MGSPM. The modulus of the fiber increases with increasing SPS2 content, proving the strengthening properties of the dispersed phase It can lead to improved applicability, better dimensional stability, improved wrinkle recovery, or improved stiffness. Table 7 Example toughness g / Danny Young's modulus g / Danny scattering ratio E * 2.5 17 0.208 4 3.1 17 0.406 5 2.5 19 0.466 6 2.6 25 0.495 7 2.2 29 0.498 8 2.1 43 0.494 9 1.1 31 0.481 10 2.8 16 0.488 11 2.6 19 0.527 12 2.7 24 0.557 13 2.5 30 0.552 14 2.6 41 0.559 15 2.7 32 0.531 * Comparative example, not an example of the invention (please read the precautions on the back first, then this page) f, The paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) 106 585889 V. Description of the invention (104) The fiber bundle of the month ij with a determined length is immersed in the Buddha's water for 5 minutes. The fibers were removed and allowed to air dry for 72 hours. The fiber bundle length was remeasured and the linear fiber bundle shrinkage percentage was calculated. The fibers were then tested for physical properties. Results are provided in Table 8. The linear fiber bundle shrinkage was measured as follows. A fiber sample of about a meter length is wound around a 1 meter circle. The length before exposure to Buddha water was measured and recorded as Lb. The length after immersion in Buddha water and drying was measured and recorded as La. Then, the linear fiber bundle shrinkage was calculated according to the following equation. Linear fiber bundle shrinkage percentage (LSSM (Lb-La) / Lb) xi 〇 As the shrinkage of linear fiber bundle exposed to boiling water decreases with increasing "M content, it proves that the improved dimensional stability of the present invention is There should be 2 advantages. Includes reduced optical streaks in the carpet, improved dimensional stability during fabric preparation, 2-color and post-treatment, improved dimensional stability during home cleaning and occupation month, and improved during fabric preparation. Yield 'The ability to reduce the thermal curing requirements and the ability to maintain the shape of the garment. The modulus in Tables and 8 is maintained in the fiber modulus after exposure to boiling water. The fit and shape have advantages in the application of fabrics that are important in hot water exposure. This paper is suitable for medium specifications ⑵οχ · centimeter. 585889 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (l05 Example E * Fiber bundle shrinkage% 14.0 8 Table toughness g / Denny 2.7 4 11.9 3.2 5 6 7 10.6 10.3 8.8 2.2 2.4 2.2 2.2 9 9 6.1 2.5 2.9 1.0 10.5 2.6 11 10.0 2.7 12 10.3 2.9 13 14 15 9.7 2.7 10.0 2.4 6.7 1.9

(請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填窝本頁) #1 具包藏顆验尺寸之光澤及散射比例 依據本發明之纖維係於試驗型之BCF紡絲線路上使用 代表性之紡絲條件使各種摻合物紡絲、拉伸及後處理而形 成。樣品被置於室溫時之甲酸以溶解耐綸基質,留下包藏 相之細微顆粒分散液,其未受甲酸影響。顆粒被過濾並回 收。第17圖係於依據範例25製備之纖維内之此等顆粒之代 表性樣品之電子顯微照相圖(SEM)。此等纖維之代表性樣 108 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(⑽)M規格(21〇><297公釐) 585889 A7 ----—--------Β7 五、發明説明(106) ~~ — 品被製備,顯像及使用標準之顆粒尺寸分佈軟體且依據下 列程序分析。 纖維樣品(0.012克)被置於個別之新的1〇毫升玻離樣 品瓶(其具有2個螺旋頂部)内。2亳升之濃縮(95-97%)甲酸 被外加至每一樣品瓶。瓶子被溫和搖動2〇秒,以促進耐綸 /合解及於25 C時維持於靜止位置4小時。溶液被再次搖動 以使SPS顆粒均勻分佈於甲酸溶液内。等分物⑺」毫升)之 母一分散液以新的1毫升毛細管塑塑注射器移除,且置於新 的1 〇 4»升玻璃樣σ 口瓶(具螺旋頂部)内。然後,4 · 9毫升之甲 酉欠被添加至每一玻璃瓶以於每一玻璃瓶内製得5亳升總量 之分散液。某些溶液依所需進一步稀釋,以獲得相片内之 sps顆分離。被稀釋之分散液被溫和搖動2_3秒,然後,約2 亳升之/谷液以/主射态移除,且經由〇1或〇 〇2微米孔洞尺寸 之無機薄膜過濾器過濾。過濾殘質以曱酸清洗3次,以移除 任何殘餘之耐綸。 其上收集分散之SPS顆粒之過濾器被簡要地以空氣乾 燥,且附接至鋁電子掃瞄顯微照像筆頭。樣本以高解析鉻 塗覆态内之鉻噴濺。製得之樣本以電子掃瞄顯微顯微鏡(日 立S-4100FEG電子掃瞄顯微鏡,可得日立公司)顯像。4〇96 X 4096像素之影像藉由4PI數位影像系統(可得自4PI Analysis,lnc·)以電子式收集。 電腦影像分析軟體被用以分析sPS顆粒之形狀及尺寸 (具視窗操作系統之個人電腦用之Sci〇n image顆粒尺寸分 析應用軟體,可得自Sci〇n公司)。顆粒於影像上以手畫出 本紙張尺度適财關家標準(⑽M規格(2歡297公董) 109 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)(Please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page) # 1 The gloss and scattering ratio with the size of the storage particles. The fiber according to the present invention is used on the experimental BCF spinning circuit to make a variety of spinning conditions. Blends are formed by spinning, stretching and post-treatment. The sample was placed at room temperature in formic acid to dissolve the nylon matrix, leaving a fine particle dispersion of the storage phase, which was not affected by formic acid. The particles are filtered and recovered. Figure 17 is an electron micrograph (SEM) of a representative sample of these particles in a fiber prepared according to Example 25. Representative samples of these fibers 108 The paper size is applicable to Chinese national standard (⑽) M specification (21〇 > < 297 mm) 585889 A7 ------------ B7 V. Invention Explanation (106) ~~ — The product is prepared, developed and analyzed using standard particle size distribution software and analyzed in accordance with the following procedures. The fiber sample (0.012 g) was placed in a separate new 10 ml glass vial (which had 2 spiral tops). Two liters of concentrated (95-97%) formic acid was added to each vial. The bottle was gently shaken for 20 seconds to promote nylon / healing and maintained in the resting position at 25 C for 4 hours. The solution was shaken again to evenly distribute the SPS particles in the formic acid solution. An aliquot ("ml") of the mother-dispersion was removed with a new 1 ml capillary plastic syringe and placed in a new 104 liter glass-like σ-mouth bottle (with a spiral top). Then, 4.9 ml of formazan was added to each glass bottle to prepare a total of 5 liters of dispersion in each glass bottle. Some solutions were further diluted as needed to obtain sps separation in the photo. The diluted dispersion is gently shaken for 2 to 3 seconds, and then about 2 liters of / grain solution is removed in a / main shot state, and filtered through an inorganic membrane filter with a pore size of 0 or 0.02 micron. Filter the residue and wash it 3 times with gallic acid to remove any remaining nylon. The filter on which the dispersed SPS particles were collected was briefly air-dried and attached to an aluminum electronic scanning micrograph tip. The samples were splattered with chromium in a high-resolution chromium coating. The prepared sample was developed with an electron scanning microscope (Hitachi S-4100FEG electronic scanning microscope, available from Hitachi). Images of 4096 X 4096 pixels were collected electronically by a 4PI digital imaging system (available from 4PI Analysis, lnc ·). Computer image analysis software is used to analyze the shape and size of sPS particles (Sción image particle size analysis application software for personal computers with Windows operating systems, available from SciOn Corporation). The particles are drawn by hand on the image. The paper size is suitable for family care standards (⑽M size (2 Huan 297)) 109 (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page)

、可I 五、發明説明(1〇7) 輪廓。然後,影像被用以與以橢圓形(主軸及次要軸)調和 每一顆粒之投影形狀而測量顆粒之投射面積及周長。雖然 大部份顆粒於形狀上似乎係橢圓形及扁圓形,造成對此模 型良好調和,但某些顆粒被發現於投影形狀係更呈矩形(其 指示於三度空間中係更呈圓柱形),且以手工方式再次調和 具長度及寬度之矩形模型。400_4000個顆粒(依樣品而定) 對每一樣品分析。次要軸及投射次要軸等用辭於此係與直 徑及顆粒直徑互換地使用。同樣地,主軸及投射主軸係與 長度及顆粒長度等辭可互換地使用。 sPS顆粒之投射主軸及投射次要軸(直徑)之平均量係 以顆粒之數量、投射面積、評估之顆粒體積及投射次要軸 之稱量(weighting)為基準而計篇。決定稱重平均值之一般 方程式被使用:可可 I 5. Description of the Invention (107) Outline. Then, the image is used to measure the projected area and perimeter of the particles by blending the projected shape of each particle with the elliptical shape (major and minor axes). Although most of the particles appear to be oval and oblate in shape, which is a good harmony for this model, some particles are found to be more rectangular in the projected shape system (which indicates that the system is more cylindrical in the third degree space) ), And manually blend the rectangular model with length and width again. 400_4000 particles (depending on the sample) Analyze each sample. The terms minor axis and projection minor axis are used interchangeably with diameter and particle diameter. Similarly, the main axis and the projection main axis are used interchangeably with the terms length and particle length. The average amount of the projection major axis and the secondary minor axis (diameter) of the sPS particles is based on the number of particles, the projected area, the estimated particle volume, and the weighting of the secondary minor axis. The general equation for determining the weighing average is used:

N _ Σ^χιN _ Σ ^ χι

V — —_i=l 其中係係以W之稱量因子(例如,顆粒體積)為基準計 异之平均量(例如,直徑),W/係顆粒i之個別之稱量因子(例 如’顆粒1之被評估之體積),且〜係欲被平均之顆粒尺寸(例 如,顆粒i之直徑)。由體積稱量平均,顆粒直徑之累積或 然率被計算: Σκ F(j) = ~—, 本紙張尺度遑用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(2獻297公|) _ 110 - 585889V — —_i = l Where is the average weight (eg, diameter) based on the weighing factor (eg, particle volume) of W, and the individual weighing factor (eg, 'particle 1') of particle W / The volume to be evaluated), and ~ is the particle size to be averaged (for example, the diameter of particle i). From the volumetric weighting average, the cumulative probability of particle diameter is calculated: Σκ F (j) = ~ —, this paper size uses the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (2 offers 297 public |) _ 110-585889

其中F⑴係顆粒j之累積或然率,且^係顆粒i之被評估 體積’且顆粒係以最小直徑至最大者分級,減,顆粒^ 具有最小之直徑’且顆粒N具最大之直徑。以此分佈為基 準’其可計算具有以此體積為主之分佈之第99百分位之直 徑之顆粒。此顆粒直徑被稱為(D99)。D99之物理意義係此 係第99之體積為主之百分位之顆粒直徑,即,被評估之總 顆粒體積之99%被直徑少於D99之顆粒所佔據。因此,D99 係最大直徑之近似值。真正之最大直徑需無限阻之測量, 因此’不是測量及分析之實際量。D99及體積平均顆粒直 徑皆顯示於第9表。 111 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) 585889 A7 B7 五、發明説明(109) 第9表 範例 光澤板 分級 散射 比例 BCF纖維 之韌性 (g/d) 體積平均 次要軸 (//m) D99 次要軸 __(// m) 161 1.7 0.49 2.5 1.08 1.78 171 3.3 0.39 2.8 0.83 1.50 182 3.2 0.41 2.5 0.51 0.75 193 2.3 0.46 2.2 0.59 1.27 204a 3.9 0.41 2.6 0.32 0.63 214b 4.6 0.33 2.6 0.24 0.38 224c 4.6 0.36 2.7 0.26 — 0.60 231 2.5 0.49 2.6 0.75 — 1.35 243 3.0 0.41 2.7 0.33 0.61 255 1.0 0.55 1.1 1.00 2.71 266 1.4 0.49 2.2 1.24 1.94 277 4.6 0.38 2.9 0.21 ----- 0.39 1 87%耐綸N-6/10% SPS2/3% MGSPM1 2 87.8%耐綸N-6/10% SPS2/2.2% SMA4 3 87.3%耐綸N-6/10% SPS2/2.7% FAPPOl 4a 88.65%耐綸N-6/10% SPS2/1.35% FAPP02 4b 88.65%耐綸N-6/10% SPM2/1.35% FAPP02 4c 88.65%耐綸N-6/10% SPM1/1.35% FAPP02 5 87.3%耐綸N-6/10% SPS2/2.7% FAPPOl,藉由單一流路化合製備(無sps2及 FAPP01之預化合) … 6 87%耐綸N-6(RV=38)/10% SPS2/3% MGSPM1 7 87.3%耐綸N-6,6(RV=240)/10% SPS2/2.7% FAPP01 請 先 閲 ί : 事I 項 : 再 !Among them, F⑴ is the cumulative probability of particle j, and ^ is the evaluated volume of particle i ', and the particle is classified from the smallest diameter to the largest, minus, particle ^ has the smallest diameter' and particle N has the largest diameter. Based on this distribution ', it is possible to calculate particles having a diameter of the 99th percentile of the distribution based on this volume. This particle diameter is called (D99). The physical meaning of D99 is the diameter of the 99th percentile-dominated particle, that is, 99% of the total particle volume evaluated is occupied by particles with a diameter smaller than D99. Therefore, D99 is an approximation of the maximum diameter. The true maximum diameter requires infinite resistance measurement, so 'is not the actual amount for measurement and analysis. D99 and volume average particle diameters are shown in Table 9. 111 This paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) 585889 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (109) Table 9 Example Glossy Scattering Ratio of Gloss Plate BCF Fiber Toughness (g / d) Volume Average Secondary Axis (// m) D99 Secondary axis __ (// m) 161 1.7 0.49 2.5 1.08 1.78 171 3.3 0.39 2.8 0.83 1.50 182 3.2 0.41 2.5 0.51 0.75 193 2.3 0.46 2.2 0.59 1.27 204a 3.9 0.41 2.6 0.32 0.63 214b 4.6 0.33 2.6 0.24 0.38 224c 4.6 0.36 2.7 0.26 — 0.60 231 2.5 0.49 2.6 0.75 — 1.35 243 3.0 0.41 2.7 0.33 0.61 255 1.0 0.55 1.1 1.00 2.71 266 1.4 0.49 2.2 1.24 1.94 277 4.6 0.38 2.9 0.21 ----- 0.39 1 87% resistant N-6 / 10% SPS2 / 3% MGSPM1 2 87.8% N-6 / 10% SPS2 / 2.2% SMA4 3 87.3% N-6 / 10% SPS2 / 2.7% FAPPOl 4a 88.65% N -6 / 10% SPS2 / 1.35% FAPP02 4b 88.65% nylon N-6 / 10% SPM2 / 1.35% FAPP02 4c 88.65% nylon N-6 / 10% SPM1 / 1.35% FAPP02 5 87.3% nylon N-6 / 10% SPS2 / 2.7% FAPPOl, prepared by a single flow path compound (without pre-combination of sps2 and FAPP01)… 6 87% nylon N-6 (RV = 38) / 10% SPS2 / 3% MGSPM1 7 87.3% Nylon N-6,6 (RV = 240) / 10% SPS2 / 2.7% FAPP01 Please read it first: Event I: Then!

用於形成纖維之熱塑性混合物係於30mm或40mm之雙 螺桿擠塑器且使用母料程序化合。例外係於範例25,其係 於40mm雙螺桿擠塑器上使用單一流路程序化合。所有物料 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) 585889 A7 ______B7_ 五、發明説明(110) 係於試驗型規格之BCF紡絲線路上形成纖維。所有物料含 有約10%之結晶間同立構聚合物相(包含含有MGSPM1之 樣品)。以線性計算調整之體積平均投射顆粒次要轴尺寸及 BCF紗之光澤(藉由專家小組決定)之作圖係於第14圖中顯 示0 線性關係(y=-〇.25x+1.4)於體積平均投射顆粒次要軸 尺寸(y)與藉由光澤板測量之纖維光澤(X)間發現,其具有之 平方關係係數(R2)係0.79。更特別地,約8_14重量%之組份 (b)含量之大於0.20 // m(較佳係大於0.25 // m)之包藏顆粒體 積平均次要軸尺寸,以便產生具降低光澤之纖維。相同資 訊亦於第15圖使用藉由散射比例仏軸)測量之bcf紗之光 澤緣製,於體積平均投射顆粒次要軸尺寸(y)與纖維散射比 例(X)間產生線性關係(y=4.5x-1.3),其具有平方關係係數 (R2)係0.65。具有大於〇.33(更佳係大於〇·35)之藉由前述方 法決定之散射比例之纖維係依據本發明之高度期望的。 韋刃性亦被發現與投射次要軸顆粒直徑之第99百分位 (其係隶大顆粒直控之近似值)相關。當以物性之函數緣製 時,關係被觀察。特別地,對方程式:D99顆粒直徑 =(-1·3)χ+4·2(其中X係韌性,g/d》之線性調整具有之平方關 係係數(R2)=0.64。結果係於第16圖顯示。 良好之纖維紡絲性質被認為部份係由於具可接受之破 裂動力學之纖維。影響此性質之一因素被認為係最大包藏 顆粒之次要軸尺寸。因此,例示之韌性與D99次要軸顆粒 直徑間之關係指示良好之纖維紡絲性質。特別地,少於3·〇The thermoplastic mixture used to form the fibers was a 30 or 40 mm twin screw extruder and compounded using a master batch procedure. The exception was in Example 25, which was combined on a 40mm twin-screw extruder using a single flow path procedure. All materials The size of this paper is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) 585889 A7 ______B7_ V. Description of the invention (110) Fibers are formed on the BCF spinning circuit of experimental specifications. All materials contained approximately 10% of the syndiotactic polymer phase (including samples containing MGSPM1). The volume adjusted by linear calculation averages the projection of the minor axis size of the particles and the gloss of the BCF yarn (determined by the expert team). The graph in Figure 14 shows a 0 linear relationship (y = -0.25. + 1.4) to the volume. It was found that the minor axis size (y) of the average projected particle and the fiber gloss (X) measured by the gloss plate had a square relationship coefficient (R2) of 0.79. More specifically, the component (b) content of about 8 to 14% by weight has an average minor axis size of the contained particle volume greater than 0.20 // m (preferably greater than 0.25 // m) in order to produce fibers with reduced gloss. The same information is also used in Figure 15 to measure the gloss margin of the bcf yarn measured by the scattering ratio y-axis, which produces a linear relationship between the volume-averaged particle secondary axis size (y) and the fiber scattering ratio (X) (y = 4.5x-1.3), which has a square relationship coefficient (R2) of 0.65. Fibers having a scattering ratio determined by the aforementioned method greater than 0.33 (more preferably greater than 0.35) are highly desirable in accordance with the present invention. Weirdness was also found to be related to the 99th percentile of the diameter of the projected minor axis particles, which is an approximation of the direct control of large particles. When governed by a function of physical properties, relationships are observed. In particular, the opposite formula: D99 particle diameter = (-1 · 3) χ + 4 · 2 (where the linear adjustment of the X-series toughness, g / d "has a square relation coefficient (R2) = 0.64. The result is based on the 16th The figure shows. Good fiber spinning properties are believed to be due in part to fibers with acceptable breakage kinetics. One factor affecting this property is considered to be the minor axis size of the largest occluded particles. Therefore, the illustrated toughness and D99 The relationship between secondary axis particle diameters indicates good fiber spinning properties. In particular, less than 3.0

585889 A7 _B7_ 五、發明説明(in) //m之D99係高度期望的。 範例28-38-使用各種相容劑及二組份,自行相容之摻合物 第10表之組成物於30mm或40mm雙螺桿擠塑器上對範 例28-36係使用母料程序且對範例37-3 8係使用單一流路程 序化合。形成之摻合物對範例2 8 - 2 9係於實驗室連續長絲線 路且對範例30-38係於試驗型之BCF紡絲線路上紡成儀 維。BCF樣品藉由光澤板讀取光澤度。範例28-36含有10% 之SPS2。範例37及38僅含有二組份:耐綸6及苯乙烯及對 甲基苯乙烯之馬來酸酯化間同立構共聚物。 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 、可| 114 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) 585889 A7 B7 五、發明説明(112) 第10表 範例 組份(a)N-6 (%) 組份(b) (%) 組份⑻ (%) ⑻及(c)内之 MA莫耳% 光澤b 韌性c ----- 28 89.00 SPS2(10) SMA2(1.00) 0.018 - 3.80 29 89.75 “ SMA3 (0.25) 0.039 - 3.60 30 87.80 “ SMA4 (2.20) --------: 0.096 3.20 2.50 31 87.30 “ FAPP01 (2.70) 0.181 3.00 2.70 —----- 32 87.30 “ FAPP01 (2.70) 0.181 2.25 ----- 2.20 __—-- 33 87.00 “ MGSPM1 (3.00) 0.123 1.65 2.50 34 87.00 “ MGSPM1 (3.00) 0.123 3.33 2.80 35 87.00 “ MGSPM1 (3.00) 0.123 2.50 2.55 36 87.00 “ MGSPS2 (3.00) 0.083 2.90 2.50 37 90.00 MGSPM3(10) - 0.212 2.50 2.20 38 90.00 U - 0.319 4.40 2.50 範例37及38除外,所有摻合物含有丨〇%之SPS2。 範例37及38僅含有耐綸及10%之MGSPM3或MGSPM2 , 八祕 於1·〇(最低光澤度)至5·〇(最光光澤度)之規格上之橄欖綠染色纖維之光澤板刀、,及 克/丹尼 範例39-46,F黃色指數,ΥΙ測試 各種重量比例之SPS2、耐綸Ν-6及各種相容劑(組份 (c),包含馬來酸酐接枝之間同立構之苯乙烯/對-甲基苯乙 烯共聚物(MGSPM1)、馬來酸酐接枝之間同立構聚笨乙稀 (MGSPS2)、無規苯乙烯/馬來酸酐共聚物(SMA4)或福馬酸 接枝聚笨撐氧化物(FAPPO1或fAPP02)之乾轉鼓式摻合物 於30mm或40mm之雙重螺桿擠塑器上使用母料程序化合。 此外,耐綸N-6組份(a)與馬來酸酐接枝之苯乙婦/對_曱美笨 585889 A7585889 A7 _B7_ V. Description of the Invention (in) // D99 of m is highly desirable. Example 28-38-Using various compatibilizers and two components, the self-compatible blend The composition of Table 10 was applied to a 30 or 40 mm twin screw extruder. Example 37-3 The 8 series uses a single flow path combination. The resulting blends were spun into pairs on Examples 2 8-2 9 on a laboratory continuous filament line and Examples 30-38 on an experimental BCF spinning line. The BCF sample reads the gloss by a gloss plate. Examples 28-36 contain 10% SPS2. Examples 37 and 38 contained only two components: nylon 6 and a maleated syndiotactic copolymer of styrene and p-methylstyrene. (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page), OK | 114 This paper size applies to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) 585889 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (112) Example components of Table 10 (a) N-6 (%) component (b) (%) component ⑻ (%) ⑻ and MA mole% in (c) gloss b toughness c ----- 28 89.00 SPS2 (10) SMA2 (1.00) 0.018-3.80 29 89.75 "SMA3 (0.25) 0.039-3.60 30 87.80" SMA4 (2.20) --------: 0.096 3.20 2.50 31 87.30 "FAPP01 (2.70) 0.181 3.00 2.70 ------ -32 87.30 "FAPP01 (2.70) 0.181 2.25 ----- 2.20 __--- 33 87.00" MGSPM1 (3.00) 0.123 1.65 2.50 34 87.00 "MGSPM1 (3.00) 0.123 3.33 2.80 35 87.00" MGSPM1 (3.00) 0.123 2.50 2.55 36 87.00 "MGSPS2 (3.00) 0.083 2.90 2.50 37 90.00 MGSPM3 (10)-0.212 2.50 2.20 38 90.00 U-0.319 4.40 2.50 Except for examples 37 and 38, all blends contain 丨 0% SPS2. Examples 37 and 38 only contain nylon and 10% of MGSPM3 or MGSPM2, and the gloss board knife of olive green dyed fiber in the specifications of 1.0 (lowest gloss) to 5.0 (highest gloss), And grams / Denny example 39-46, F yellow index, ΥI tested SPS2, nylon N-6 and various compatibilizers (component (c) including maleic anhydride Styrene / p-methylstyrene copolymer (MGSPM1), maleic anhydride grafted isotactic polystyrene (MGSPS2), random styrene / maleic anhydride copolymer (SMA4) or fumaric acid The dry-drum blend of grafted polybenzyl oxide (FAPPO1 or fAPP02) was compounded on a 30mm or 40mm dual screw extruder using a master batch program. In addition, N-6 nylon component (a) and Maleic anhydride grafted acetophenone / Pair_ 曱 美 笨 585585 A7

乙烯共聚物(MGSPM4)之乾轉鼓式摻合物於雙螺桿擠塑器 上使用單一流路程序化合。 形成之熱塑性混合物使用試驗型之BCF紡絲線路及代 表性之纖維紡絲條件紡成BCF。形成之膨鬆連續纖維依據 AATCC方法之測試方法16-1998下所推薦者被繞捲於白色 卡上三層厚。然後,,纖維之黃色指數經由ASTM E-3 13-00 測量。使用接枝聚苯撐氧化物作為相同劑(即使低含量)之 混合物樣品具有不可接受之黃色度,而使用其它相容化技 術之樣品具有相似於比較财論樣品者之黃色指數。組成物 及結果係於第11表中提供。 -116 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) 585889 A7 B7 五、發明説明(114) 第11表 請 先 閲A dry-drum blend of ethylene copolymer (MGSPM4) was combined on a twin-screw extruder using a single flow path procedure. The resulting thermoplastic mixture was spun into BCF using experimental BCF spinning lines and representative fiber spinning conditions. The formed bulk continuous fiber was wound around a white card in three layers in accordance with AATCC test method 16-1998 as recommended. Then, the yellow index of the fiber was measured via ASTM E-3 13-00. Samples of mixtures using grafted polyphenylene oxide as the same agent (even at low levels) have an unacceptable yellowness, while samples using other compatibilization techniques have a yellowness index similar to those of comparative financial theory samples. The composition and results are provided in Table 11. -116 This paper size is in accordance with Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) 585889 A7 B7 V. Description of Invention (114) Table 11 Please read

m 範例 組份(a) 組份(b) 組份(c) 黃色 % % % 指數 P* 100 - - 2.3 39 88.65 SPS2(10) FAPP02a(1.35) 10.5 40 93.1 SPS2 (5) FAPP01b(1.9) 18.8 41 87.3 SPS2(10) FAPP01b(2.7) 17.2 42 81.9 SPS2 (15) FAPP01b(3.1) 24.4 43 87 SPS2 (10) MGSPS2C (3.0) 4.3 44 87 SPS2(10) MGSPMld(3.0) 5.0 45 87.8 SPS2(10) SMA4e (2.2) 3.0 46 90 MGSPM2(10) f 4.6 *比較例,非本發明範例 a馬來酸酐接枝之聚苯撐氧化物,含有1.6重量%之接枝馬來酸酐含量。 b馬來酸酐接枝之聚苯撐氧化物,含有0.86重量%之接枝馬來酸酐含量。 c馬來酸酐接枝之間同立構聚苯乙烯,0.34%之接枝馬來酸酐,大於96%之立體 異構度。 d 93%苯乙烯及7%對-甲基苯乙烯之馬來酸酯化間同立構共聚物,含有0.55%之 接枝馬來酸酐及大於96°/。之立體異構度。 e無規苯乙烯/馬來酸酐共聚物,0.5%之馬來酸酐 f範例46基本上係由組份⑻及(b)所組成,二組份摻合物。 範例Fa,39a,41 a,43a,44a-未染色纖維樣品之光安定性 上述不同組成物之BCF之樣品依據美國織物化學家及 染色劑協會(AATCC)測試方法16-1998,選擇E測試對紫外 線之顏色安定性。BCF紗被繞捲於白色卡上三層厚以供測 試。所有測試係由G A ’ D a 11 ο η之專業測試貫驗室施行。樣 品曝置於高壓汞釋放光80及160小時,然後與未曝光之比較 樣品比較。D65型式之結果(10度顏色變化,ΛΕ)包含於第 117 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) 585889 A7 _B7_ 五、發明説明(115) 18表。於此表中,反射光之顏色變化(ΛΕ)係經由下述方程 式計算: AE=((L1-L2)2+(a1-a2)2+(b1-b2)2)1/2 ^ 其中1係起始狀態且2係最終狀態,且L、a及b個別係 關於紅/綠及黃/藍之光度或強度之反射光之測量。 顏色變化證明相較於耐綸比較例及使用MGSPS2及 MGSPM1之範例,使用接枝聚苯撐氧化物聚合物作為相容 劑之樣品具有不可接受之染色牢度。 第12表 曝光時間(小時) Fa* 範例39a 範例41a 範例43a 範例44a 0 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 80 1.53 3.88 7.97 1.06 1.46 160 1.79 4.88 9.85 1.36 1.49 範例47&G-細微丹尼之紡絲證明,衣物之纖維及織物樣品 10:3:87之重量比例SPS2、MGSPM1及耐綸N-6之摻合 物於40mm之雙螺桿擠塑器上使用母料程序化合。形成之摻 合物於試驗型之連續長絲線路上使用下列條件紡絲: 計量泵遞送:14.7克/分鐘 擠塑器套筒溫度分佈:290°C/325°C/325°C/310°C 紡絲頭溫度:310°C 熔融溫度:302°C 紡絲組壓力:363 psig(2.6MPa) 驟冷係於14°C之空氣。 118 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) 585889m Example component (a) Component (b) Component (c) Yellow%%% Index P * 100--2.3 39 88.65 SPS2 (10) FAPP02a (1.35) 10.5 40 93.1 SPS2 (5) FAPP01b (1.9) 18.8 41 87.3 SPS2 (10) FAPP01b (2.7) 17.2 42 81.9 SPS2 (15) FAPP01b (3.1) 24.4 43 87 SPS2 (10) MGSPS2C (3.0) 4.3 44 87 SPS2 (10) MGSPMld (3.0) 5.0 45 87.8 SPS2 (10) SMA4e (2.2) 3.0 46 90 MGSPM2 (10) f 4.6 * Comparative example, non-exemplary example a maleic anhydride-grafted polyphenylene oxide containing 1.6% by weight of grafted maleic anhydride. b Maleic anhydride-grafted polyphenylene oxide contains 0.86% by weight of grafted maleic anhydride. c Maleic anhydride grafted between the isotactic polystyrene, 0.34% of the grafted maleic anhydride, greater than 96% stereoisomerism. d Maleated syndiotactic copolymer of 93% styrene and 7% p-methylstyrene, containing 0.55% grafted maleic anhydride and greater than 96 ° /. Stereoisomerism. e Random styrene / maleic anhydride copolymer, 0.5% maleic anhydride f Example 46 is basically composed of components IX and (b), a two-component blend. Examples Fa, 39a, 41a, 43a, 44a-Light stability of undyed fiber samples BCF samples of the above-mentioned different compositions are based on the American Fabric Chemist and Dye Association (AATCC) test method 16-1998, and the E test pair is selected. UV color stability. The BCF yarn was wound in three layers on a white card for testing. All tests are performed by G A ’D a 11 ο η's professional testing laboratory. The samples were exposed to high-pressure mercury for 80 and 160 hours and then compared with unexposed comparative samples. The result of the D65 type (10-degree color change, ΛΕ) is included in the 117th paper standard and applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm). In this table, the color change of the reflected light (ΛΕ) is calculated by the following equation: AE = ((L1-L2) 2+ (a1-a2) 2+ (b1-b2) 2) 1/2 ^ where 1 Is the initial state and 2 is the final state, and L, a, and b are measurements of the reflected light of the luminosity or intensity of red / green and yellow / blue, respectively. The color change proves that the samples using the grafted polyphenylene oxide polymer as a compatibilizer have unacceptable fastness to dyeing compared to the nylon comparative examples and the examples using MGSPS2 and MGSPM1. Table 12 Exposure time (hours) Fa * Example 39a Example 41a Example 43a Example 44a 0 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 80 1.53 3.88 7.97 1.06 1.46 160 1.79 4.88 9.85 1.36 1.49 Example 47 & G-fine denim spinning proof, clothing Fiber and fabric samples were blended at a weight ratio of SPS2, MGSPM1 and nylon N-6 of 10: 3: 87 on a 40mm twin-screw extruder using a master batch process. The resulting blend was spun on a test continuous filament line using the following conditions: metering pump delivery: 14.7 g / min extruder sleeve temperature distribution: 290 ° C / 325 ° C / 325 ° C / 310 ° C Spinning head temperature: 310 ° C Melting temperature: 302 ° C Spinning group pressure: 363 psig (2.6MPa) Quenching air at 14 ° C. 118 This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) 585889

慢導絲器:75°C及434公尺/分鐘 快導絲器:175°C及1300公尺/分鐘 拉伸比例:3:1 紗之丹尼數:100/72,1.4 dpf 形成之100/72紗之韌性係2.4克/丹尼,且具65%之延伸 率〇 比較纖維G於可相比擬之條件下使用純耐綸N_6形 成。擠塑器係3 8mm直徑之具24之長度對直徑比例之單螺桿 擠塑裔(其被配置三個電區域加熱器)。其後係計量泵及紡 絲組(其係配置燒結金屬過濾器)。紡絲組係配置具以個 〇.3mm直徑之圓形模具之纖維噴絲板。纖維之形成條件係 如下所示: 計量泵遞送:8.3克/分鐘 擠塑器套筒溫度分佈:260艺/275。(:/260。(:Slow wire guide: 75 ° C and 434 m / min. Fast wire guide: 175 ° C and 1300 m / min. Stretch ratio: 3: 1. Denier number of yarn: 100/72, 100 formed by 1.4 dpf The toughness of the / 72 yarn is 2.4 g / denier, and has an elongation of 65%. The comparative fiber G is formed using pure nylon N_6 under comparable conditions. The extruder is a single screw extruder with a length-to-diameter ratio of 38 mm in diameter (which is equipped with three electric zone heaters). It was followed by a metering pump and a spinning unit (which was equipped with a sintered metal filter). The spinning group is equipped with a fiber spinneret having a circular mold with a diameter of 0.3 mm. The fiber formation conditions are as follows: Metering pump delivery: 8.3 g / min Extruder sleeve temperature distribution: 260 g / 275. (: / 260. (:

紡絲頭溫度:260°CSpinning head temperature: 260 ° C

熔融溫度:258°C 紡絲組壓力:380 psig(2.6MPa) 驟冷係於13°C之空氣。 慢導絲器:40°C及233公尺/分鐘 快導絲器:90°C及750公尺/分鐘 拉伸比例:3.2:1 紗之丹尼數:100/64,1.56dpf 形成之謂64紗之㈣係4.0克/丹尼,且具7冰之延伸 率0 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) 585889 A7 B7 五、發明説明(117) 此二纖維係以2捻合/英吋捻合,然後以四馬具毛莨緞 織結構織成織物。未經漂白染色之織物被浸於沸水中15分 鐘,然後以空氣乾燥。於曝置於沸水前後之經緯方向之尺 寸被測量。然後,收縮劑於經緯方向皆被測量。結果係於 第13表中提供。 第13表 範例 經端 緯端 重量 經紗收縮率% 緯紗收縮率% 47 93/英吋 80/英吋 2.54盎司/碼2 7.5 6.6 G* 90/英吋 87/英吋 2.46盎司/碼2 7.5 7.6 *比較例,非本發明範例 以前述方式處理後檢試形成之織物樣品指不依據本發 明製備之織物(範例47)具有比比較織物更悅人之手感(較 軟之觸感)及較佳之覆蓋(更具不透明性)。 範例48使用母料批次摻合及延伸流混合製備纖維 78.74:21.26之重量比例之SPS2及FAPP01 (福馬酸改質 之聚苯撐氧化物,含有0.8%之接枝福馬酸)之乾轉鼓式摻合 物於290°C之單一流路化合,擠塑成圓柱形股線,且於水浴 中冷卻至室溫。股線被吹除水,且切成2.8mm長度及2 · 1 mm 直徑之切片。切片(稱為母料切片)於9(TC之重複循環乾燥 劑之乾燥器内乾燥8小時,以使濕氣含量少於0.08%。 87.3:12.7重量比例之耐綸N-6及前述母料之乾燥轉鼓 式摻合物被供應至63.5mm直徑之單一螺桿擠塑器以製備 聚合物顆粒,如第6圖所示。擠塑器60包含單一螺桿69,其 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) 120 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)Melting temperature: 258 ° C Spinning group pressure: 380 psig (2.6MPa) Quenching air at 13 ° C. Slow wire guide: 40 ° C and 233 m / min Fast wire guide: 90 ° C and 750 m / min Stretch ratio: 3.2: 1 Denny number of yarn: 100/64, 1.56dpf 64 gauze is 4.0 g / denier with 7 ice elongation 0 This paper size is applicable to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) 585889 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (117) These two fiber systems Twisted at 2 twists / inch, then woven into a fabric with a four-horse quilted satin structure. The unbleached dyed fabric was immersed in boiling water for 15 minutes and then air-dried. The dimensions in the warp and weft directions before and after exposure to boiling water were measured. Then, the shrinkage agent is measured in both the warp and weft directions. Results are provided in Table 13. Table 13 Example Warp End Weft End Warp Yarn Shrinkage% Weft Yarn Shrinkage% 47 93 / inch 80 / inch 2.54 oz / yard 2 7.5 6.6 G * 90 / inch 87 / inch 2.46 ounce / yard 2 7.5 7.6 * Comparative example, a non-exemplified example of the invention. The fabric sample formed after the test in the manner described above refers to a fabric not prepared in accordance with the present invention (Example 47) has a more pleasing feel (softer feel) and better Cover (more opaque). Example 48: Using a master batch batch blending and extension flow mixing to prepare a dry drum of fiber 78.74: 21.26 weight ratio of SPS2 and FAPP01 (modified polyphenylene oxide modified with fumaric acid, containing 0.8% grafted fumaric acid) The blend was compounded in a single flow path at 290 ° C, extruded into a cylindrical strand, and cooled to room temperature in a water bath. The strands were blown out of water and cut into 2.8 mm length and 2.1 mm diameter slices. The chips (referred to as masterbatch chips) are dried for 8 hours in a desiccator with a repeated circulation desiccant of 9 ° C, so that the moisture content is less than 0.08%. 87.3: 12.7 weight ratio of nylon N-6 and the aforementioned masterbatch The dry-drum blend is supplied to a single screw extruder with a diameter of 63.5 mm to prepare polymer particles, as shown in Figure 6. The extruder 60 contains a single screw 69, the paper size of which conforms to Chinese national standards (CNS) A4 size (210X297mm) 120 (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page)

585889 A7 _B7_ 五、發明説明(118) 係位於圓柱形混合體65内,具有三個溫度控制區域,61,62 及63。入口至出口之各區域設定點個別為260、3 15及3 15 °C。轉化管線64、混合器主體65及圓柱形模具66被控制於 290°C。擠塑器之rpm係設定為50 rpm,其經系統供應淨 13.61公斤/小時之流速。為改良耐綸6及母料切片之混合, 離開擠塑器之熔融聚合物係經由線内之延伸流混合裝置 67(EFM-250型之靜式混合器,可得自Flow Mixer,Inc, Mississaauga,Ontario)供應。混合裝置内之可變式間隙設 為3mm。離開混合裝置之物料被擠塑成圓柱形股線,且於 水浴68内冷卻至室溫。股線被切成約4mm長及3mm直徑之 切片。形成之切粒於重複循環乾燥淨乾燥器内乾燥至 0.08%或更少之濕氣含量,且於試驗型之BCF紡絲線路上紡 絲。 纖維形成條件係如下所示: 計量泵遞送:135克/分鐘 擠塑器套筒溫度分佈:300°C/325°C/325°C/295°C 紡絲頭溫度:295°C 熔融溫度:290°C 紡絲組壓力:795 psig(5.6 MPa) 驟冷係於15t之空氣。 慢導絲器:75°C及334公尺/分鐘 快導絲器:160°C及1〇〇〇公尺/分鐘 拉伸比例:3:1 捲曲變形器之溫度及壓力:190°C及80psig(0.63 MPa) 121 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 0 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) Α4規格(210X297公釐) 585889 A7 ----------- B7__ 五、發明説明(119;) ^ ~—"" ~一一 交織壓力:45 psi (0.40 MPa) 紗之丹尼數:100/64,1.56dpf 拉伸、捲曲變形、空氣交織及繞捲後,形成之BCF紗 狀72條長絲之紗束具有⑽丹尼數。形成之1197/72紗之 韌性係2.5克/丹尼。光澤板分級係3 6。 被瞭解纖維紡絲設備亦可併入延伸混合器,實質上係 如前段落中所述者,或靜式混合器,其位置係於擠塑器與 紡絲組之間。藉由此一改質之纖維紡絲設備,其可於纖維 溶融私塑期間藉由混合各種組份達成於組份0)内之組份 (b)及(c)之預摻合切粒之充分分散,如此,所有組份之摻合 物或混合物之起始化合係不需要。 範經丑丄雙組份纖雒钫絲 87.3:1〇:2.7之重量比例之耐綸义6、8?82及?八??〇1(福 馬酸改質之聚苯撐氧化物,含有〇_8%之接枝福馬酸)之乾轉 鼓式摻合物於雙螺桿擠塑器内使用單一流路程序化合並乾 燥。 雙組份(芯/鞘)之纖維係於下列紡絲條件下形成。二個 具有30:1之長度對直徑之比例之配置四個電區域加熱器之 單一螺桿(30mm直徑之擠塑器(一係用於摻合物,用於鞘 部,且一係淨耐綸6,作為芯部)被使用。每一擠塑器被配 置計量泵及紡絲組(其被配置燒結金屬過濾器)。紡絲組被 配置纖維喷絲板,其具有72個三葉狀模具,每一者能製得 鞘-芯之二組份共擠塑纖維,其具有三葉狀芯部。擠塑器之 1至4區(供料喉部至遞送端)及紡絲之溫度藉由熱偶測量。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準() A4規格(21〇><297公楚) -122 - (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 、訂— 585889 A7 -----— B7 五、發明説明(120) 一 每-計量泵遞送68克/分鐘。摻合物擠塑器套筒之溫度分佈 係29G°C/32G°C/31G°C/3GG°C,耐論擠塑器套筒之溫度分佈 係、26〇〇C/2WC/275〇C/275t,紡絲頭之溫度係3〇代。纺絲 組壓力係795 Psig(5.6MPa)。鞘部(由本發明之熱塑性摻合 物形成)包含50體積%之總纖維戴面,且餘量係淨耐綸6, 包含纖維芯部。 擠塑後,熔融纖維經交錯驟冷腔室落下,以固化成部 份拉伸之連續長絲紗。驟冷係於15它之空氣。部份拉伸之 驟冷連續長絲紗於緩慢之第一導絲軋與快速之第二導絲軋 間拉伸,其具有75°C及16(TC之個別溫度,及339及95〇公尺 /分鐘之個別表面速率,因而以2.8之比例拉伸。 I 冷卻之紗束使用以9 5 〇公尺/分鐘操作之標準繞捲器繞 捲於圓柱形捲裝上。拉伸及繞捲後,形成之平紗對72條三 葉狀長絲具有1250總丹尼數。形成之丨250/72紗之韌性係 I 1.9克/丹尼。 息例50-商業BCF紡絲之證明 10:2.7:87.3重量比例之SPS2、FAPP01及耐綸N-6之摻 合物於40mm雙螺桿擠塑器上使用母料程序化合。形成之摻 合物切粒於商業BCF紡絲線路上使用下述及第14表中之條 件紡絲: 擠塑器套筒溫度分佈:275°C,288°C,285°C,285。(:, 285。。585889 A7 _B7_ 5. Description of the invention (118) is located in the cylindrical mixing body 65, and has three temperature control regions, 61, 62 and 63. The set points for each zone from the entrance to the exit are 260, 3 15 and 3 15 ° C. The conversion line 64, the mixer body 65, and the cylindrical mold 66 were controlled at 290 ° C. The rpm of the extruder was set to 50 rpm, which provided a net flow rate of 13.61 kg / hour through the system. In order to improve the mixing of nylon 6 and masterbatch chips, the molten polymer leaving the extruder was passed through an in-line extension flow mixing device 67 (EFM-250 static mixer, available from Flow Mixer, Inc, Mississaauga , Ontario) supply. The variable gap in the mixing device was set to 3 mm. The material leaving the mixing device is extruded into a cylindrical strand and cooled to room temperature in a water bath 68. The strands were cut into sections of approximately 4 mm in length and 3 mm in diameter. The formed pellets were dried to a moisture content of 0.08% or less in a recirculating drying net drier, and were spun on a test BCF spinning line. The fiber formation conditions are as follows: Metering pump delivery: 135 g / min extruder sleeve temperature distribution: 300 ° C / 325 ° C / 325 ° C / 295 ° C Spinning head temperature: 295 ° C Melting temperature: 290 ° C Spinning group pressure: 795 psig (5.6 MPa) Quenched to 15t of air. Slow wire guide: 75 ° C and 334 m / min Fast wire guide: 160 ° C and 1000 m / min Stretch ratio: 3: 1 Temperature and pressure of crimp deformer: 190 ° C and 80psig (0.63 MPa) 121 (Please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page) 0 This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) 585889 A7 ----------- B7__ 5. Description of the invention (119;) ^ ~ — " " ~ One-to-one interlacing pressure: 45 psi (0.40 MPa) Denny number of yarn: 100/64, 1.56dpf stretch, curl deformation, air interlacing and winding After the winding, the formed BCF yarn-like 72-filament yarn bundle has a danni number. The tenacity of the formed 1197/72 yarn was 2.5 g / danny. Gloss board grading system 3 6. It is understood that fiber spinning equipment can also be incorporated into an extension mixer, essentially as described in the previous paragraph, or a static mixer, which is located between the extruder and the spinning group. With this modified fiber spinning equipment, it is possible to achieve sufficient pre-blending and pelletizing of components (b) and (c) within component 0) by mixing various components during fiber melting and plasticizing. Dispersion, as such, does not require a starting compound for a blend or mixture of all components. Fan Jing ugly bicomponent fiber reel 87.3: 10: 2.7 weight ratio of nylon 6, 8? 82 and? Eight? ? A dry-rotation drum blend of 〇1 (formaldehyde modified polyphenylene oxide, containing 0-8% of grafted fumaric acid) was programmed and combined using a single flow path in a twin-screw extruder to dry. Bicomponent (core / sheath) fibers are formed under the following spinning conditions. Two single screws with 30: 1 length-to-diameter ratio and four electric zone heaters (30mm diameter extruder (one for admixture, one for sheath and one for nylon) 6, as the core) is used. Each extruder is equipped with a metering pump and a spinning group (which is equipped with a sintered metal filter). The spinning group is equipped with a fiber spinneret, which has 72 trilobal molds Each can produce a sheath-core two-component co-extruded fiber with a three-lobed core. Zones 1 to 4 of the extruder (feed throat to delivery end) and spinning temperature are borrowed Measured by a thermocouple. This paper size is in accordance with Chinese National Standard (A4) (21〇 < 297 Gongchu) -122-(Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page), Order — 585889 A7- ----- B7 V. Description of the invention (120)-68-g / min delivered per metering pump. The temperature distribution of the blender extruder sleeve is 29G ° C / 32G ° C / 31G ° C / 3GG ° C The temperature distribution of the extruder sleeve is 2600C / 2WC / 275 ° C / 275t, and the temperature of the spinning head is 30 generations. The pressure of the spinning group is 795 Psig (5.6 MPa). The sheath part ( The thermoplastic blend of the present invention is formed) contains 50% by volume of the total fiber wearing surface, and the balance is net nylon 6, including the fiber core. After extrusion, the molten fibers fall through the staggered quenching chamber to solidify into Partially stretched continuous filament yarn. Quenched at 15 ° C. Partially stretched quenched continuous filament yarn is drawn between the slow first guide wire rolling and the fast second guide wire rolling. It has an individual temperature of 75 ° C and 16 ° C, and individual surface velocities of 339 and 9500 meters / minute, so it is stretched at a ratio of 2.8. I Use of cooled yarn bundles to operate at 950 meters / minute The standard coiler is wound on a cylindrical package. After stretching and winding, the flat yarn formed on the 72 trilobal filaments has a total denier of 1250. The toughness of the formed 250/72 yarn I 1.9g / Danny. Example 50-Commercial BCF Spinning Proof 10: 2.7: 87.3 weight ratio of SPS2, FAPP01 and nylon N-6 blend on 40mm twin screw extruder using master batch procedure The resulting blend was pelletized on a commercial BCF spinning line and spun using the conditions described below and in Table 14: : 275 ° C, 288 ° C, 285 ° C, 285 (:, 285 ...

紡絲頭溫度:285°C 熔融溫度:285°C 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準() A4規格(21〇><297公爱) -123 -Spinning head temperature: 285 ° C Melting temperature: 285 ° C The paper size is applicable to Chinese national standard (A4) (21〇 > < 297 public love) -123-

訂— (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填窝本頁) 585889 A7Order — (Please read the notes on the back before filling in this page) 585889 A7

紡絲組壓力:ll〇pSig(0 86 MPa) 驟冷係於16°C之空氣。Spinning group pressure: 110 pSig (0 86 MPa) quenched at 16 ° C in air.

慢導絲器:75°CSlow wire guide: 75 ° C

快導絲器:180°C 捲曲變形器之溫度及壓力:21(TC及6.0巴(〇.6 MPa) 比較例旦 100%組份(a)(耐綸-6) 範例5之設備被用以使用下述及第14表之條件製備耐 綸N-6聚合物切片之紗: 擠塑器套筒溫度分佈:247°C,257°C,256。(:, 254〇C ’Quick guide wire: 180 ° C temperature and pressure of crimping deformer: 21 (TC and 6.0 bar (0.6 MPa)) Comparative Example Once 100% component (a) (Nylon-6) The equipment of Example 5 was used Nylon N-6 polymer chip yarn was prepared using the following conditions and Table 14: Extruder sleeve temperature distribution: 247 ° C, 257 ° C, 256. (:, 254 ° C '

紡絲頭溫度:260°CSpinning head temperature: 260 ° C

熔融溫度:260°C 紡絲組壓力:1550 psig(10.8MPa) 驟冷係於16°C之空氣。Melting temperature: 260 ° C Spinning group pressure: 1550 psig (10.8MPa) Quenching air at 16 ° C.

慢導絲器:75°CSlow wire guide: 75 ° C

快導絲器:180°C 捲曲變形器之溫度及壓力:210°C及6.0巴(0_6MPa) 交織壓力:3.0巴(0.30 MPa) 比較例Η 10:1:89之重量比例之Styrcm 685D(無規聚苯乙烯)、 SMA1及耐綸N-6之摻合物係於40mm雙螺桿擠塑器上使用 單一流路程序化合。形成之摻合物顆粒於商業BCF紡絲線 路上使用下述及第14表之條件紡絲: 124 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐〉 585889 A7 B7 五 、發明説明(l22 擠塑器套筒溫度分佈:260°C/280°C/27(TC/27(rc/270Quick guide wire: 180 ° C Temperature and pressure of crimping deformer: 210 ° C and 6.0 bar (0_6MPa) Interlacing pressure: 3.0 bar (0.30 MPa) Comparative Example St Styrcm 685D (weight of 10: 1: 89) (Regular polystyrene), SMA1 and nylon N-6 blends were combined on a 40mm twin-screw extruder using a single flow path program. The resulting blend particles were spun on a commercial BCF spinning line using the following conditions and the conditions in Table 14: 124 This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) 585889 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (L22 Extruder sleeve temperature distribution: 260 ° C / 280 ° C / 27 (TC / 27 (rc / 270

°C° C

紡絲頭溫度:270°c 熔融溫度:270°C 紡絲組壓力:1550 psig(10.4MPa) 驟冷係於16°C之空氣。 慢導絲器:75°C 快導絲器:180 捲曲變形器之溫度及壓力:210°C及6.0巴(0.6 MPa) 交織壓力:3.0巴(0.30 MPa) 第14表中所報告之紗及紡絲條件之比較證實相較於依 據比較例Η及I之纖維及紗,藉由使用本發明組成物可達成 之紡絲性之改良。相較於比較例Η或I之纖維,於相同丹尼 /長絲時,範例50之纖維係更易於商業規格之纖維形成裝置 上以促進之線路速率形成及紡絲。使用範例5〇之組成物未 k遇纖維破裂或纖維安定性問題,而比較例I係難以紡絲且 產生極多之纖維破裂。 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) .、^τ—Spinning head temperature: 270 ° c Melting temperature: 270 ° C Spinning group pressure: 1550 psig (10.4MPa) Quenching air at 16 ° C. Slow guide: 75 ° C Fast guide: 180 Temperature and pressure of crimping deformer: 210 ° C and 6.0 bar (0.6 MPa) Interlacing pressure: 3.0 bar (0.30 MPa) Yarn and The comparison of the spinning conditions confirmed that the spinnability can be improved by using the composition of the present invention compared to the fibers and yarns according to Comparative Examples Η and I. Compared to the fibers of Comparative Examples Η or I, the fibers of Example 50 are easier to form and spin at a promoted line rate on a fiber-forming device of a commercial specification at the same denier / filament. The composition of the use example 50 did not encounter fiber breakage or fiber stability problems, while the comparative example I was difficult to spin and caused much fiber breakage. (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page)., ^ Τ—

125 585889 A7B7 五、發明説明(123) 第14表 紗 線路 速率 (公心分) 聚合物 (克/分) 長絲 (丹尼) 紗 (丹尼) 慢導器 器速率 (公尺/分) 快導器 器速率 (公心分) 拉伸 比例 捲取 速率 (公尺/分) 紗韌性 (规尼) 範例50a 1600 160 14.8 847 565 1600 2.8 1400 1.9 範例50b 1600 240 24.2 1378 565 1600 2.8 1400 1.9 範例50c 1600 302 29.5 1679 565 1600 2.8 1400 1.7 範例50d 1800 260 23.6 1346 640 1800 2.8 1650 2.0 範例50e 2000 300 23.1 1317 706 2000 2.8 1770 2.0 Ha* 1600 160 15.8 898 565 1600 2.8 1400 2.9 Hb* 1600 240 23.4 1333 565 1600 2.8 1400 2.6 He* 1600 302 29.5 1686 565 1600 2.8 1400 2.7 Hd* 1800 260 23.0 1310 640 1800 2.8 1650 2.5 He* 2000 300 23.3 1330 706 2000 2.8 1770 2.7 la* 1600 280 27.5 1567 565 1600 2.8 1400 2.2 lb* 1600 300 29.7 1692 565 1600 2.8 1400 2.0 比較例,非本發明之範例 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂— 範例51-53, J, K & L-降低之熱固化收縮率 範例51-53之組成物於40mm雙螺桿擠塑器上使用母料 程序化合。範例Μ之組成物於40mm雙螺桿擠塑器上使用單 一流路方法化合。形成之摻合物(第15表所示)於試驗型之 BCF紡絲線路上使用第16表所示之條件紡成纖維。纖維之 電子掃瞄顯微照像係描述於第la(範例51)、lb(範例52)、 lc(範例 53)、2a(K)、2b(L)及2c(M)圖。 126 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) 585889 A7 B7 五、發明説明(124) 第15表 範例 組份⑻a(%) 組份(b)(%) 組份(c)(%) 組份⑷d(%) 51 93.1 5b 1.9C 52 87.3 10b 2.7C 53 81.9 15b 3.1c J* 100 K* 99.8 0.2 L* 99.6 0.4 M* 89 10e lf *比較例,非本發明範例 a耐綸N-6 bSPS2 CFAPP01 dTiO, e Styron 685D f SMA1 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) 127 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)125 585889 A7B7 V. Description of the invention (123) Table 14 Yarn path rate (centre centimeter) Polymer (g / min) Filament (denier) Yarn (denier) Slow guide rate (meter / min.) Fast Guide speed (centimeter centimeter) Stretch ratio Winding rate (meter / min) Yarn toughness (gauge) Example 50a 1600 160 14.8 847 565 1600 2.8 1400 1.9 Example 50b 1600 240 24.2 1378 565 1600 2.8 1400 1.9 Example 50c 1600 302 29.5 1679 565 1600 2.8 1400 1.7 Example 50d 1800 260 23.6 1346 640 1800 2.8 2.8 1650 2.0 Example 50e 2000 300 23.1 1317 706 2000 2.8 1770 2.0 Ha * 1600 160 15.8 898 565 1600 2.8 1400 2.9 Hb * 1600 240 23.4 1333 565 1600 2.8 1400 2.6 He * 1600 302 29.5 1686 565 1600 2.8 1400 2.7 Hd * 1800 260 23.0 1310 640 1800 2.8 1650 2.5 He * 2000 300 23.3 1330 706 2000 2.8 1770 2.7 la * 1600 280 27.5 1567 565 1600 2.8 1400 2.2 lb * 1600 300 29.7 1692 565 1600 2.8 1400 2.0 Comparative example, not an example of the present invention (please read the notes on the back before filling this page) Order — Example 51-53, J, K & L-Reduced Heat Curing Shrinkage Composition Examples 51-53 The procedure using the masterbatch compound on an 40mm twin screw extruder. The composition of Example M was combined on a 40 mm twin-screw extruder using a single flow method. The resulting blend (shown in Table 15) was spun into fibers on experimental BCF spinning lines using the conditions shown in Table 16. The electronic scanning micrographs of the fibers are described in Figures la (Example 51), lb (Example 52), lc (Example 53), 2a (K), 2b (L), and 2c (M). 126 This paper size is in accordance with Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) 585889 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (124) Table 15 Example component 组 a (%) Component (b) (%) Component (c ) (%) Component ⑷d (%) 51 93.1 5b 1.9C 52 87.3 10b 2.7C 53 81.9 15b 3.1c J * 100 K * 99.8 0.2 L * 99.6 0.4 M * 89 10e lf * Comparative example, not example of the invention a Nylon N-6 bSPS2 CFAPP01 dTiO, e Styron 685D f SMA1 This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) 127 (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page)

585889 A7 -------B7 五、發明説明(125 ) 第16表 範例 擠塑器區域分佈 (°C) 紡絲組 (°C) 熔融 溫度 (°C) 紡絲組 壓力 (MPa) 慢導絲器 率 (公尺/分) 快導絲器 速率 (公尺/分) 紗 (丹尼) 韌性 (克/丹尼) 1 2 3 4 51a 270 288 285 285 285 285 9.1 321 1000 1525 2.9 52a 270 288 286 285 285 285 8.0 321 1000 1513 2.7 53a 270 288 286 286 286 286 8.7 •321 1000 1517 2.2 Ja* 260 270 260 260 260 260 9.7 308 1000 1450 3.1 Ka* 260 270 260 260 260 262 9.7 321 1000 1483 3.3 La* 260 270 260 260 260 262 9.7 321 1000 1514 3.1 Ma* 260 270 265 265 265 266 7.7 321 1000 1558 2.8 ---—585889 A7 ------- B7 V. Description of the invention (125) Table 16 Example extruder area distribution (° C) Spinning group (° C) Melting temperature (° C) Spinning group pressure (MPa) Slow yarn guide rate (m / min) Fast yarn guide rate (m / min) Yarn (denier) Toughness (g / denier) 1 2 3 4 51a 270 288 285 285 285 285 285 9.1 321 1000 1525 2.9 52a 270 288 286 285 285 285 285 8.0 321 1000 1513 2.7 53a 270 288 286 286 286 286 8.7 • 321 1000 1517 2.2 Ja * 260 270 260 260 260 260 260 9.7 308 1000 1450 3.1 Ka * 260 270 260 260 260 260 262 9.7 321 1000 1483 3.3 La * 260 270 260 260 260 262 9.7 321 1000 1514 3.1 Ma * 260 270 265 265 265 266 7.7 321 1000 1558 2.8 -----

*比較例,非本發明範例 驟冷空氣係15°C 慢導絲軋溫度係80°C 快導絲軋溫度對範例51-53係180°C,對比較例J, K,L, Μ係120°C 捲曲變形器之溫度及壓力係190°C及100 psig(0.8 MPa) 交織壓力係50 psi (0.45 MPa) 捻合熱固化妙之熱收縮率 比較例K,L及Μ及範例5 1 - 53製得之紗於Verdol 4〇〇型 之纜检裝置上使用5200 rpm之疑速率及27·8公尺/分之繞捲 器速率捻合,形成於“S”方向具有4.5圈/英吋(i.77圈/公分) 之检合紗。然後,检合紗被捲繞成89英忖(2.3公尺)之圓周 軸線,以供轉鼓處理及使用批次高壓釜熱固化。熱固化係 於132°C施行54分鐘。熱固化之前及熱固化之後之捻合紗之 丹尼數係於第17表中與捻合及熱固化紗之熱固化收縮率及 韋刃性一起顯示。* Comparative example, non-inventive example quenched air system 15 ° C slow guide wire rolling temperature 80 ° C fast guide wire rolling temperature for example 51-53 system 180 ° C, for comparative examples J, K, L, M system The temperature and pressure of the 120 ° C curl deformer are 190 ° C and 100 psig (0.8 MPa). The interlaced pressure is 50 psi (0.45 MPa). The thermal shrinkage of the twisted thermal curing is compared with Examples K, L, and M and Example 5 1 -53 yarns were twisted on a Verdol 400 cable inspection device using a suspicious speed of 5200 rpm and a winder speed of 27.8 m / min, forming 4.5 turns per inch in the "S" direction Inch (i.77 turns / cm) inspection yarn. The check yarn was then wound into a circumferential axis of 89 inches (2.3 meters) for drum processing and thermal curing using a batch autoclave. Thermal curing was performed at 132 ° C for 54 minutes. The denier number of the twisted yarn before and after the heat curing is shown in Table 17 together with the heat curing shrinkage rate and the edge sharpness of the twisted and heat cured yarn.

本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公楚) 585889 五、發明說明(l26) 第17表 紗 組份⑻ 耐綸-6 (%) -〜-- 組份(b) (%) 組份(c) (%) 組份⑼ (%) 熱固化前 之丹尼數 熱固化後 之丹尼數 熱固化 收縮率 韌性 (克/丹尼) Lb* (%) 99.6 - - 0.4C 3056 3564 16.6 3.1 Kb* 99.8 - 0.2C 3012 3566 18.4 3.3 範例5 lb -------- 範例52b ———一 ------- 93.1 --—-S 5 (SPS2) 1.9a - 3040 3444 13.3 2.9 87.3 10(SPS2) 2.7a 3036 3408 12.3 2.7 範例53b 一-- 81.9 15 (SPS2) 3.1a - 3042 3310 8.8 2.2 Mb* ------- *比較例, a FAPPOl bSMAl 89 ——--- 10 (AtPS)d 1.0b - 3116 3576 14.8 2.8 非本發明範例This paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297). 585889 V. Description of the invention (l26) Table 17 yarn component 纱 Nylon-6 (%)-~-Component (b) (% ) Component (c) (%) Component ⑼ (%) Denny number before thermal curing Denny number after thermal curing Thermal cure shrinkage toughness (g / denier) Lb * (%) 99.6--0.4C 3056 3564 16.6 3.1 Kb * 99.8-0.2C 3012 3566 18.4 3.3 Example 5 lb -------- Example 52b ——— One ------- 93.1 ----- S 5 (SPS2) 1.9a -3040 3444 13.3 2.9 87.3 10 (SPS2) 2.7a 3036 3408 12.3 2.7 Example 53b I-81.9 15 (SPS2) 3.1a-3042 3310 8.8 2.2 Mb * ------- * Comparative example, a FAPPOl bSMAl 89 ——--- 10 (AtPS) d 1.0b-3116 3576 14.8 2.8 Not an example of the present invention

無規聚本乙缚未擁有結晶炫點,否則符合本發明組份(b)之要件 訂 如第Π表所例示,相較於以比較例La,Ka及Ma之纖維 衣知之紗,以範例51a至53&之纖維製得之纜捻熱固化紗展 現降低之收縮率。特別地,以至少5重量%間同立構聚苯乙 烯製得之捻合紗之範例之每一者展現少於15%之收縮率, 以至少10重量%間同立構聚苯乙烯製得之紗展現少於丨3〇/〇 之收縮率,且以1 5重量%間同立構聚苯乙烯製得之紗展現 少於10%之收縮率。 染色牢度_ 範例51b、52b、53b及Jb之捻合及熱固化之Bcf纖維樣 品(藉由以與捻合纖維51b-53b被製備之相同方式使纖ja 捻合製得)依據下述染料配方及程序而紗束染色成深橄欖 綠。對本發明範例及比較例形成之顏色皆係深橄欖綠。纖 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公复) -129 - 585889 A7 B7 五、發明説明(127) 維樣品被置於亞麻布製成之袋子内且依據下述程序清洗。 染料配方: 均勻酸性染料配方-橄欖綠The random aggregation does not have a crystal dazzling point, otherwise the requirements for component (b) in accordance with the present invention are set as illustrated in Table Π, compared to the yarns known from the fiber garments of Comparative Examples La, Ka, and Ma, as an example. Cable-twisted heat-cured yarns made from fibers of 51a to 53 & exhibit reduced shrinkage. In particular, each of the examples of twisted yarns made with at least 5% by weight of syndiotactic polystyrene exhibited a shrinkage of less than 15%, made with at least 10% by weight of syndiotactic polystyrene The yarn exhibited a shrinkage of less than 30/0, and the yarn made of 15% by weight of syndiotactic polystyrene exhibited a shrinkage of less than 10%. Dyeing fastness_ Example 51b, 52b, 53b and Jb twisted and heat cured Bcf fiber samples (made by twisting fiber ja in the same way as twisted fibers 51b-53b were prepared) according to the following dyes Formula and procedure and the yarn bundle is dyed into dark olive green. The colors formed for the examples and comparative examples of the present invention are dark olive green. Fiber The size of this paper is in accordance with Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 public reply) -129-585889 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (127) The dimension sample is placed in a linen bag and washed according to the following procedures. Dye Formula: Uniform Acid Dye Formula-Olive Green

Dyeacid™ 黃色 3R 200%: 0.00338 克 / 克之纖維Dyeacid ™ Yellow 3R 200%: 0.00338 g / g fiber

Dyeacid™紅色2B 200% : 0.0002克/克之纖維Dyeacid ™ Red 2B 200%: 0.0002 g / g fiber

Dyeacid™ 藍色 4R 200% : 0.00256 克 / 克之纖維Dyeacid ™ Blue 4R 200%: 0.00256 g / g fiber

Dyelev™AC : 0.02克/克之纖維 硫酸敍· 0.0 2克/克之纖維 氨:0.01克/克之纖維 硫代硫酸鈉:0.0025克/克之纖維Dyelev ™ AC: 0.02 g / g fiber Sulfate · 0.0 2 g / g fiber Ammonia: 0.01 g / g fiber Sodium thiosulfate: 0.0025 g / g fiber

Dyelev™AC,48%之DowFax™2Al之水性溶液,陶氏 化學公司Dyelev ™ AC, 48% aqueous solution of DowFax ™ 2Al, The Dow Chemical Company

Dyeacid™黃色3R 200%係可得自喬治亞州Dalton之 Dye Systems Inc.Dyeacid ™ Yellow 3R 200% is available from Dye Systems Inc. of Dalton, Georgia.

Dyeacid™紅色2B 200%係可得自喬治亞州Dalton之 Dye Systems Inc.Dyeacid ™ Red 2B 200% is available from Dye Systems Inc. of Dalton, Georgia.

Dyeacid™藍色4R 200%係可得自喬治亞州Dalton之 Dye Systems Inc. 染色程序 1 ·添加水至染料以產生30:1至40:1之液體比例 2. 添加紗束至水且使浴循環 3. 稱重並依據欲被染色之纖維重量添加0>^1€¥1^八(1;、 硫酸銨、氨及硫代硫酸鈉至110公升。添加至染色浴並循環 15分鐘。目標起始pH係8,且目標最終pH係6.5至7。 130 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) 585889 五、發明説明(128) 4·依據欲被染色之纖維重量添加染料溶液。 5.於約45分鐘使混合物加熱至3χ:,同時攪拌 7·藉由添加冷的沖洗水開始浴冷卻及沖洗 然後排水。 並溢流, 8·以冷水沖洗,移除紗束,並於12〇t乾燥。 清洗程序 組之每—種紗(每一組 紗被置於亞麻布製成之袋子 係15克)被置於標準家用洗衣機内先施以三個清洗周期。於 3個清洗周期後,每—材料之—紗線被移除並保留,而其它 紗被持續另一次三個周期(總數係6個周期)。紗係於每一清 洗周期後於傳統家用乾燥器内乾燥。 約85克之商業洗衣清潔劑(Tide之深層清潔配方, Mountain Spring液態洗衣清潔劑)每一清洗周期係經由裝 填器使用。中度裝填設定於清洗周期係使用約16加侖之溫 水,且於沖洗周期係使用1 7加侖之冷水。總清洗周期之時 間係30分鐘。 3清洗周期、6清洗周期及比較組之紗係依據aatcC方 法之測試方法16-1998所推薦者被繞捲於卡上三層厚。紗的 顏色被測量,且藉由反射光線顏色變化量化之染色牢 度係經由下列方程式計算: ΔΕ=((ί1-ί2)2+(α1.α2)2+(Β1-Β2)2)1/2 ^ 其中1係起始狀態且2係最終狀態,且L、a及b個別係 關於紅/綠及黃/藍之光度或強度之反射光之測量。 清洗周期之顏色變化(ΛΕ)係表列於第1 8表。數據顯示 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公贊) ** 131 - 585889 A7 B7 五、發明説明(l29) 於6次清洗後’包含範例51b-53b之紗之染色牢度係比比較 之财論對照組(Jb*)者更佳。相似結果係使用其它酸性染料 技術而被預期’諸如,耐縮絨酸性染料及預金屬化染料。 傳統之固色劑技術亦可與本發明使用以進一步改良清洗牢 色性。 _ 第18表 範例 〇次清洗之ΛΕ 3次清洗之ΛΕ 6次清洗之ΑΕDyeacid ™ Blue 4R 200% is available from Dye Systems Inc. of Dalton, Georgia. Dyeing Procedure 1 · Add water to the dye to produce a liquid ratio of 30: 1 to 40: 1 2. Add gauze to water and cycle the bath 3. Weigh and add 0 > ^ 1 € ¥ 1 ^ eight (1 ;, ammonium sulfate, ammonia and sodium thiosulfate to 110 liters according to the weight of the fiber to be dyed. Add to the dyeing bath and circulate for 15 minutes. From the target The initial pH is 8 and the target final pH is 6.5 to 7. 130 This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) 585889 V. Description of the invention (128) 4. Add according to the weight of the fiber to be dyed Dye solution. 5. Heat the mixture to 3x in about 45 minutes: while stirring 7. Start the bath by adding cold rinse water and rinse and then drain. And overflow, 8. Rinse with cold water, remove the yarn bundle, It was dried at 120t. Each yarn in the cleaning program group (each group of yarns were placed in a linen bag made of 15 grams) was placed in a standard household washing machine and subjected to three cleaning cycles. At 3 After each cleaning cycle, each—of the material—yarn is removed and retained, and Its yarn is continued for another three cycles (the total is 6 cycles). The yarn is dried in a traditional household dryer after each cleaning cycle. About 85 grams of commercial laundry detergent (Tide's deep cleaning formula, Mountain Spring liquid Laundry detergent) Each washing cycle is used via the loader. Moderate filling is set at the washing cycle using about 16 gallons of warm water and the washing cycle using 17 gallons of cold water. The total washing cycle time is 30 minutes The yarns of 3 cleaning cycles, 6 cleaning cycles and the comparison group are recommended according to the test method 16-1998 of the aatcC method and are wound around the card with three layers of thickness. The color of the yarn is measured and quantified by the color change of the reflected light The dyeing fastness is calculated by the following equation: ΔΕ = ((ί1-ί2) 2+ (α1.α2) 2+ (Β1-Β2) 2) 1/2 ^ Among them, 1 is the initial state and 2 is the final state, And L, a, and b are measurements of the red / green and yellow / blue luminosity or intensity of reflected light. The color change (ΛΕ) of the cleaning cycle is listed in Table 18. The data shows that this paper scale is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 male Praise) ** 131-585889 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (l29) After 6 cleanings, the dyeing fastness of the yarn including the samples 51b-53b is better than that of the comparative financial control group (Jb *). Similar The results are expected to be based on the use of other acid dye technologies, such as flock-resistant acid dyes and pre-metallized dyes. Conventional fixative technology can also be used with the present invention to further improve cleaning fastness. _ Table 18 example. ΛΕ for 3 times of cleaning ΛΕ for 3 times of cleaning ΑΕ for 6 times of cleaning

Jb* Ο 6.0 10.4 51b 4.4 6.7 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 52b 4.5 6.7 53b 3.7 6.4 、^τ— :比較例,非本發明範例 切割絨毛地毯之_備 範例5 1 a至53a及比較例La及Ka製備之紗於Verdol 400 型缓捨裝置上使用5200 rpm之錠速率及31.6公尺/分之繞捲 器速率纜捻,以製備於“S”方向具有4.5圈/英吋(1.6圈/公分) 之紗。捻合紗被捲繞成89,英吋(2.3公尺)之圓周軸線,以供 轉鼓處理及使用批次高壓釜熱固化。熱固化係於丨3 2艽施行 54分鐘。 被捻合及熱固化之紗於5/32規格之切割絨毛簇絨機器 上簇絨成主要地毯襯墊。絨毛高度係20/32英吋(1.6公分), 且每平方碼之地毯係使用40盎司(1134克)之紗(1356克/平 方公尺)。然後,簇絨之地毯依據第19表提供之配方且依據 132 585889 A7 _B7_ 五、發明説明(130) 下列程序染色: 1.適當量之水被添加之染色浴以確保欲被染色之地毯 被適當覆蓋。 2_Suquestrant EDTA、Dyelev™AC、硫酸銨及硫代硫 酸鈉被添加至染色浴,且pH調整至約6.5。 3. 未經漂白染色之地毯被加至染色浴以使纖維濕化。 4. 然後,染料被添加至染色浴。 5. 然後,染色浴於30至45分鐘時間被加熱至約90°C, 同時溫和攪拌。 6. 染色浴保持於90°C持續30分鐘,並攪拌。 7. 然後,被染色之地毯被移除且於冷水中沖洗,並使 其乾燥。 第19表:染料配方 組份 來源 含量(克/克之纖維) Sequestrant EDTA Dye Systems, Inc.(Dalton, GA) 0.005 Dyelev™AC Dye Systems, Inc.(Dalton? GA) 0.01 硫酸銨 Aldrich Chemical 0.01 硫代硫酸鈉 Aldrich Chemical 0.005 Dyeacid™ 黃色 3R,200% Dye Systems,Inc.(Dalton,GA) 0.0008 Dyeacid™ 紅色 2B,200% Dye Systems, Inc.(Dalton, GA) 0.00024 Dyeacid™ 藍色 4R,200% Dye Systems, Inc.(Dalton, GA) 0.00016 染色後,地毯以苯乙烯/丁二烯膠乳塗覆,乾燥,剪切, 然後切成樣品以供特定行人評估。特定行人評估之目的係 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐〉 133 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)Jb * Ο 6.0 10.4 51b 4.4 6.7 (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) 52b 4.5 6.7 53b 3.7 6.4 ^ τ—: Comparative example, non-exemplary cutting pile carpet of the present invention_ Preparation example 5 1 a to The yarns prepared by 53a and Comparative Examples La and Ka were twisted on a Verdol 400 slow shedding device using a spindle speed of 5200 rpm and a winder speed of 31.6 meters per minute to prepare 4.5 turns per inch in the "S" direction. Inch (1.6 turns / cm) yarn. The twisted yarn was wound into a 89, inch (2.3 m) circumferential axis for drum processing and thermal curing using a batch autoclave. The heat curing is performed for 54 minutes. The twisted and heat-cured yarn is tufted on a 5/32 size cutting fluff tufting machine to form the main carpet pad. The pile height is 20/32 inches (1.6 cm), and 40 ounces (1134 g) of yarn (1356 g / m 2) is used per square yard of carpet. Then, the tufted carpet is dyed according to the formula provided in Table 19 and according to 132 585889 A7 _B7_ V. Description of Invention (130) The following procedure is used for dyeing: 1. An appropriate amount of water is added to the dyeing bath to ensure that the carpet to be dyed is properly cover. 2_Suquestrant EDTA, Dyelev ™ AC, ammonium sulfate and sodium thiosulfate were added to the dyeing bath and the pH was adjusted to about 6.5. 3. Unbleached and dyed carpet is added to the dyeing bath to wet the fibers. 4. The dye is then added to the dye bath. 5. The dyeing bath is then heated to approximately 90 ° C for 30 to 45 minutes with gentle stirring. 6. Keep the dyeing bath at 90 ° C for 30 minutes and stir. 7. The dyed carpet is then removed and rinsed in cold water and allowed to dry. Table 19: Source content of dye formulation components (g / g of fiber) Sequestrant EDTA Dye Systems, Inc. (Dalton, GA) 0.005 Dyelev ™ AC Dye Systems, Inc. (Dalton? GA) 0.01 Ammonium sulfate Aldrich Chemical 0.01 Thio Aldrich Chemical 0.005 Dyeacid ™ Yellow 3R, 200% Dye Systems, Inc. (Dalton, GA) 0.0008 Dyeacid ™ Red 2B, 200% Dye Systems, Inc. (Dalton, GA) 0.00024 Dyeacid ™ Blue 4R, 200% Dye Systems, Inc. (Dalton, GA) 0.00016 After dyeing, the carpet was coated with styrene / butadiene latex, dried, cut, and cut into samples for evaluation by specific pedestrians. The purpose of specific pedestrian evaluation is that this paper size is applicable to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210X297 mm> 133 (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page)

、可I 585889 五、發明説明(⑶ =於控制環境t行人通行結果之絨毛地面覆蓋物之外觀 試 H 則試係已知且被普遍用於地毯工業。特定行人測 皮糟關喬治亞州DaIton之專業測試實驗室依 程序施行·· 1.230mm x 560mm之樣品自長度及寬度方向切割且 错由適當方式固著於地板’且長度方向係垂直料行方向。 2. 行人於50分鐘間隔行走。所有樣品於行走重新開始 月每小時完全吸塵。數個電子計量器被用以決定何時預定 通行量已被實施。 3. 於預定通行量被實施後,所有樣品被再次吸塵,且 最後-次吸塵係於原始絨毛方向。於技術小組分級前,所 有樣品係於室溫時復原至少16小時。 4. 樣品係依據地毯及毛毯學會(CRI)之ΤΜι〇ι且使用 CRI參考等級個別分級。分級被平均且報告至最近值。 分級愈高,預期之性能愈佳。分級為5 =無顯著磨耗,扣些 微磨耗,3=中等磨耗,2=明顯磨耗,及1==嚴重磨耗。 5. 母一樣品係以每5000周期分級,且重新置放於地板 上以供更多之行走至20,000周期被獲得為止。 外觀測試之結果係示於下述之第2〇表及第4圖。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) 585889 A7 B7 五、發明説明(132 ) 第20表外觀保持之分級 範例 紗 外觀保持之分級 0周期 5000周期 10000周期 15000周期 20000周期 Kc* K 5.0 3.8 3.6 3.5 3.2 51c 範例51 5.0 4.0 3.8 3.6 3.5 52c 範例52 5.0 4.3 4.0 3.8 3.6 53c 範例53 5.0 4.5 4.3 4.0 3.6 Lc* L 5.0 3.8 3.6 3.5 3.4 *比較例,非本發明範例 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本發明地毯之耐用性係優於比較控制組而被改良,且具有 更悅人之手感。 範例 54-55, Me 範例51及52之纖維形成條件實質上被重複以自依據本 發明之組成物(其包含耐綸6、間同立構聚苯乙烯及相容 劑,且其係於40mm雙螺桿擠塑器上使用母料程序化合)製 備1390總丹尼數之72條長絲紗。實質上純的耐綸6被包含而 作為比較樣品。纖維形成條件係如第21表所示。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) 585889 A7 B7 五、發明説明(133 ) 第21表 範例 組份⑻ 組份(b) 組份(c) 擠塑器之區域分佈(°c) 紡絲組 熔融 溫度 ΓΟ 紡絲組 壓力 (MPa) 韌性 耐綸6a SPS2b FAPPOl 1 2 3 4 CC) (克/丹尼) 54 94.5 5 0.5 260 275 265 265 268 267 8.93 2.4 55 89 10 1 260 275 268 270 268 273 91.4 2.0 Me* 100 0 0 255 270 265 265 265 267 8.86 3.2 *比較例,非本發明範例 3 2700™型,可得自DSM公司 b Questra™QA102,可得自陶氏化學公司 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 喷絲板係以150克/分鐘之計量泵供料速率供料。第一 及第二之導絲軋係個別於8 0 °C / 3 0 8公尺/秒及15 0 °C /1 〇 〇 〇公 尺/秒操作,以產生3.25之拉伸比例。捲曲變形係使用170 °C及35 psig(241 kPa)壓力之熱空氣進行。纏繞係藉由44 paig(300kPa)之空氣壓力之交織喷射而獲得。 範例54及55與比較例Μ產生之紗係以4.0圈/英吋捻 合,熱固化及簇絨成地毯襯墊以產生40盎司/平方碼之紗 (1.4公斤/公尺2),5/32規格之切割絨毛地毯,其具有5/8英 忖(16mm)之絨毛高度。地毯被分成兩組。第一組係未被染 色但以膠乳黏合劑襯底,剪切及以未漂白染色物件供住家 污潰測試,以證明本發明之改良之抗污性。小面積之未漂 白及染色之地毯以標準量之10個代表性污潰沾污,且使其 留於樣品上24小時。然後,地毯以溫和清潔劑清潔並使用 乾燥。美國織物化學家及色彩學家協會(AATCC)之評估污 潰之灰色階被用以使形成污潰分級。分級係:5 =無污潰, 4=些微污潰,3 =顯著之污潰,2 =相當之污潰,1=嚴重污潰。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公爱) 585889 A7 B7 五、發明説明(134) 污潰分級係如第5圖所示。自範例54及55之紗製得之地毯顯 示比自比較例Μ之紗製得之地毯之對可樂、咖啡、番%汁。 柳橙汁及紅酒之較少污潰。此外,自範例54及55製得之地 毯上污潰擴散程度係遠少於自比較例Μ之紗製得之地毯, 證明本發明之降低芯吸性(wicking)。 第二組未加襯墊之未經漂白染色之地毯使用先前範例 51 c-53c之程序及第22表之染料配方於塗覆及剪切前被染 成黃色。 第22表 組份 來源 含量 (克/克之纖維) Dyeacid™黃色3R,200% Dye Systems, Inc. (Dalton, GA, USA) 0.000046 Dyeacid™ 紅色 2B,200% “ 0.00003 Sequestrant EDTA “ 0.005 Dyelev™AC “ 0.02 硫酸錢 Aldrich Chemical 0.02 硫代硫酸鈉 Aldrich Chemical 0.005 由比較例Mb之捻合及熱固化紗製得之地毯(Me)顯示 顏色條痕。由範例54之捻合及熱固化紗製得之染色地毯顯 示戲劇性地降低之顏色條痕,且具有悅人之柔軟手感及降 低之光澤度。由範例55之捻合及熱固化紗製得之染色地毯 未顯現顏色條痕,且相較於範例54及比較例Me之染色地毯 係具有更悅人之柔軟手感及降低之光澤度。 137 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) 五、發明説明(l35) 麗例56-65^ 第23表所示之組成物係於3雙螺桿擠塑器上使用 單机路私序製得。形成之摻合物於實驗室連續長絲線路 上、、、方成、纖維,但此等纖維未被拉伸,但係以部份位向化之 少召置纖維形成條件係如第23表所示。熔融溫度係3〇〇 <:。紡絲組壓力係43〇1^2(2.96]^1^)。計量泵遞送係5.9克 /分鐘,其產生對24條長絲紗係約145〇總丹尼數之連續長絲 紗。擠塑後,熔融纖維係經周圍空氣落下而固化成未拉伸 之連續長絲紗。未拉伸之驟冷連續長絲紗於遊輪上拉伸, 然後拉引且使用1〇〇公尺/分鐘之Lees〇n^^捲器繞捲於圓 柱形捲裝上,產生約3比1之拉伸比例。結果係包含於第23 表内。 促進之纖維韌性及剩餘延伸率係對含有相容劑之本發 明組成物觀察。改良之模量於含有多於1〇重量%之組份(b) 之此專纖維配方見到。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) -138 - 585889 A7B7 五、發明説明(136) 第23表 範例 組份⑻3 % 組份(b)b % 組份(彳 % 韌性d (克/丹尼) 延伸率 (%) 模量 (克/丹尼) N* 100 0 0 0.68 630 3.5 56 90 10 0 0.40 370 3.7 57 89 10 1 0.62 610 4.4 58 88 10 2 0.60 600 4.8 59 78 20 2 0.65 525 11.0 60 78 20 2 0.54 530 8.0 61 78 20 2 0.59 350 15.0 62 70 30 0 0.20 40 5.8 63 69 30 1 0.58 430 11.0 64 68 30 2 0.62 420 12.0 65 58 40 2 0.70 400 12.0 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) *比較例,非本發明範例 a耐綸N-6 bSPS2,但範例60(SPS1)及範例61(SPM1)例外 CFAPP01 dPOY之韌性 範例66, 0-使用j氐分子量之而才、論6 10:3:87之比例之8?82^。8?1^1及仏6 1^3 8之摻合物 於30mm雙螺桿擠塑器上使用母料和序化合。此摻合物相對 於本發明範例35(其使用高分子量之耐綸)係使用較低分子 量之耐綸,且具有2.55克/丹尼及2.5之光澤板分級。摻合物 於試驗型之BCF紡絲線路上與比較例0(N-6 RV3 8對照組) 一起紡絲。驟冷空氣係15°C。慢導絲軋速率係334公尺/分 139 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) 585889 A7 ___B7_ 五、發明説明(137) 鐘。快導絲軋之速率係1000公尺/分鐘。捲曲變形之溫度及 壓力係 190°c 及 80 psi (0.55 MPa)。交織壓力係 40 psi (0.28 MPa)。額外之紡絲條件及形成之韌性係如第24表所示。樣 品皆被良好地紡絲。本發明範例66之光澤板分級係1.4,顯 示由耐綸分子量減低而使光澤度降低。比較例Ο之光澤板 分級係5.0。 第24表 範例 擠塑器區域分佈(°C) 紡絲組 CC) 熔融溫度 CC) 紡絲組 壓力 (MPa) 慢導絲器 溫度 (°C) 快導絲器 溫度 ΓΟ 韌性 (克/丹尼) 1 2 3 4 66 290 320 320 305 300 293 4.0 75 160 2.2 0* 260 270 270 260 260 255 6.0 75 160 2.8 *比較例,非本發明範例 本發明範例67-72 第25表所示之比例之耐綸N-6(組份(a))、SPS2(組份 (b))、SMA1 (組份(c))及十八碳醯胺(組份(d))之摻合物係於 30mm雙螺桿擠塑器上使用母料方法化合。於此等範例中, SPS2、SMA1及十八碳醯胺係於母料中混合。十八碳醯胺 之目的係於使SMA1混入耐綸N-6前藉由預反應一些基而 降低SMA1上之馬來酸酐基之量。此使使用者使用普遍可 獲得之相容劑及調整耐綸胺端基之量,其將與相容劑反應 而賦與良好之可染性及組份(a)及(b)之相容性。 140 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) 585889 A7 B7 五、發明説明(i38) 第25表 範例 組份⑻a (%) 組份(b)b (%) 組份(C)e (%) 組份(d)d (%) 67 89.0 10.0 1.0 0 68 88.96 10.0 1.0 0.041 69 88.93 10.0 1.0 0.071 70 88.90 10.0 1.0 0.101 71 88.87 10.0 1.0 0.131 72 88.84 10.0 1.0 0.162 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) a耐綸N-6 bSPS2 c SMA1 d十八碳酿胺 形成之摻合物使用實驗室連續長絲紡絲線路及第26表 所示之纖維紡絲條件紡成纖維。驟冷空氣係設為23°C。纖 維性質係於第26表中提供。 141 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) 585889 A7 B7 五、發明説明(l39) 第26表 範例 擠塑器區域分佈(°C) 紡絲組 CC) 熔融 溫度 CC) 紡絲組 壓力 (MPa) 慢導絲器 速率 (公尺/分) 快導絲器 速率 (公尺/分) 拉伸 比例 紗 (丹尼) 韋刃性 (紐尼) 1 2 3 4 67 290 325 315 310 310 308 3.5 250 750 3.0 280/24 3.1 68 290 325 315 310 310 308 3.5 250 750 3.0 280/24 3.0 69 290 325 315 310 310 308 3.5 250 750 3.0 280/24 3.0 70 290 325 315 310 310 308 3.5 250 750 3.0 280/24 2.9 71 290 325 315 310 310 308 3.5 250 750 3.0 280/24 2.8 72 290 325 315 310 310 308 3.5 250 750 3.0 280/24 2.8 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 範例73 10:3:87之重量比例之SPS2、MGSPM1及耐綸N6;6,6之 摻合物於30mm雙螺桿上使用母料方法化合。形成之摻合物 使用試驗型BCF紡絲線路紡成纖維。纖維紡絲條件係如下 所示: 擠塑器套筒溫度分佈:285°C/310°C/305°C/305°C 紡絲頭溫度:305°C 熔融溫度:300°C 纺絲組壓力:1200 psig(8.4MPa) 驟冷係於14°C之空氣。 慢導絲器:75°C及334公尺/分鐘 快導絲器:160°C及1000公尺/分鐘 捲曲變形器之溫度及壓力:190°C及80psig(0.66MPa) 交織壓力:50 psi(0.44 MPa) 142 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) 585889 A7 _B7_ 五、發明説明(140) 形成之BCF紗於拉伸、捲曲變形、空氣交織及繞捲後 對72條長絲之紗束具有1202之總丹尼。形成之1202/72紗之 韌性係2.4克/丹尼。光澤板分級係3.0。 本發明範例74-77,P使用PS-PMS共聚物作為分散相 SPS2、SPM1、SPM2、SPM4、MGSPM1 及耐綸N-6之 摻合物於30mm雙螺桿擠塑器上使用母料程序及第27表所 示之重量比例化合。形成之摻合物於試驗型BCF紡絲線路 上使用第28表所示之紡絲條件紡成纖維。此等範例證明使 用較低熔點之共聚物作為分散相以改良改質比例而未使用 特殊設計之模具之能力。 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) fk 第27表 範例 組份⑻a 組份(b)b 組份(C)e (%) (%) (%) 74 87 10b 3 75 87 10c 3 76 87 10d 3 77 87 10" 3 P* 100 0 0 *比較例,非本發明範例 a耐綸N-6 bSPS2 c SPM2 dSPMl eSPM4 fMGSPMl 訂| 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) 143 585889 A7B7 五、發明説明(141) 第28表 範例 才齊塑器區域分佈(°C) 紡絲組 CC) 熔融 溫度 CC) 紡絲組 壓力 (MPa) 慢導絲器 速率 (公心分) 快導絲器 速率 (公分) 纖維模量 比例 光澤板 分級 韋刃性 (克/丹尼) 1 2 3 4 74 290 320 320 305 305 299 8.5 334 1000 2.1 2.4 2.2 75 275 290 290 275 275 271 8.8 334 1000 2.4 3.9 2.4 76 275 290 290 275 275 272 8.9 334 1000 2.6 3.5 2.3 77 260 270 270 260 260 257 10.4 334 1000 2.8 3.4 3.4 P* 260 270 270 260 260 256 9.2 334 1000 2.6 5.0 2.8 *比較例,非本發明範例 註:驟冷空氣係23°C,慢導絲軋係75°C,快導絲軋係160°C,捲曲變形器溫度係190°C,捲曲變形器 之壓力係0.55MPa,交織器之壓力係0.28MPa。 範例78-79 第29表所示之比例之SPS2、MGSPS卜耐綸N-6,6 RV50 及耐綸Ν·6,6 RV250之摻合物於30mm雙螺桿擠塑器上使用 母料方法化合。形成之摻合物使用實驗室連續長絲紡絲線 路且使用實質上相同於範例74-77者之紡絲條件紡成纖 維。散射比例係藉由雷射光後散射器之技術(實質上如有關 範例16-27及說明書中之其它處所揭示)決定。 第29表 释例 組份(a)(%) 組份(b)e(%) 組份(c)d(%) 韌性(克/丹尼) 散射比例 78 87a 10 3 2.8 0.41 79 87b 10 3 3.6 0.38 a 耐綸N-6,6 RV50 b 耐綸N-6,6 RV250 c SPS2 dMGSPSl 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) 144 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 585889 五、發明説明(142 ) 1…纖維 2.. .發射光束 10.. .雷射光源 11.. .後光選通單元 20.. .纖維置放及位向化之 裝置 21.. .幸厄 21a...支撐器 21b...支撐器 21c...基部 21d...固著器 2 2 a...嵌環 22b...嵌環 23a...鎖合裝置 23b...鎖合裝置 23c...鎖合裝置 24.. .嵌環支柱 24a...纖維鎖合夾 24b...纖維鎖合夾 26.. .連接口 27.. .嵌環支撐器 A7 B7 元件標號對照 28.. .旋轉内嵌環 29.. .中央軸部份 3 0…檢測器 31…節 32.. .外接圓 33.. .内接圓 40.··後光選通單元(閃光 燈) 60.. .擠塑器 61, 62, 63...溫度控制區域 64…轉化管線 6 5 ...圓柱形混合體 66.. .圓柱形模具 67…延伸流混合裝置 68.. .水浴 69…單一螺桿 70.. .三葉狀模具開口設計 71…構槽 72.. .弧狀端部 7 3...中央軸 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁), 可 I 585889 V. Description of the invention (⑶ = Appearance test of fluffy floor covering in pedestrian controlled environment t. Test is known and widely used in the carpet industry. The test of specific pedestrians by DaIton, Georgia Professional testing laboratory implements according to the procedure. · 1.230mm x 560mm samples are cut from the length and width directions and fixed to the floor by appropriate means. The length direction is perpendicular to the direction of the material. 2. Pedestrians walk at 50-minute intervals. All The samples were completely vacuumed every hour during the restarting month of the walk. Several electronic meters were used to determine when the scheduled traffic was implemented. 3. After the scheduled traffic was implemented, all samples were vacuumed again, and the final-vacuum system In the direction of the original fluff. Prior to the classification by the technical team, all samples were recovered at room temperature for at least 16 hours. 4. The samples were individually graded according to the TIM of the Carpet and Felt Institute (CRI) and using the CRI reference grade. The grades were averaged And report to the nearest value. The higher the rating, the better the expected performance. The rating is 5 = no significant abrasion, slightly deducted, 3 = moderate abrasion, 2 = obvious Wear, and 1 == severe wear. 5. The mother-sample is graded every 5000 cycles and repositioned on the floor for more walking until 20,000 cycles are obtained. The results of the appearance test are shown below Table 20 and Figure 4. This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) 585889 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (132) Table 20 Classification of appearance preservation Example classification of yarn appearance preservation 0 cycle 5000 cycle 10000 cycle 15000 cycle 20,000 cycle Kc * K 5.0 3.8 3.6 3.5 3.2 51c Example 51 5.0 4.0 3.8 3.6 3.5 52c Example 52 5.0 4.3 4.0 3.8 3.6 53c Example 53 5.0 4.5 4.3 4.0 3.6 Lc * L 5.0 3.8 3.6 3.5 3.4 * Comparative examples, not examples of the present invention (please read the notes on the back before filling this page) The durability of the carpet of the present invention is improved and better than the control group, and has a more pleasant hand feel. Examples 54-55, The fiber formation conditions of Me Examples 51 and 52 were essentially repeated from the composition according to the present invention (which includes nylon 6, syndiotactic polystyrene and a compatibilizer, and it is based on a 40 mm twin screw extruder Shangshi Masterbatch compounding) Prepare 72 filament yarns with a total of 1390 deniers. Substantially pure nylon 6 is included as a comparison sample. The fiber formation conditions are as shown in Table 21. The paper dimensions apply to Chinese national standards (CNS) A4 size (210X297 mm) 585889 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (133) Table 21 Example component ⑻ Component (b) Component (c) Regional distribution of the extruder (° c) Spinning group Melting temperature Γ Spinning group pressure (MPa) Toughness nylon 6a SPS2b FAPPOl 1 2 3 4 CC) (g / denier) 54 94.5 5 0.5 260 275 265 265 265 268 267 8.93 2.4 55 89 10 1 260 275 268 270 268 273 91.4 2.0 Me * 100 0 0 255 270 265 265 265 265 267 8.86 3.2 * Comparative example, non-inventive example 3 Type 2700 ™, available from DSM Corporation b Questra ™ QA102, available from The Dow Chemical Company (please read the back first Please note this page and fill in this page again) The spinneret is fed at a feed rate of 150 g / min metering pump. The first and second guide wire rolling systems were individually operated at 80 ° C / 308 m / s and 150 ° C / 1000 m / s to produce a draw ratio of 3.25. Curl deformation was performed using hot air at 170 ° C and 35 psig (241 kPa) pressure. Winding is obtained by interlaced spraying of air pressure of 44 paig (300 kPa). The yarns produced in Examples 54 and 55 and Comparative Example M were twisted at 4.0 turns / inch, heat cured and tufted into a carpet pad to produce 40 ounces per square yard of yarn (1.4 kg / m2), 5 / A 32-gauge cut pile carpet with a pile height of 5/8 inches (16mm). The carpet was divided into two groups. The first group is a non-stained but latex adhesive substrate, sheared and unbleached stained article for home stain testing to demonstrate the improved stain resistance of the present invention. Small areas of unbleached and dyed carpet were stained with a standard amount of 10 representative stains and left on the sample for 24 hours. The carpet is then cleaned with a mild detergent and dried. The American Society of Textile Chemists and Colorists (AATCC) evaluated the gray scale of fouling to classify the formation of fouling. Grading system: 5 = no fouling, 4 = slight fouling, 3 = significant fouling, 2 = considerable fouling, 1 = severe fouling. This paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 public love) 585889 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (134) The fouling classification system is shown in Figure 5. Carpets made from the yarns of Examples 54 and 55 showed better cola, coffee, and panic juice than carpets made from the yarns of Comparative Example M. Less stains of orange juice and red wine. In addition, the degree of fouling spread on the carpets prepared from Examples 54 and 55 was much less than that of carpets prepared from the yarns of Comparative Example M, demonstrating the wicking reduction of the present invention. The second set of unpadded, unbleached carpets was dyed yellow using the procedures of previous examples 51 c-53c and the dye formulations in Table 22 before coating and cutting. Table 22 Component Source Content (g / g of fiber) Dyeacid ™ Yellow 3R, 200% Dye Systems, Inc. (Dalton, GA, USA) 0.000046 Dyeacid ™ Red 2B, 200% "0.00003 Sequestrant EDTA" 0.005 Dyelev ™ AC " 0.02 Aldrich Chemical 0.02 Aldrich Chemical 0.005 Carpet (Me) made from twisted and heat-cured yarn of Comparative Example Mb showed color streaks. Dyeing made from twisted and heat-cured yarn of Example 54 The carpet showed dramatic reduced color streaks, and had a pleasing soft feel and reduced gloss. The dyed carpet made from the twisted and heat-cured yarn of Example 55 did not show color streaks, and compared to Example 54 The dyed carpet of Comparative Example Me has a more pleasing soft feel and reduced gloss. 137 (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297) (Centi) 5. Description of the invention (l35) Examples 56-65 ^ The composition shown in Table 23 was prepared on a 3 twin-screw extruder using a single machine private sequence. The resulting blend was connected in a laboratory. On the filament line, the fibers are not drawn, but these fibers are not stretched, but the fiber formation conditions are as shown in Table 23. The melting temperature is 300 ° ; .. Spinning group pressure system 43〇1 ^ 2 (2.96] ^ 1 ^). Metering pump delivery system 5.9 g / min, which produces continuous filaments of about 1450 total denier for 24 filament yarns Yarn. After extrusion, the molten fiber is solidified into undrawn continuous filament yarn by the surrounding air. The undrawn quenched continuous filament yarn is stretched on a cruise ship, and then drawn and used for 100 kilometers. Feet / minute of a Lee Onn ^ winder is wound on a cylindrical package, resulting in a stretch ratio of about 3 to 1. The results are included in Table 23. The promoted fiber toughness and residual elongation are included in the Observe the composition of the present invention of the compatibilizer. The modified modulus can be seen in this special fiber formula containing more than 10% by weight of component (b). This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297) (Mm) -138-585889 A7B7 V. Description of the invention (136) Table 23 Example component ⑻3% component (b) b% component (彳% toughness d ( / Denny) Elongation (%) Modulus (g / Danny) N * 100 0 0 0.68 630 3.5 56 90 10 0 0.40 370 3.7 57 89 10 1 0.62 610 4.4 58 88 10 2 0.60 600 4.8 59 78 20 2 0.65 525 11.0 60 78 20 2 0.54 530 8.0 61 78 20 2 0.59 350 15.0 62 70 30 0 0.20 40 5.8 63 69 30 1 0.58 430 11.0 64 68 30 2 0.62 420 12.0 65 58 40 2 0.70 400 12.0 (Please read the back first Please note this page before filling in this page) * Comparative example, non-inventive example a nylon N-6 bSPS2, except for example 60 (SPS1) and example 61 (SPM1) except CFAPP01 dPOY toughness example 66, 0-use j 氐 molecular weight Only then, on the 8: 82 ^ ratio of 6 10: 3: 87. Blend of 8? 1 ^ 1 and ^ 6 1 ^ 3 8 The masterbatch and sequential compound were used on a 30mm twin-screw extruder. Compared to Example 35 of the present invention (which uses high molecular weight nylon), this blend uses a lower molecular weight nylon and has a gloss plate classification of 2.55 g / denier and 2.5. The blend was spun together with Comparative Example 0 (N-6 RV38 8 control group) on the experimental BCF spinning line. Quench air is 15 ° C. Slow guide wire rolling rate is 334 meters / minute 139 This paper size is applicable to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) 585889 A7 ___B7_ V. Description of the invention (137) minutes. The speed of fast wire rolling is 1000 m / min. The temperature and pressure of curl deformation are 190 ° c and 80 psi (0.55 MPa). Interlaced pressure is 40 psi (0.28 MPa). Additional spinning conditions and formed toughness are shown in Table 24. The samples were well spun. The grade 66 of the gloss plate of Example 66 of the present invention shows that the glossiness is reduced by reducing the molecular weight of the nylon. The gloss plate of Comparative Example 0 had a classification of 5.0. Table 24 Example Extruder Area Distribution (° C) Spinning Group CC) Melting Temperature CC) Spinning Group Pressure (MPa) Slow Guide Temperature (° C) Fast Guide Temperature ΓΟ Toughness (g / denier ) 1 2 3 4 66 290 320 320 305 300 293 4.0 75 160 2.2 0 * 260 270 270 260 260 255 255 6.0 75 160 2.8 * Comparative examples, not examples of the invention Examples 67-72 of the invention Examples of ratios shown in Table 25 The blend of nylon N-6 (component (a)), SPS2 (component (b)), SMA1 (component (c)) and stearylamine (component (d)) is 30mm The twin screw extruder is compounded using a master batch method. In these examples, SPS2, SMA1 and stearylamine are mixed in a master batch. The purpose of stearylamine is to reduce the amount of maleic anhydride groups on SMA1 by pre-reacting some groups before mixing SMA1 into nylon N-6. This allows users to use commonly available compatibilizers and adjust the amount of nylon amine end groups, which will react with the compatibilizers to impart good dyeability and compatibility of components (a) and (b) Sex. 140 (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) This paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) 585889 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (i38) Table 25 Example component ⑻a (% ) Component (b) b (%) Component (C) e (%) Component (d) d (%) 67 89.0 10.0 1.0 0 68 88.96 10.0 1.0 0.041 69 88.93 10.0 1.0 0.071 70 88.90 10.0 1.0 0.101 71 88.87 10.0 1.0 0.131 72 88.84 10.0 1.0 0.162 (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) a Nylon N-6 bSPS2 c SMA1 d The blend formed from octadecyl amines uses laboratory continuous filament spinning lines And the fiber spinning conditions shown in Table 26 were spun into fibers. The quench air was set at 23 ° C. The fiber properties are provided in Table 26. 141 This paper size is in accordance with Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) 585889 A7 B7 V. Description of Invention (l39) Table 26 Example Extruder Area Distribution (° C) Spinning Group CC) Melting Temperature CC) Spinning group pressure (MPa) Slow yarn guide speed (m / min) Fast yarn guide speed (m / min) Stretch ratio yarn (Danny) Welding edge (Nuni) 1 2 3 4 67 290 325 315 310 310 308 3.5 250 750 3.0 280/24 3.1 68 290 325 315 310 310 308 3.5 250 750 3.0 280/24 3.0 69 290 325 315 310 310 308 3.5 250 750 3.0 280/24 3.0 70 290 325 315 310 310 308 3.5 250 750 3.0 280/24 2.9 71 290 325 315 310 310 308 3.5 250 750 3.0 280/24 2.8 72 290 325 315 310 310 308 3.5 250 750 3.0 280/24 2.8 (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page ) Example 73 A blend of SPS2, MGSPM1 and nylon N6; 6,6 at a weight ratio of 10: 3: 87 was compounded on a 30mm twin screw using a master batch method. The resulting blend was spun into fibers using experimental BCF spinning lines. The fiber spinning conditions are as follows: Extruder sleeve temperature distribution: 285 ° C / 310 ° C / 305 ° C / 305 ° C Spinning head temperature: 305 ° C Melting temperature: 300 ° C Spinning group pressure : 1200 psig (8.4 MPa) quenched at 14 ° C air. Slow wire guide: 75 ° C and 334 m / min. Fast wire guide: 160 ° C and 1000 m / min. Temperature and pressure of crimp deformer: 190 ° C and 80 psig (0.66 MPa). Interlacing pressure: 50 psi. (0.44 MPa) 142 This paper size is applicable to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) 585889 A7 _B7_ V. Description of the invention (140) The BCF yarn formed after stretching, curling deformation, air interlacing and winding The 72-filament yarn bundle has a total denim of 1202. The toughness of the formed 1202/72 yarn was 2.4 g / denier. Gloss board classification system 3.0. In this example 74-77, P uses a PS-PMS copolymer as the dispersed phase SPS2, SPM1, SPM2, SPM4, MGSPM1, and nylon N-6 blend on a 30mm twin-screw extruder using a master batch program and the first The weight ratios shown in Table 27 are combined. The resulting blend was spun into fibers on a test BCF spinning line using the spinning conditions shown in Table 28. These examples demonstrate the ability to use lower melting point copolymers as the dispersed phase to improve the modification ratio without using specially designed molds. (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) fk Example of Table 27 Component ⑻a Component (b) b Component (C) e (%) (%) (%) 74 87 10b 3 75 87 10c 3 76 87 10d 3 77 87 10 " 3 P * 100 0 0 * Comparative example, non-inventive example a Nylon N-6 bSPS2 c SPM2 dSPMl eSPM4 fMGSPMl Order | This paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 (143 mm) 143 585889 A7B7 V. Description of the invention (141) Table 28 Example of the plasticizer area distribution (° C) Spinning group CC) Melting temperature CC) Spinning group pressure (MPa) Slow yarn guide speed (common center) Points) Fast yarn guide speed (cm) Fiber modulus Proportional gloss plate classification Weldability (g / denier) 1 2 3 4 74 290 320 320 305 305 299 8.5 334 1000 2.1 2.4 2.2 75 275 290 290 275 275 271 8.8 334 1000 2.4 3.9 2.4 76 275 290 290 275 275 272 8.9 334 1000 2.6 3.5 2.3 77 260 270 270 260 260 257 10.4 334 1000 2.8 3.4 3.4 P * 260 270 270 260 260 256 9.2 334 1000 2.6 5.0 2.8 * Comparative example, Not an example of the present invention Note: The quench air system is 23 ° C, the slow wire rolling system is 75 ° C, and the fast wire rolling system is 160 ° C. Buckling deformation is a temperature of 190 ° C, the crimping is based pressure 0.55MPa, the line pressure interleaver 0.28MPa. The blends of SPS2, MGSPS, Nylon N-6,6 RV50 and Nylon 6,6 RV250 in the proportions shown in Table 29 of Example 78-79 in Table 29 were combined on a 30mm twin-screw extruder using a master batch method. The resulting blend was spun into fibers using a laboratory continuous filament spinning line and using spinning conditions substantially the same as those of Examples 74-77. The scattering ratio is determined by the technology of the laser light backscatterer (essentially as disclosed in Examples 16-27 and elsewhere in the specification). Table 29 Exemplification Example Component (a) (%) Component (b) e (%) Component (c) d (%) Toughness (g / Danny) Scattering ratio 78 87a 10 3 2.8 0.41 79 87b 10 3 3.6 0.38 a Nylon N-6,6 RV50 b Nylon N-6,6 RV250 c SPS2 dMGSPSl This paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) 144 (Please read the precautions on the back before (Fill in this page) 585889 V. Description of the invention (142) 1 ... Fiber 2... Emitting light beam 10... Laser light source 11.... Back light gating unit 20.... 21 .... Fortunately 21a ... support 21b ... support 21c ... base 21d ... fixer 2 2 a ... embedded ring 22b ... embedded ring 23a ... locked Device 23b ... closing device 23c ... closing device 24 .... embedded ring post 24a ... fiber lock clip 24b ... fiber lock clip 26 ... connection port 27 ... embedded ring Bracket A7 B7 component number comparison 28 .. Rotating inner ring 29 .. Central shaft part 30. Detector 31. Section 32 .. Circumference circle 33 .. Inner circle 40 .. · Backlight Strobe unit (Flash) 60 .. Extruder 61, 62, 63 ... Temperature control area 64 ... Conversion line 6 5 ... Cylindrical mixture 66 .. Cylinder Mould 67 ... Extended flow mixing device 68..Water bath 69 ... Single screw 70..Trilobal mould opening design 71 ... Groove 72..Curved end 7 National Standard (CNS) A4 Specification (210X297 mm) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page)

145145

Claims (1)

585889585889 六、申請專利範圍 第090130141號專利申請案申請專利範圍修正本 92年12月 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 1· 一種經擠塑及拉伸的纖維,其包含熱塑性聚合物組成 物,該熱塑性聚合物組成物包含: (a) 76至97重量%之第一熱塑性聚合物,其包含具 有結晶化溫度,Tc,大於i6〇°c之聚醯胺或·共聚醯胺; (b) 24至3重量%之第二熱塑性聚合物,其包含具有 同排或對排立體結構以及結晶化溫度,Tc,之聚亞乙烯 基芳族聚合物,及 (c) 任擇地,(a)及(b)之相容劑, 其中該百分率係以(a)及(b)之總和為基準,且其中 Tc係少於Tc’至少5°C。 ·' 2·如申請專利範圍第1項之經擠塑.及拉伸的纖維,其中 Tc ’係大於19 5 °C。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印-M 3·如申請專利範圍第1項之經擠塑及拉伸·的碱維,其中 該第一熱塑性聚合物係耐綸6、耐綸6,6或耐綸6及耐綸 6,6之共聚物,且該第二熱塑性聚合物係對排聚苯乙 烯、苯乙烯及一或多種環Cl_1()烷基_、齒朞-或極性基_ 取代之乙烯基芳香族單體之對排共聚物,或對排聚苯 乙烯或笨乙稀及一或多種環C1-1〇烧基·、鹵基·或極性 基-取代之乙烯基芳香族單體.之對排共聚物之極性基 改質衍生物。 4·如申請專利範圍第1項之經擠塑及拉伸?的纖維,其中Sixth, the scope of application for patents No. 090130141 Patent application for amendments to the scope of patent applications December 1992 (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) 1. An extruded and stretched fiber containing a thermoplastic polymer A composition, the thermoplastic polymer composition comprising: (a) 76 to 97% by weight of a first thermoplastic polymer comprising polyamidine or copolyamidide having a crystallization temperature, Tc, greater than 60 ° C; (b) 24 to 3% by weight of a second thermoplastic polymer comprising a polyvinylidene aromatic polymer having an in-row or opposite-row stereostructure and a crystallization temperature, Tc, and (c) optionally, (A) and (b) Compatibilizers, where the percentage is based on the sum of (a) and (b), and where Tc is less than Tc 'by at least 5 ° C. · '2 · The extruded and stretched fiber according to item 1 of the patent application, where Tc ′ is greater than 19 5 ° C. Employees' Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, M-Industry-M 3 · As for the basic dimension of extrusion and stretching · in the scope of patent application, the first thermoplastic polymer is nylon 6, nylon 6, 6, or A copolymer of nylon 6 and nylon 6,6, and the second thermoplastic polymer is substituted for polystyrene, styrene, and one or more cyclic Cl_1 () alkyl groups, tooth periods, or polar groups. Opposite copolymer of vinyl aromatic monomers, or para-polystyrene or styrene, and one or more ring C1-1O alkyl, halogen, or polar-substituted vinyl aromatic monomers A polar-based modified derivative of an opposite copolymer. 4. Extruded and stretched fibers such as those in item 1 of the patent application, where 585889585889 、申請專利範圍 該聚醯胺係具有30至180相對黏度之耐論6。 5·如申請專利範圍第3項之經擠塑及拉伸的纖維,其中 該第二熱塑性聚合物具有大於95%之立體異構性及大 於50,000之Mw。 6·如申請專利範圍第1項之經擠塑及拉伸和纖維,其具 有少於10.0之黃色指數,YI。 7·如申請專利範圍第1項之經擠塑及拉伸的.纖維,其包 含〇· 1至10%(以總組成物重量為基準計)之相容劑c)。 8·如申請專利範圍第7項之經擠塑及拉伸的纖維,其中 該相容劑係極性基改質之聚苯乙烯、一或多種乙烯基 芳香族單體及一或多種極性共單體之共·聚物、苯乙烯 及一或多種環C】-i〇烧基-或鹵基-取代之乙歸基芳香族 單體或極性基取代之乙稀基芳:香族單體之極性基改 質共聚物。 ·[ :' 9.如申請專利範圍第8項之經擠及拉伸·的纖維,其中 该相容劑係馬來酸酐改質或福馬酸改.質之苯乙烯同 5^物或馬來酸gf改質或福馬酸改質之苯乙稀與一或 多種環烧基·取代之苯乙烯之共聚物,該相容劑含 有〇·〇1至5.0莫耳%之共聚合的馬來酸酐或福馬酸官能 基。 10·如申晴專利範圍第1項之經擠塑及拉伸的纖維,其中 組份(b)係於組份(a)基質内之具大於02pm之體積平 均次要軸尺寸之包藏顆粒之形式。 11·如申請專利範圍第10項之經擠·塑及拉伸的纖維,其中 •t (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂· 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製Scope of patent application The polyamine series has a relative viscosity of 30 to 180. 6 5. The extruded and drawn fiber according to item 3 of the patent application scope, wherein the second thermoplastic polymer has a stereoisomerism greater than 95% and a Mw greater than 50,000. 6. If the extruded, stretched and fiber of item 1 of the patent application scope has a yellow index of less than 10.0, YI. 7. The extruded and drawn fiber of item 1 of the patent application scope, which contains 0.1 to 10% (based on the total composition weight) of the compatibilizer c). 8. The extruded and drawn fiber according to item 7 of the patent application, wherein the compatibilizer is a polar-modified polystyrene, one or more vinyl aromatic monomers, and one or more polar co-monomers. Co-polymers, styrene, and one or more rings C] -i〇 alkyl- or halo-substituted ethyl aryl aromatic monomers or polar substituted ethyl aromatic: aromatic monomers Polar-based modified copolymer. · [: '9. The fiber that has been extruded and stretched according to item 8 in the scope of the patent application, wherein the compatibilizer is modified by maleic anhydride or modified by fumaric acid. The quality of styrene is the same as that of 5 or Ma Copolymer of acid gf modified or fumaric acid modified styrene and one or more cycloalkenyl · substituted styrene, the compatibilizer contains 0.001 to 5.0 mole% of copolymerized maleic anhydride Or a fumaric acid functional group. 10. The extruded and drawn fiber as described in item 1 of Shenqing's patent, where component (b) is in the component (a) matrix and contains particles with a volume average secondary axis size greater than 02pm. form. 11. · For extruded, plasticized and stretched fibers under item 10 of the scope of patent application, of which t (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) Order · Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 申請專利範圍 組份⑻係具之體積平均次要轴尺寸之包 藏顆粒之形式。 12·如申請專利範圍第u項之經擠塑及拉伸的纖維,其中 組份⑻係、具少於心欧心欠要軸尺寸之包藏顆粒 之形式。 13. 如申請專利範圍第12項之經擠塑及拉伸的纖維,立中 組份⑻係具少於2抑m之d99次要軸尺寸之包藏顆粒 之形式。 14. 如申請專利範圍第i項之經擠塑及拉伸的纖維,其中 組份⑻係於組份⑷之基質内之·.具〇.2至3..〇心之體積 平均次要轴尺寸之包藏顆粒<形式,且該纖維具有大 於或等於0_29之雷射光散射比说,或少於或等於4〇之 光澤板分級,其係自標準化纖維樣品決寒。 K如申請專利範圍第丨項之經擠,及拉伸一纖維,其中 組份(b)係具0.2至3.0 # m之體積平均/要車由尺寸之包 藏顆粒之形式,且該纖維具有乂於或等於〇29之雷射 光散射比例,或少於或等於4·〇之光澤板分級,其係自 標準化纖維樣品決定。 · 16·如申請專利範圍第丨項之經擠塑及拉伸的纖維,其中 組份(b)係於組份(a)之基質内之晏〇2至3 〇#m之體積 平均次要軸尺寸之包藏顆粒之形式,且該纖維具有軟 手感。 17·如申明專利範圍第1至16項中任一項之經擠塑及拉伸 的纖維,其係經捲縮者。 · : · 585889 A8 B8 C8 D8 申請專利範圍 18. —種如申請專利範圍第1至16項中任一項之經擠塑及 拉伸的多組份纖維,其包含二或多種縱向共同延伸聚 合物區域,至少一此區域包含該熱塑性聚合物摻合物。 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) £: 訂--------- 經濟部智慧財產局員工湞費合作社印^ TW 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(2]〇χ 297公餐)Scope of patent application Component is in the form of particles containing volume average secondary axis size. 12. The extruded and stretched fiber of item u in the scope of the patent application, in which the component is in the form of encapsulated particles with a size smaller than that of the core axis. 13. For extruded and drawn fibers in the scope of application for patent No. 12, Lizhong component ⑻ is in the form of entrapped granules with a minor axis size of d99 less than 2 m. 14. For the extruded and drawn fibers of the scope of application for item i, where the component ⑻ is in the matrix of the component ·, a volume-average secondary axis with a center of 0.2 to 3. The size of the encapsulated particle < form, and the fiber has a laser light scattering ratio greater than or equal to 0-29, or a gloss plate classification of less than or equal to 40, is determined from the standardized fiber sample. K such as extruded and stretched a fiber in the scope of the patent application, component (b) has a volume average of 0.2 to 3.0 # m / the form of the storage particles of the size, and the fiber has 乂Laser light scattering ratio at or equal to 029, or gloss plate classification at or below 4.0, is determined from standardized fiber samples. · 16. If the extruded and drawn fiber according to item 丨 of the patent application scope, wherein the component (b) is within the matrix of component (a), the volume average of 〇2 to 〇 # m is secondary Shaft-sized form of particles, and the fiber has a soft hand. 17. The extruded and drawn fibers according to any of claims 1 to 16 of the patent scope, which are the ones that are crimped. ·: · 585889 A8 B8 C8 D8 Patent Application Range 18.-An extruded and stretched multi-component fiber such as any one of the patent application scope items 1 to 16, which contains two or more longitudinally co-extensive polymerizations Material region, at least one of which includes the thermoplastic polymer blend. (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) £: Order --------- Printed by the Intellectual Property Office of the Ministry of Economic Affairs ^ TW Copies TW This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications ( 2] 〇χ 297 meals)
TW090130141A 2001-01-12 2001-12-05 An extruded and drawn fiber and an extruded and drawn multicomponent fiber TW585889B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US26141201P 2001-01-12 2001-01-12
US26395501P 2001-01-24 2001-01-24

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW585889B true TW585889B (en) 2004-05-01

Family

ID=26948589

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW090130141A TW585889B (en) 2001-01-12 2001-12-05 An extruded and drawn fiber and an extruded and drawn multicomponent fiber

Country Status (8)

Country Link
EP (1) EP1360350A1 (en)
JP (1) JP2004523668A (en)
KR (1) KR20030077572A (en)
CN (1) CN1486375A (en)
CA (1) CA2434438A1 (en)
MX (1) MXPA03006230A (en)
TW (1) TW585889B (en)
WO (1) WO2002055768A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (17)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP3950410B2 (en) * 2002-12-10 2007-08-01 名古屋油化株式会社 Fiber, fiber assembly, fiber assembly molding
CN1926193A (en) * 2004-03-05 2007-03-07 纳幕尔杜邦公司 Ethylene copolymer-modified polyamide product
KR100924319B1 (en) * 2005-02-15 2009-11-02 가부시키가이샤 아데랑스 홀딩스 Artificial hair and wig using the same
JP2009108110A (en) * 2007-10-26 2009-05-21 Daicel Polymer Ltd Resin composition for strands
DE102008038099A1 (en) * 2008-08-18 2010-02-25 Teijin Monofilament Germany Gmbh Colored threads and their use
JP5384916B2 (en) * 2008-09-30 2014-01-08 グンゼ株式会社 Textile, fabric and underwear
CA2813052C (en) * 2010-10-01 2018-09-25 Beaulieu Group, Llc Lightweight carpet products and method of manufacture thereof
CN102876002A (en) * 2011-07-11 2013-01-16 苍南县慧丰塑料有限公司 Rapid molding high heat-resistant polyamide-polyphenyl ether alloy and preparation method thereof
CN103764887A (en) * 2011-09-07 2014-04-30 英威达技术有限公司 Durable fabric including bulked and entangled yarn
WO2014195823A2 (en) 2013-06-06 2014-12-11 Basf Se Composition and process for making fine denier polyamide fiber
ITFI20130162A1 (en) * 2013-07-04 2015-01-05 Golden Lady Co Spa "METHOD FOR THE PRODUCTION OF A SYNTHETIC WIRE RETURNED WITH HUMIDITY AND THREAD OBTAINED"
JP6446261B2 (en) * 2014-12-25 2018-12-26 出光興産株式会社 Molded body containing syndiotactic polystyrene with functional groups introduced
CN105349088B (en) * 2015-12-21 2018-02-27 上海天洋热熔粘接材料股份有限公司 A kind of PUR and preparation method thereof
ES2708820T3 (en) * 2016-04-04 2019-04-11 Polytex Sportbelaege Produktions Gmbh Artificial turf with marbled monofilament
TR201721966A2 (en) * 2017-12-26 2018-02-21 Turkuaz Tekstil Dis Ticaret Ltd Sirketi WOOL-LOOKED PES YARN
CN110067039B (en) * 2019-04-22 2022-02-08 上海梦丝新材料科技有限公司 Novel styrene block copolymer mixture elastic fiber and manufacturing method thereof
CN110452530A (en) * 2019-08-16 2019-11-15 东莞市众一新材料科技有限公司 A kind of natural fiber reinforcement biology base nylon material and preparation method thereof

Family Cites Families (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP3139516B2 (en) * 1992-10-08 2001-03-05 出光興産株式会社 Thermoplastic resin composition
IT1275411B (en) * 1995-06-01 1997-08-05 Enichem Spa SYNDOTACTIC STYRENE TERPOLYMERS
DE19535417A1 (en) * 1995-09-23 1997-03-27 Basf Ag Thermoplastic molding compositions based on vinyl aromatic polymers with a syndiotactic structure, thermoplastic polyamides and polyphenylene ethers modified with polar groups
EP0863940A1 (en) * 1995-11-30 1998-09-16 The Dow Chemical Company Syndiotactic vinylaromatic polymers having improved crystallization kinetics
JP4002033B2 (en) * 1999-06-30 2007-10-31 株式会社クラレ Split type composite fiber
JP4334714B2 (en) * 2000-01-26 2009-09-30 出光興産株式会社 Anti-pilling fiber and fabric

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
MXPA03006230A (en) 2004-12-06
CN1486375A (en) 2004-03-31
KR20030077572A (en) 2003-10-01
JP2004523668A (en) 2004-08-05
WO2002055768A1 (en) 2002-07-18
EP1360350A1 (en) 2003-11-12
CA2434438A1 (en) 2002-07-18

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TW585889B (en) An extruded and drawn fiber and an extruded and drawn multicomponent fiber
JP4820895B2 (en) Poly (trimethylene terephthalate) fibers, their manufacture and use
TWI245821B (en) The conjugate fiber
JP5527971B2 (en) High crimped composite fiber
TWI304103B (en) Poly (trimethylene terephthalate) bicomponent fibers and process of preparing same
ES2324778T3 (en) PROCESS FOR OBTAINING POLY FIBERS (TRIMETHYLENE TEREFTALATE).
JPWO2017179340A1 (en) Resin composition for artificial hair and molded article thereof
KR20190038759A (en) Smokable construction made of flame-resistant polyolefin fiber
JP2006345920A (en) Stuffing
US20060211829A1 (en) Composition for producing flame retardant polyester yarns
JP2004507604A (en) Fiber-forming polyamide composition
TWI304448B (en) Poly (trimethylene terephthalate) bicomponent fiber process
KR101907049B1 (en) Fiber for artificial hair, and hairpiece product
WO2022172766A1 (en) Polyamide hollow fiber for artificial hair, head accessory including same, and method for manufacturing polyamide hollow fiber for artificial hair
CA2461945C (en) Improved polyolefin-based synthetic fibers and method therefor
JP4569282B2 (en) Modified cross-section fiber with excellent lightness
AU2002219975A1 (en) Thermoplastic compositions for the preparation of fibers and films
JP2008025067A (en) Flame retardant conjugate fiber
JP2010059580A (en) Sheath/core conjugate fiber
MX2007010731A (en) Composition for producing flame retardant polyester yarns

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
MM4A Annulment or lapse of patent due to non-payment of fees